Sve.. Tirupathi

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
COURSE STRUCTURE
AND
DETAILED SYLLABI
OF
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
FOR
B.TECH REGULAR FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM
(for the batches admitted from 2016-2017)
&
for B.TECH LATERAL ENTRY PROGRAM
(for the batches admitted from 2017-2018)
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
SREE VIDYANIKETHAN ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to JNTUA Anantapuramu, Approved by AICTE
Accredited by NBA; NAAC with ‘A’ grade)
Sree Sainath Nagar, A.Rangampet, Near Tirupati - 517 102. A.P.
SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

VISION
To be one of the Nation’s premier Engineering
Colleges by achieving the highest order of
excellence in Teaching and Research.
MISSION
 To foster intellectual curiosity, pursuit and
dissemination of knowledge.
 To explore students’ potential through

academic freedom and integrity.
 To promote technical mastery and nurture

skilled professionals to face competition in
ever increasing complex world.
QUALITY POLICY
Sree Vidyanikethan Engineering College strives
to establish a system of Quality Assurance to
continuously address, monitor and evaluate the
quality of education offered to students, thus
promoting effective teaching processes for the
benefit of students and making the College a
Centre of Excell ence for Engi neering and
Technological studies.

DEPARTMENT OF
VISION
To become a nationally recognized quality education center in

the domain of Computer Science and Information Technology
through teaching, training, learning, research and consultancy.
MISSION
 The Department offers undergraduate program in Information

Technology and Post graduate program in Software Engineering
to produce high quality information technologists and software
engineers by disseminating knowledge through contemporary
curriculum, competent faculty and adopting effective teaching-
learning methodologies.
 Igniting passion among students for research and innovation

by exposing them to real time systems and problems.
 Developing technical and life skills in diverse community of

students with modern training methods to solve problems in
Software Industry.
 Inculcating values to practice engineering in adherence to code

of ethics in multicultural and multi discipline teams

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
After few years of graduation, the graduates of B. Tech. (IT)
Program would have:
1. Enrolled or completed higher education in the core or allied

areas of Computer Science and Information Technology or
management.
2. Successful entrepreneurial or technical career in the core or
allied areas of Computer Science and Information Technology.
3. Continued to learn and to adapt to the world of constantly
evolving technologies in the core or allied areas of Computer
Science and Information Technology.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the Program, the graduates of
B. Tech. (IT) Program will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution
of complex engineering problems.
2. Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using
first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.
3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design
system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety,
and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including
design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and
modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding
of the limitations.
6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal, and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice.

7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions
in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as,
being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering
and management principles and apply these to one's own work,
as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.
12. Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest
context of technological change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the program, the graduates of

B.Tech (IT) program will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, computer science and

information technology to solve complex computational tasks.
2. Analyze, design and develop solutions in the domains of
database, networks and security, system software and system
administration.
3. Conduct investigation to identify research gaps and address
complex engineering problems in the domains of database,
networks and security, system software and system
administration.
4. Apply appropriate techniques, use modern programming
languages, tools, and packages for quality software development
by thorough understanding of needs under given constraints.

The Challenge of Change
“M astery of change is in fact the challenge of

moving human attention from an old state to a new
state. Leaders can shift attention at the right time
and to the right place. The real crisis of our times
is the crisis of attention. Those who lead are
the ones who can hold your attention and move it in
a purposeful way. Transformation is nothing but a
shift in attention from one form to another. The form
of a beautiful butterfly breaks free from a crawling
caterpillar. If you pay enough attention, you would
be able to see how the butterfly hides within the
caterpillar. The leader points out a butterfly when
the follower sees only a caterpillar”.
- Debashis Chatterjee

(Autonomous)
(Affiliated to J.N.T. University Anantapur,
Anantapuramu)
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
B.Tech. Regular Four Year Degree Program

(for the batches admitted from the academic year
2016–17)
&
B.Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme)
(for the batches admitted from the academic year
2017–18)
For pursuing four year undergraduate Degree Program of study in Engi-
neering (B.Tech) offered by Sree Vidyanikethan Engineering College
under Autonomous status and herein after referred to as SVEC (Autono-
mous):
1. Applicability : All the rules specified herein, approved by the
Academic Council, shall be in force and applicable to students admitted
from the academic year 2016-2017 onwards. Any reference to “Col-
lege” in these rules and regulations stands for SVEC (Autonomous).
2. Extent: All the rules and regulations, specified hereinafter shall be
read as a whole for the purpose of interpretation and as and when a
doubt arises, the interpretation of the Chairman, Academic Council is
final. It shall be ratified by Academic Council in the forth coming meet-
ing. As per the requirements of statutory bodies, Principal, Sree
Vidyanikethan Engineering College shall be the Chairman, Academic
Council.
3. Admission :
3.1. Admission into First Year of Four Year B.Tech. De-
gree Program of study in Engineering:
3.1.1. Eligibility: A candidate seeking admission into the First Year
of four year B.Tech. Degree Program should have
(i) passed either Intermediate Public Examination (I.P.E.) con-
ducted by the Board of Intermediate Education, Andhra
Pradesh, with Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry as op-
tional courses (or any equivalent examination recognized by
JNTUA, Anantapuramu) for admission as per the guidelines
of Andhra Pradesh State Council of Higher Education
(APSCHE).
1
(ii) secured a rank in the EAMCET examination conducted by
APSCHE for allotment of a seat by the Convener, EAMCET
for admission.
3.1.2. Admission Procedure: Admissions shall be made into the
first year of four year B.Tech. Degree Program as per the
stipulations of APSCHE, Government of Andhra Pradesh:
(a) By the Convener, EAMCET, (for Category-A Seats).
(b) By the Management (for Category-B Seats).
3.2. Admission into the Second Year of Four year B.Tech Degree
Program in Engineering (Lateral Entry).
3.2.1. Eligibility: A candidate seeking admission into the Second
Year of four year B.Tech. Degree Program (Lateral Entry)
should have
(i) Diploma in Engineering in the relevant branch conducted
by the Board of Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh (or
equivalent Diploma recognized by JNTUA, Anantapuramu).
(ii) Candidates qualified in ECET and admitted by the
Convener, ECET. In all such cases for admission, when
needed, permissions from the statutory bodies are to be
obtained.
3.2.2. Admission Procedure: 20% of the sanctioned strength in
each Program of study as lateral entry students or as
stipulated by APSCHE shall be filled by the Convener, ECET.
4. Programs of study offered leading to the award of B.Tech.
Degree Following are the four year undergraduate Degree
Programs of study offered in various branches in SVEC
(Autonomous) leading to the award of B.Tech (Bachelor of
Technology) Degree:
1) B.Tech (Civil Engineering)
2) B.Tech (Computer Science & Engineering)
3) B.Tech (Computer Science & Systems Engineering)
4) B.Tech (Electrical & Electronics Engineering)
5) B.Tech (Electronics & Communication Engineering)
6) B.Tech (Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering)
7) B.Tech (Information Technology)
8) B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering)
5. Duration of the Program:
5.1 Minimum Duration: The program will extend over a period
of four years leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Technology
(B.Tech) of the JNTUA, Ananthapuramu. The four academic
years will be divided into eight semesters with two semesters
per year. Each semester shall normally consist of 22 weeks
(?90 working days) having - Continuous Internal Evaluation
(CIE)' and 'Semester End Examination (SEE)'. Choice Based
Credit System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester System
2
(CBSS) as suggested by UGC and Curriculum/ Course Structure
as suggested by AICTE are followed. Provision is made for lateral
entry of students in the Second Year of the program in all branches
of study and they will be required to satisfy the conditions of
admissions thereto prescribed by the JNTUA, Ananthapuramu and
Government of Andhra Pradesh.
5.2 Maximum Duration: The student shall complete all the passing
requirements of the B.Tech degree program within a maximum
duration of 8 years (6 years for lateral entry), these durations
reckoned from the commencement of the semester to which the
student was first admitted to the program.
Instruction Period: I Spell : 7 weeks
16 weeks
II Spell: 9 weeks
First Semester Mid-term Examinations: I Mid : 1 week

2 weeks
(22 weeks) II Mid : 1 week
Preparation & Practical Examinations 2 weeks
Semester-end examinations 2 weeks
Semester Break 2 weeks

Instruction Period: I Spell : 7 weeks
16 weeks
II Spell: 9 weeks
Second Semester Mid-term Examinations: I Mid :1 week

2 weeks
(22 weeks) II Mid : 1 week
Preparation & Practical Examinations 2 weeks
Semester-end examinations 2 weeks
Summer Vacation 6 weeks
6. Structure of the Program: Each Program of study shall consist of:

(a) Foundation Courses,
(b) Core Courses and Elective Courses.
 Foundation Courses are further categorized as :
(i) HS (Humanities and Social Sciences),
(ii) BS (Basic Sciences) and
(iii) ES (Engineering Sciences).
 Core Courses and Elective Courses are categorized as PS (Professional
Courses), which are further subdivided as:
(i) PC (Professional Core) Courses,
(ii) PE (Professional Electives),
(iii) IDE (Inter Disciplinary Electives),
(iv) OE (Open Electives),
(v) Comprehensive Assessment
(vi) Seminar
(vii) PW (Project Work).

Broad Course Group/ Range of
S.No Course Course Type
Classification Category Credits
HS – Humanities Humanities, Social 5% - 10%

1. Sciences and
and Social Sciences Management.
Foundation Mathematics, Physics
2. Courses BS – Basic Sciences and Chemistry Courses, 15% - 20%
etc.
Fundamental
3. ES – Engineering Sciences 15% - 20%
engineering courses.
Core Core courses related to 30% - 40%

4. PC – Professional Core the Parent Discipline/
Courses Branch of Engg.
Elective courses related 10% - 15%
5. PE – Professional Electives to the Parent Discipline/
Branch of Engg.
Courses in an area
IDE - Interdisciplinary outside the Parent 5% - 10%
6. Elective
Electives Discipline / Branch of
Courses Engg.
Common Elective
courses offered for all 5% - 10%
7. OE – Open Electives
programs / Branches of
Engg.
A course of study with
8. Seminar
discussion and report.
A comprehensive review
Core Comprehensive of foundations and key
9.
Assessment concepts of the courses 10% - 15%
Courses studied.
A course of
10. Project Work planned minor research
work.
Contact Periods: Depending on the complexity and volume of the

course, the number of contact periods per week shall be assigned.
7. Credit Courses:
All Courses are to be registered by a student in a Semester to
earn Credits. Credits shall be assigned to each Course in a L: T:
P: C (Lecture Periods: Tutorial Periods: Practical Periods: Credits)
Structure, based on the following general pattern.
 One Credit - for One Period/ Week/ Semester for Theory/
Lecture (L) Courses;
 Two Credits - for Three Periods/ Week/ Semester for
Laboratory/ Practical (P) Courses.
4
 Tutorials will not carry Credits.
i) Other student activities like NCC, NSS, Sports, Study Tour,
Guest Lecture etc. will not carry Credits.
ii) For courses like Project/Seminar/Comprehensive Online
Assessment, where formal contact periods are not specified,
credits are assigned based on the complexity of the work to
be carried out.
The four year curriculum of any B. Tech Program of study shall have
total of 180 credits (24 credits in each semester from I B. Tech.
I Semester to IV B. Tech I Semester and 12 credits in IV B. Tech
II Semester). However the curriculum for lateral entry students shall
have a total of 132 credits (24 credits in each semester from II B. Tech.
I Semester to IV B. Tech I Semester and 12 credits in IV B. Tech
II Semester).
8. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS):
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) is introduced based on
UGC guidelines in order to promote:
 Student centered learning
 Cafeteria approach
 Students to learn courses of their choice
 Learning at their own pace
 Interdisciplinary learning
 A student is introduced to “Choice Based Credit System
(CBCS)”
 The total credits for the Program is 180 for regular stu-
dents and 132 for lateral entry students.
 A student has a choice of registering for credits from the
theory courses offered in the program ensuring the total
credits in a semester are between 21 and 30.
 From the II B.Tech I Semester to IV B.Tech I Semester, the
student has the option of registering for additional theory
courses from the latter semesters or dropping existing
theory courses of the current semester within the course
structure of the program. However the number of credits
the student can register in a particular semester should not
below 21 (minimum) and should not exceed 30 (maximum).
 Grade points, based on percentage of marks awarded for
each course will form the basis for calculation of SGPA (Se-
mester Grade Point Average) and CGPA (Cumulative Grade
Point Average).
All the registered credits will be considered for the calculation of final
CGPA.
5
9. Course Enrollment and Registration
9.1 Each student, on admission shall be assigned to a Faculty Advisor
(Mentor) who shall advice and counsel the student about the
details of the academic programme and the choice of courses
considering the student's academic background and career
objectives.
9.2 Each student on admission shall register for all the courses
prescribed in the curriculum in the student's first and second
Semesters of study. The student shall enroll for the courses
with the help of the student's Faculty Advisor (Mentor). The
enrollment for the courses from II B.Tech I Semester to IV B.Tech
I Semester will commence 10 days prior to the last instructional
day of the preceding semester for registration process. If the
student wishes, the student may drop or add courses (vide clause
8) within Ten days before commencement of the concerned
semester and complete the registration process duly authorized
by the Chairman, Board of studies of concern department.
9.3 If any student fails to register the courses in a semester, he
shall undergo the courses as per the program structure.
9.4 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes,
satisfy the attendance requirements, earn Continuous
Assessment marks and appear for the Semester-end
Examinations.
9.5 No course shall be offered by a Department unless a minimum
of 40 students register for that course.
10. Massive Open Online Course (MOOC)
A Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) is an online course
aimed at unlimited participation and open access via the web.
MOOC is a model for delivering learning content online to any
person who takes a course, with no limit on attendance.
 A student shall undergo a "Massive Open Online Course
(MOOC)" for award of the degree besides other
requirements.
 A student is offered this Online Course at the beginning
of his III B.Tech I Semester of study and the course
has to be completed by the end of III B.Tech II
Semester. If the student fails to complete the course by
the end of III B.Tech II Semester, it shall be treated as
a backlog and needs to be completed before completion
of the program for the award of the degree.
 The student shall confirm registration by enrolling the
course within 10 days prior to the last instructional day
of the II B. Tech. II Semester like other courses.
 The courses will be approved by the Chairman, Academic
Council, SVEC based on the recommendations of the
Chairman, Board of Studies of concerned program
considering current needs.
 A student has a choice of registering for only one MOOC
with the recommendation of Chairman, Board of studies
of concerned program and duly approved by the
Chairman, Academic Council, SVEC.
6
 The student shall undergo MOOC without disturbing the
normal schedule of regular class work.
 One faculty member assigned by the Head of the
Department shall be responsible for the periodic
monitoring of the course implementation.
 No formal lectures need be delivered by the faculty
member assigned to the students.
 If any student wants to change the MOOC course already
registered, he will be given choice to register a new
MOOC course in III B. Tech. only, with the
recommendation of Chairman, Board of studies of
concerned program and duly approved by the
Chairman, Academic Council, SVEC.
 Finally, the performance of the student in the course
will be evaluated as stipulated by the course provider.
A certificate will be issued on successful completion of
the course by the course provider.
 The performance in the MOOC will not be considered
for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA of the student.
 The MOOC course will be listed in the grade sheet of
the student.
11. Break of Study from a Program (Gap Year)
11.1 A student is permitted to go on break of study for a maximum
period of two years either as two breaks of one year each or a
single break of two years.
11.2 The student shall apply for break of study in advance, in any
case, not later than the last date of the first assessment period
in a semester. The application downloaded from website and
duly filled by the student shall be submitted to the Head of the
Department. In the case of start-up for incubation of idea only,
the application for break of study shall be forwarded by the
Head of the Department to the Principal, SVEC. A sub-committee
appointed by the principal shall give recommendations for
approval.
11.3 The students permitted to rejoin the programme after break of
study shall be governed by the Curriculum and Regulations in
force at the time of rejoining. The students rejoining in new
regulations shall apply to the Principal, SVEC in the prescribed
format through Head of the Department at the beginning of the
readmitted semester itself for prescribing additional/equivalent
courses, if any, from any semester of the regulations in-force,
so as to bridge the curriculum in-force and the old curriculum.
11.4 The total period for completion of the programme reckoned
from the commencement of the I B.Tech I Semester to which
the student was admitted shall not exceed the maximum period
specified in clause 5.2 irrespective of the period of break of
study in order that the student may be eligible for the award of
the degree (vide clause 18).
11.5 In case, if a student applies for break of study for one year and
wishes to extend it for one more consecutive year, he shall be
permitted with the prior approval of the Principal, SVEC through
the concerned Head of the Department before beginning of the
semester in which the student has taken break of study.
7
11.6 If a student has not reported to the department after approved
period of break of study without any intimation, the student is
treated as detained in that semester. Such students are eligible
for readmission for the semester when offered next.
12. Examination System: All components in any Program of
study shall be evaluated through internal evaluation and / or an
external evaluation conducted as Semester-end examination.
Sl. Examination and
Course Marks Scheme of examination
No. Evaluation
The examination question paper in
Semester-end theory courses shall be for a
examination of maximum of 70 marks. The question
paper shall be of descriptive type
3 hours duration
70 with 5 questions, taken one from
(External
each unit of syllabus, having internal
evaluation)
choice and all 5 questions shall be
answered. All questions carry equal
marks.
The question paper shall be of
descriptive type with 4 essay type
questions out of which 3 are to be
answered and evaluated for 24
1. Theory marks and also 6 short answer
questions out of which all are to be
answered and evaluated for 6
Mid-term marks.
Examination of
Two mid-term examinations each for
30 2 hours duration
(Internal 30 marks are to be conducted. For a
total of
evaluation).
30 marks, 75% of better one of the
two and 25% of the other one are
added and finalized.
Mid-I: After first spell of instruction
(I to II Units).
Mid-II: After second spell of
instruction (III to V Units).
Semester-end Lab 50 marks are allotted for
Examination for laboratory/drawing examination
50 3 hours duration during semester-end.
(External
evaluation)
Day-to-Day Two laboratory examinations, which
evaluation for includes Day-to-Day evaluation and
Performance Practical test, each for 50 marks are
2 Laboratory in laboratory to be evaluated. For a total of 50
30
experiments marks 75% of better one of the two
and Record. and 2 5% of the other one are added
50 (Internal and finalized.
evaluation). Laboratory examination-I: Shall
be conducted just before I mid-term
Practical test examinations.
20 (Internal Laboratory examination-II: Shall
evaluation). be conducted just before II mid-
term examinations.
100 marks are allotted for Seminar
Semester-end during semester-end evaluation by
a) Seminar 100
Examination the Seminar Evaluation Committees
(SECs) as given in 12.2.1.
3
Comprehensive Assessment shall be
b)Comprehensive Semester-end conducted as given in 12.2.2 as
100
Assessment Examination semester-end evaluation for 100
marks.
Semester-end Project Viva-Voce
External
100 Examination by Committee as
evaluation
detailed in 12.2.3 for 100 marks.
4 Project Work 200
Continuous evaluation by the Project
Internal
100 Evaluation Committees (PECs) as
evaluation
detailed in 12.2.3 for 100 marks.
8
12.2 Seminar/Comprehensive Assessment /Project Work Evaluation:
12.2.1 For the seminar, the student shall collect information through
literature survey on a specialized topic and prepare a technical
report, showing his understanding over the topic, and submit to
the Department just before presentation. The report and the
presentation shall be evaluated at the end of the semester by
the Seminar Evaluation Committees (SECs), each consisting of
concerned supervisor and two senior faculty members. The
SECs are constituted by the Principal on the recommendations
of the Head of the Department.
12.2.2 Comprehensive Assessment shall be conducted by the
department through (i) online with 50 objective questions for
50 marks and (ii) viva-voce for the remaining 50 marks, covering
all the courses from I B.Tech I Semester to IV B.Tech I Semester.
The viva-voce will be conducted by Comprehensive Assessment
Committees (CACs), each consisting of three faculty members
(out of whom at least two are seniors). The CACs are constituted
by the Principal on the recommendations of the Head of the
Department. The HODs of the respective departments are given
the responsibility of preparing question bank/question paper for
conducting the online examination.
12.2.3 The project Viva-Voce examination shall be conducted by a
Committee consisting of External examiner (nominated by the
Chief Controller of Examinations), HOD and concerned
Supervisor. The evaluation of project work shall be conducted
at the end of the IV B.Tech II Semester. The Internal Evaluation
shall be made by the Project Evaluation Committees (PECs),
each consisting of concerned supervisor and two senior faculty
members on the basis of two project reviews conducted on the
topic of the project. The PECs are constituted by the Principal
on the recommendations of the Head of the Department.
12.3. Eligibility to appear for the semester-end examination:
12.3.1 A student shall be eligible to appear for semester-end
examinations if he acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in
aggregate of all the courses in a semester.
12.3.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10%
(65% and above and below 75%) in each semester may be
granted by the College Academic Committee.
12.3.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case
be condoned.
12.3.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any
semester is not eligible to take their end examination of that
class and their registration shall stand cancelled.
9
12.3.5 A student shall not be promoted to the next semester unless he
satisfies the attendance requirements of the current semester,
as applicable. The student may seek readmission for the
semester when offered next. He will not be allowed to register
for the courses of the semester while he is in detention. A student
detained due to shortage of attendance, will have to repeat that
semester when offered next.
12.3.6 A stipulated fee shall be payable to the College towards
condonation of shortage of attendance.
12.4. Evaluation: Following procedure governs the evaluation.
12.4.1. Marks for components evaluated internally by the faculty shall
be submitted to the Controller of Examinations one week before
the commencement of the End examinations. The marks for the
internal evaluation components shall be added to the external
evaluation marks secured in the Semester-end examinations,
to arrive at total marks for any course in that semester.
12.4.2. Performance in all the courses is tabulated course-wise and shall
be scrutinized by the Results Committee and moderation is
applied if needed and course-wise marks are finalized. Total
marks obtained in each course are converted into letter grades.
12.4.3. Student-wise tabulation shall be done and individual grade Sheet
shall be generated and issued to the student.
12.5. Personal verification / Revaluation / Recounting:
Students shall be permitted for personal verification/request for
recounting/ revaluation of the Semester-end examination answer
scripts within a stipulated period after payment of prescribed
fee. After recounting or revaluation, records are updated with
changes if any and the student shall be issued a revised grade
sheet. If there are no changes, the student shall be intimated
the same through a notice.
12.6. Supplementary Examination:
In addition to the regular semester-end examinations conducted,
the College may also schedule and conduct supplementary
examinations for all the courses of other semesters when feasible
for the benefit of students. Such of the candidates writing
supplementary examinations may have to write more than one
examination per day.
13. Academic Requirements for promotion/ completion of
regular B.Tech Program of study:
The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in
addition to the attendance requirements for promotion/
completion of regular B.Tech Program of study.
10
For students admitted into B.Tech. (Regular) Program:
13.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the minimum
academic requirements for each theory, laboratory course and
project work, if he secures not less than 40% of marks in the
semester-end examination and a minimum of 40% of marks in
the sum total of the internal evaluation and Semester-end
examination taken together. For the seminar and comprehensive
Viva-Voce, he should secure not less than 40% of marks in the
semester-end examination.
13.2 A student shall be promoted from second year to third year of
Program of study only if he fulfills the academic requirement of
securing 36 credits from
a. Two regular and one supplementary examinations of I B.Tech
I Semester.
b. O ne regular and one supplementary examinations of I B.Tech
II Semester.
c. One regular examination of II B.Tech I Semester.
Irrespective of whether or not the candidate appears for the
semester-end examination as per the normal course of study.
13.3 A student shall be promoted from third year to fourth year of
Program of study only if he fulfills the academic requirements
of securing 60 credits from the following examinations,
a. Three regular and two supplementary examinations of I B.Tech
I Semester.
b. Two regular and two supplementary examinations of I B.Tech
II Semester.
c. Two regular and one supplementary examinations of II B.Tech
I Semester.
d. One regular and one supplementary examinations of II B.Tech
II Semester.
e. One regular examination of III B.Tech I Semester.
semester-end examination as per the normal course of study
and in case of getting detained for want of credits by sections
13.2 and 13.3 above, the student may make up the credits
through supplementary examinations.
13.4 A student shall register for all the 180 credits and earn all the
180 credits. Marks obtained in all the 180 credits shall be
considered for the calculation of the DIVISION based on CGPA.
13.5 A student who fails to earn 180 credits as indicated in the course
structure within eight academic years from the year of their
admission shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech. Program and his
admission stands cancelled.
11
For Lateral Entry Students (batches admitted from the academic
year 2017-2018):
13.6 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the minimum
academic requirements for each theory, practical course and
project, if he secures not less than 40% of marks in the
semester-end examination and a minimum of 40% of marks in
the sum total of the internal evaluation and semester-end
examination taken together. For the seminar and comprehensive
Viva-Voce, he should secure not less than 40% of marks in the
semester-end examination.
13.7 A student shall be promoted from third year to fourth year only
if he fulfills the academic requirements of securing 36 credits
from the following examinations.
a. Two regular and one supplementary examinations of II B.Tech
I Semester.
b. One regular and one supplementary examinations of II B.Tech
II Semester.
c. One regular examination of III B.Tech I Semester.
semester-end examination as per the normal course of study
and in case of getting detained for want of credits the student
may make up the credits through supplementary examinations.
13.8 A student shall register for all 132 credits and earn all the 132
credits. Marks obtained in all the 132 credits shall be considered
for the calculation of the DIVISION based on CGPA.
13.9 A student who fails to earn 132 credits as indicated in the course
structure within six academic years from the year of their
admission shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech Program and his
admission stands cancelled.
14. Transitory Regulations:
Students who got detained for want of attendance (or) who
have not fulfilled academic requirements (or) who have failed
after having undergone the Program in earlier regulations (or)
who have discontinued and wish to continue the Program are
eligible for admission into the unfinished semester from the
date of commencement of class work with the same (or)
equivalent courses as and when courses are offered and they
will be in the academic regulations into which they are presently
readmitted.
A regular student has to satisfy all the eligibility requirements
within the maximum stipulated period of eight years and a lateral
entry student within six years for the award of B.Tech Degree.
15. Grades, Semester Grade Point Average and Cumulative
Grade Point Average:
15.1. Grade System: After all the components and sub-components
of any course (including laboratory courses) are evaluated, the
final total marks obtained shall be converted into letter grades
on a "10 point scale" as described below.
12
Grades conversion and Grade points attached
Grade Points
% of Marks obtained Grade Description of Grade
(GP)
> = 95 O Outstanding 10
> = 85 to < 95 S Superior 9
> = 75 to < 85 A Excellent 8
> = 65 to < 75 B Very Good 7
> = 55 to < 65 C Good 6
> = 45 to < 55 D Fair 5
> = 40 to < 45 E Pass 4
< 40 F Fail 0
Not Appeared N Absent 0
Pass Marks: A student shall be declared to have passed theory course,

laboratory course and project work if he secures minimum of 40% marks
in external examination, and a minimum of 40% marks in the sum total
of internal evaluation and external examination taken together. For the
seminar and comprehensive Assessment, he shall be declared to have
passed if he secures minimum of 40% of marks in the semester-end
examination. Otherwise he shall be awarded fail grade - F in such a
course irrespective of internal marks. F is considered as a fail grade
indicating that the student has to pass the semester-end examination in
that course in future and obtain a grade other than F and N for passing
the course.
15.2. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): SGPA shall be
calculated as given below on a "10 point scale" as an index of
the student's performance at the end of each semester:
SGPA 
 (C X GP)
C
where C denotes the credits assigned to the courses undertaken
in that semester and GP denotes the grade points earned by
the student in the respective courses.
Note: SGPA is calculated only for the candidates who passed all the
courses in that Semester.
15.3. Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):
The CGPA for any student is awarded only when he completes
the Program i.e., when the student passes in all the courses
prescribed in the Program. The CGPA is computed on a 10 point
scale as given below:
CGPA 
 (C X GP)
C
where C denotes the credits assigned to courses undertaken up
to the end of the Program and GP denotes the grade points
earned by the student in the respective courses.
13
16. Grade Sheet: A grade sheet (Marks Memorandum) shall be
issued to each student indicating his performance in all
courses registered in that semester indicating the SGPA.
17. Consolidated Grade Sheet: After successful completion
of the entire Program of study, a Consolidated Grade Sheet
containing performance of all academic years shall be issued
as a final record. Duplicate Consolidated Grade Sheet will
also be issued, if required, after payment of requisite fee.
18. Award of Degree: The Degree shall be conferred and
awarded by Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University
Anantapur, Ananthapuramu on the recommendations of the
Chairman, Academic Council of SVEC (Autonomous).
18.1. Eligibility: A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech
Degree if he fulfills all the following conditions:
· Registered and successfully completed all the components
prescribed in the Program of study to which he is admitted.
· Successfully acquired the minimum required credits as
specified in the curriculum corresponding to the branch
of study within the stipulated time.
· Obtained CGPA greater than or equal to 4.0 (Minimum
requirement for declaring as passed).
· Has no dues to the College, Hostel, Library etc. and to
any other amenities provided by the College.
· No disciplinary action is pending against him.
18.2. Award of Division: Declaration of Division is based on CGPA.
Awarding of Division
CGPA Division
> = 7.0 First Class with Distinction
> = 6.0 and < 7.0 First Class
> = 5.0 and < 6.0 Second Class
> = 4.0 and < 5.0 Pass Class
19. Additional academic regulations:

19.1 A student may appear for any number of supplementary
examinations within the stipulated time to fulfill regulatory
requirements for award of the degree.
19.2 In case of malpractice/improper conduct during the
examinations, guidelines shall be followed as given in the
Annexure-I.
14
19.3 Courses such as Project, Seminar and Comprehensive
Assessment may be repeated only by registering in
supplementary examinations.
19.4 When a student is absent for any examination (Mid-term or
Semester-end) he shall be awarded zero marks in that
component (course) and grading will be done accordingly.
19.5 When a component is cancelled as a penalty, he shall be awarded
zero marks in that component.
20. Withholding of Results:
If the candidate has not paid dues to the College/University (or)
if any case of indiscipline is pending against him, the result of
the candidate shall be withheld and he will not be allowed/
promoted to the next higher semester.
21. Amendments to regulations:
The Academic Council of SVEC (Autonomous) reserves the right
to revise, amend, or change the Regulations, Scheme of
Examinations, and / or Syllabi or any other policy relevant to
the needs of the society or industrial requirements etc., with the
recommendations of the concerned Board(s) of Studies.
22. Attendance for student development activity periods indicated
in the class time tables shall be considered as in the case of a
regular course for calculation of overall percentage of attendance
in a semester.
23. General:
The words such as "he", "him", "his" and "himself" shall be
understood to include all students irrespective of gender
connotation.
Note: Failure to read and understand the regulations is not an excuse.
Annexure-I
GUIDELINES FOR DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR MALPRACTICES /

IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/ Improper

Rule Punishment
conduct
No.
If the candidate:
1. Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination

(a) examination hall, any paper, note hall and cancellation of the
book, programmable calculators, Cell performance in that course only.
phones, pager, palm computers or
any other form of material concerned
with or related to the course of the
examination (theory or practical) in
which he is appearing but has not
made use of (material shall include
any marks on the body of the
candidate which can be used as an aid
in the course of the examination)
15
Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination
(b) receives it from any other candidate hall and cancellation of the
orally or by any other body language performance in that course only of
methods or communicates through all the candidates involved. In case
cell phones with any candidate or of an outsider, he will be handed
persons in or outside the exam hall in over to the police and a case is
respect of any matter. registered against him.
2. Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination

from any paper, book, programmable hall and cancellation of the
calculators, palm computers or any performance in that course and all
other form of material relevant to the other courses the candidate has
course of the examination (theory or already appeared including
practical) in which the candidate is practical examinations and project
appearing. work and shall not be permitted to
appear for the remaining
examinations of the courses of that
Semester.
The Hall Ticket of the candidate is
to be cancelled.
3. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has

connection with the examination. impersonated shall be expelled
from examination hall. The
candidate is also debarred for four
consecutive semesters from class
work and all Semester-end
examinations. The continuation of
the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
The performance of the original
candidate who has been
impersonated, shall be cancelled in
all the courses of the examination
(including labs and project work)
already appeared and shall not be
allowed to appear for examinations
of the remaining courses of that
semester. The candidate is also
debarred for four consecutive
semesters from class work and all
Semester-end examinations, if his
involvement is established.
Otherwise, The candidate is
debarred for two consecutive
semesters from class work and all
Semester-end examinations. The
continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in connection
with forfeiture of seat. If the
imposter is an outsider, he will be
handed over to the police and a
case is registered against him.
16
4. Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination
additional sheet or takes out or hall and cancellation of
arranges to send out the question performance in that course and all
paper during the examination or the other courses the candidate
answer book or additional sheet, has already appeared including
during or after the examination. practical examinations and project
work and shall not be permitted
for the remaining examinations of
the courses of that semester. The
candidate is also debarred for two
forfeiture of seat.
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance in

offensive language in the answer that course only.
paper or in letters to the examiners or
writes to the examiner requesting him
to award pass marks.
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college,

Chief Controller of they shall be expelled from
Examinations/Controller of examination halls and cancellation
Examinations/any officer on duty or of their performance in that course
misbehaves or creates disturbance of and all other courses the
any kind in and around the candidate(s) has (have) already
examination hall or organizes a walk appeared and shall not be
out or instigates others to walk out, or permitted to appear for the
threatens the Controller of remaining examinations of the
Examinations or any person on duty courses of that semester. If the
in or outside the examination hall of candidate physically assaults the
any injury to his person or to any of invigilator/Controller of the
his relations whether by words, either Examinations, then the candidate
spoken or written or by signs or by is also debarred and forfeits
visible representation, assaults the his/her seat. In case of outsiders,
Controller of Examinations, or any they will be handed over to the
person on duty in or outside the police and a police case is
examination hall or any of his registered against them.
relations, or indulges in any other act
of misconduct or mischief which result
in damage to or destruction of
property in the examination hall or
any part of the College campus or
engages in any other act which in the
opinion of the officer on duty amounts
to use of unfair means or misconduct
or has the tendency to disrupt the
orderly conduct of the examination.
17
7. Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination
answer script or intentionally tears of hall and cancellation of
the script or any part thereof inside or performance in that course and all
outside the examination hall. the other courses the candidate
has already appeared including
practical examinations and project
candidate is also debarred for two
forfeiture of seat.
8. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm Expulsion from the examination

in the examination hall. hall and cancellation of the
performance in that course and all
other courses the candidate has
already appeared including
practical examinations and project
candidate is also debarred and
forfeits the seat.
Note: Whenever the performance of a student is cancelled in any

course(s) due to Malpractice, he has to register for Semester-
end Examinations in that course(s) consequently and has to
fulfill all the norms required for the award of Degree.
18
(Autonomous)
COURSE STRUCTURE (2016-2017)
I B.Tech. (I Semester)
Scheme of
Periods
S. Course Examination
Course Title L T P per C
No Code Max. Marks
week
Int. Ext. Total
Technical
1. 16BT1HS01 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
English
Engineering
2. 16BT1BS01 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Chemistry
Matrices and
3. 16BT1BS03 Numerical 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Methods
Multi-Variable
Calculus and
4. 16BT1BS04 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Differential
Equations
Programming
5. 16BT10501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
in C
English
6. 16BT1HS31 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Language Lab
Engineering
7. 16BT1BS31 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Chemistry Lab
Computer
Aided
8. 16BT10331 - 1 6 7 3 50 50 100
Engineering
Drawing
Programming
9. 16BT10531 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
in C Lab
Total: 15 6 15 36 24 350 550 900
I B.Tech. (II Semester)

Scheme of
Periods
S. Course Examination
Course Title L T P per C
No Code Max. Marks
week
Int. Ext. Total
Engineering
1. 16BT1BS02 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Physics
Transformation
Techniques and
2. 16BT2BS01 Partial 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Differential
Equations
Basic Electronic
3. 16BT20441 Devices and 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Circuits
Object Oriented
4. 16BT21201 Programming 4 1 - 5 4 30 70 100
through C++
Digital Logic
5. 16BT21501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Design
Engineering
6. 16BT1BS32 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Physics Lab
Analog and
7. 16BT20451 Digital - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Electronics Lab
8. 16BT21231 IT Workshop - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Object Oriented
9. 16BT21232 Programming - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Total: 16 5 12 33 24 350 550 900
19
(Autonomous)
II B.Tech. (I Semester)
Scheme of
Periods Examination
S. Course
Course Title L T P per C Max. Marks
No Code
week
Int. Ext. Total
Probability
Distributions
1. 16BT3BS01 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
and Statistical
Methods
Computer
2. 16BT30501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Organization
3. 16BT30502 Data Structures 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Discrete
4. 16BT31201 Mathematical 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Structures
Linux
5. 16BT50502 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Programming
Operating
6. 16BT31501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Systems
Data Structures
7. 16BT30531 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Linux
8. 16BT50532 Programming - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Operating
9. 16BT31531 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Systems Lab
Total: 18 6 9 33 24 330 570 900
II B.Tech. (II Semester)

Scheme of
Periods Examination
S. Course
No Code
week
Int. Ext. Total
Environmental
1. 16BT3HS01 3 - - 3 3 30 70 100
Studies
Theory of
2. 16BT41204 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Computation
Database
3. 16BT40502 Management 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Systems
Design and
4. 16BT41201 Analysis of 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Algorithms
Java
5. 16BT41202 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Programming
Software
6. 16BT41203 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Engineering
Database
7. 16BT40531 Management - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Systems Lab
16BT31231 Java
8. Programming - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
9. 16BT4HS31 Soft Skills Lab - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Total: 18 5 9 32 24 330 570 900
SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 20

(Autonomous)
III B.Tech. (I Semester)
Scheme of
Periods Examination
S. Course
No Code
week
Int. Ext. Total
Computer
1. 16BT51201 Graphics and 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Multimedia
Computer
2. 16BT50501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Networks
3. 16BT51501 Compiler Design 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Object Oriented
4. 16BT51202 Analysis and 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Design
5. 16BT51203 Web Technologies 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Interdisciplinary
6. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective-1
Optimization
16BT50341
Techniques
Microprocessors
16BT50442
and Interfacing
16BT60404 Image Processing
16BT60503 Wireless Networks

CASE Tools and
7. 16BT51231 Computer - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Networks Lab
Computer
8. 16BT51232 Graphics and - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Multimedia Lab
16BT51233 Web Technologies
9. - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Total: 18 6 9 33 24 330 570 900
21
(Autonomous)
III B.Tech. (II Semester)
Scheme of
Periods Examination
S. Course
No Code
week
Int. Ext. Total
Managerial
Economics and
1. 16BT3HS02 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Principles of
Accountancy
Data Warehousing
2. 16BT61501 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
and Data Mining
3. 16BT61201 Cloud Computing 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Interdisciplinary
4. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective-2
Pattern
16BT60441
Recognition
Embedded
16BT70402
Systems
16BT60502 Soft Computing
Ad-hoc and
16BT61202 Wireless Sensor
Networks
Program
5. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective – 1
Python
16BT30503
Programming
Advanced
16BT61203
Databases
16BT61204 Semantic Web
Software Project
16BT61503
Management
6. Open Elective 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Cloud Computing
7. 16BT61231 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Knowledge
8. 16BT61232 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Engineering Lab
9. 16BT61233 Seminar - - - - 2 - 100 100
10. 16BT6MOOC MOOC - - - - - - - -
Total: 18 6 6 30 24 280 620 900

(Autonomous)
III B.Tech. (II Semester) - Open Electives
S. Course Open Elective S. Course Open Elective
No. Code Course Title No. Code Course Title
Banking and Disaster Mitigation and
1. 16BT6HS01 16. 16BT60114
Insurance Management
Business
Environmental Pollution
2. 16BT6HS02 Communication and 17. 16BT60115
and Control
Career Skills
Cost Accounting
Planning for Sustainable
3. 16BT6HS03 and Financial 18. 16BT60116
Development
Management
Entrepreneurship
4. 16BT6HS04 for Micro, Small and 19. 16BT60117 Professional Ethics
Medium Enterprises
5. 16BT6HS05 French Language 20. 16BT60118 Rural Technology
Global Strategy and
6. 16BT6HS06 German Language 21. 16BT60308
Technology
Intellectual Property
7. 16BT6HS07 Indian Constitution 22. 16BT60309
Rights and Management
Managing Innovation
8. 16BT6HS08 Indian Economy 23. 16BT60310
and Entrepreneurship
Indian Heritage and
9. 16BT6HS09 24. 16BT60311 Materials Science
Culture
10. 16BT6HS10 Indian History 25. 16BT70412 Green Technologies
Introduction to
Personality
11. 16BT6HS11 26. 16BT70413 Nanoscience and
Development
Technology
Philosophy of Engineering System
12. 16BT6HS12 27. 16BT60505
Education Analysis and Design
Public Micro-Electro-
13. 16BT6HS13 28. 16BT71011
Administration Mechanical Systems
Building
Cyber Security and
14. 16BT60112 Maintenance and 29. 16BT61205
Laws
Repair
Contract Laws and
15. 16BT60113 30. 16BT61505 Bio-informatics
Regulations

(Autonomous)
IV B.Tech. (I Semester)
Scheme of
Periods Examination
S.
Course Code Course Title L T P per C Max. Marks
No
week
Int. Ext. Total
Management
1. 16BT5HS01 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Science
Big Data
2. 16BT71201 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Technologies
Mobile
3. 16BT71202 Application 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Development
Program
4. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective – 2
Information
16BT71203 Retrieval
Systems
Mobile
16BT71204
Computing
Network
16BT71505
Programming
Software
16BT60501
Testing
Program
5. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective – 3
Cryptography
16BT71205 and Network
Security
.Net
16BT71206
Technologies
16BT71207 E-commerce
Service
16BT71208 Oriented
Architecture
Program
6. 3 1 - 4 3 30 70 100
Elective – 4
Machine
16BT71209
Learning
Internet of
16BT71508
Things
High
16BT71210 Performance
Computing
Human
16BT70505 Computer
Interaction
Big Data
7. 16BT71231 Technologies - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Lab
Mobile
Application
8. 16BT71232 - - 3 3 2 50 50 100
Development
Lab
Comprehensive
9. 16BT71233 - - - - 2 - 100 100
Assessment
Total: 18 6 6 30 24 280 620 900

(Autonomous)
IV B.Tech. (II Semester)
Scheme of
Period Examination
S. Course
Course Title L T P s per C Max. Marks
No Code
week
Int. Ext. Total
1. 16BT81231 Project Work - - - - 12 100 100 200
Total: - - - - 12 100 100 200
Grand Total : 2350 4150 6500

I B.Tech. - I Semester
(16BT1HS01) TECHNICAL ENGLISH
(Common to CSE, CSSE, IT, CE & ME)
Ext.
Int. Marks Total Marks L T P C
Marks
30 70 100 3 1 -- 3
PREREQUISITES: English at Intermediate level

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Communication; Active Listening; Effective
Speaking; Reading; and Writing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
1. Demonstrate knowledge in:
Process of communication
 Modes of listening
 Paralinguistic features
 Skimming and Scanning
 Elements of style in writing
2. Analyze the possibilities and limitations of language for
understanding.
 Barriers to Communication
 Barriers to Effective Listening
 Barriers to Speaking
 Formal and metaphorical language
3. Design and develop functional skills for professional
practice.
4. Apply writing skills in preparing and presenting
documents.
5. Function effectively as an individual and as a member
in diverse teams.
6. Communicate effectively with the engineering
community and society in formal and informal situations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION
Introduction –Language as a Tool of Communication –
Communicative Skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing)
– Effective Communication – Modes of Communication –
Barriers to Communication (classification)
26
UNIT-II: ACTIVE LISTENING
Introduction – Reasons for poor Listening – Traits of a Good
Listener – Listening Modes – Types of Listening – Barriers to
Effective Listening – Listening for General Content and Specific
Information
UNIT-III: EFFECTIVE SPEAKING
Introduction – Achieving Confidence, Clarity and Fluency –
Paralinguistic Features – Barriers to Speaking – Types of Speaking
– Persuasive Speaking.
UNIT-IV - READING
Introduction and Reading Rates – Reading and Interpretation –
Intensive and Extensive Reading – Critical Reading – Reading
for Different Purposes – SQ3R Reading Technique –Study Skills.
UNIT-V: WRITING
Introduction – Language – Elements of Style – Techniques for
Good Technical Writing – Referencing and Styling – Right Words
and Phrases – Sentences.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Meenakshi Raman & Sangeetha Sharma, Technical
Communication, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ashraf Rizvi, Effective Technical Communication, McGraw-
Hill Education (India) Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
2. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, Communication Skills,
Oxford University university press 2012 University Press,
New Delhi, 2013.
3. Teri Kwal Gamble and Michael Gamble, Communication
Works, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Rajendra Pal and J.S. Korlahalli, Essentials of Business
44.
Communication, Sultan Chand and Sons (P) Ltd, New Delhi,
2010.
27
(16BT1BS01) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
Int. Marks Ext. Marks Total Marks L T P C
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE REQUISITE: Intermediate/Senior Secondary Chemistry

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Water technology, Chemistry of
Engineering materials, Nanochemistry, Green Chemistry, Electro
chemical cells, Sensors, Corrosion and Lubricants.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course, a successful student is able
to:
CO1: Acquire basic knowledge in water technology,

engineering plastics, conducting polymers, composites,
Electro chemical cells, Nano Chemistry, principles of
Green Chemistry, corrosion phenomenon and lubricants.
CO2: Develop analytical skills in:
a. Determination of hardness of water.
b. Determination of viscosity, flame and fire points,
cloud and pour points.
CO3: Develop designing skills in:
a. Synthesis of engineering plastics.
b. Chemical methods for the synthesis of Nano
materials.
CO4: Develop skills for providing solutions through:
a. Mitigation of hardness of water.
b. Newer Nanomaterials and engineering plastics for
specific applications
CO5: Acquire awareness to practice engineering in
compliance to modern techniques such as:
a. Nalgonda technique for defluoridation of water
b. Electroplating technique for control of corrosion.
CO6: Acquire awareness to societal issues on:
a. Quality of water.
b. Bio-diesel
c. Chemical materials utility and their impact.
28
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT–I: WATER TECHNOLOGY (9 periods)
Introduction: Types of water, impurities in water and their
consequences, types of hardness of water, units of hardness of
water, disadvantages of hardness of water, estimation of
hardness of water by EDTA method, Boiler troubles: Scales and
Sludges, Caustic embrittlement, Boiler corrosion and Priming and
Foaming.
Softening of water: Zeolite process and Ion exchange process,
advantages and disadvantages. Desalination of brackish water
by Reverse Osmosis, Numerical problems on estimation of
hardness of water.
Fluorides in water: Effects on human health, defluoridation
method-Nalgonda method; comparison of merits and demerits
of various defluoridation methods (Nalgonda, Bone Charcoal,
Activated Alumina, Contact precipitation, Brick, Reverse
osmosis).
UNIT – II: CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(9 periods)
Engineering Plastics: Definition, general properties, synthesis,
properties and applications of PC, PTFE, and PMMA.
Conducting polymers: Definition, types of conducting
polymers: Intrinsic and extrinsic conducting polymers with
examples, engineering applications of conducting polymers.
Biodegradable polymers: Definition, properties, classification,
mechanism of degradation of biodegradable polymers and their
applications.
Composites – Introduction, types of composites: fiber
reinforced particulate and layered composites with examples,
advantages of composites and applications.
UNIT– III: NANOCHEMISTRY AND GREEN CHEMISTRY
(9 periods)
Nanochemistry: Introduction, classification, properties and
applications of Nano materials (nano particles, nano tubes, nano
wires, nano composites, dendrimers); synthesis of Nano materials
– Sol-gel process.
Green Chemistry: Introduction, principles of green chemistry,
Tools of Green Chemistry with Examples, Applications of Green
Chemistry in science and technology.
Biodiesel: Introduction, Synthesis (Trans esterification method),
advantages, disadvantages and applications.
29
UNIT–IV: ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS AND SENSORS
(9 periods)
Electrochemical cell: Introduction, EMF of an electrochemical
cell.
Batteries: Introduction, types of Batteries: primary and
secondary batteries with examples, Ni-Cd batteries, Lithium-
ion batteries, Lithium- Polymer batteries, Applications of batteries.
Fuel Cells: Definition, examples: H2 – O2 Fuel cell, solid oxide
fuel cell, Bio-fuel cell and applications of fuel cells.
Sensors - Introduction, Types of Sensors, electrochemical
sensor: construction and working principle of potentiometric
sensor, and applications of electrochemical sensors.
UNIT–V: CORROSION AND LUBRICANTS (9 periods)
Corrosion: Introduction, Definition, types of corrosion (dry
and wet corrosion), galvanic corrosion, concentration cell
corrosion, Factors influencing corrosion, Corrosion control:
cathodic protection; sacrificial anodic protection and impressed
current cathodic protection; protective coatings: Galvanizing
and Electroplating (Nickel).
Lubricants: Definition, functions of lubricants, mechanism of
lubrication, classification of lubricants, properties of lubricants
– viscosity, flash and fire points, cloud and pour points, Aniline
points, neutralization number and mechanical strength.
Total periods: 45 periods
TEXT BOOKS:
1. P.C.Jain & Monika Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat
Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 16th edition,
2013.
2. K.N. Jayaveera, G.V. Subba Reddy & C. Ramachandraiah
Engineering Chemistry, Mc. Graw-Hill Higher Education,
Hyderabad, 1st edition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A.K. Bandyopadhyay, Nano Materials, New Age
international publishers, 2nd edition, 2014.
2. Paul T. Anastas and John C Warner, Green Chemistry:
Theory and practice, Oxford University Press, 2000.
30
(16BT1BS03) MATRICES AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
(Common to all Branches)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate /Senior secondary

mathematics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fundamentals of matrix theory;
numerical solutions of equations, curve fitting; interpolation;
numerical differentiation and integration; numerical solutions
of ordinary differential equations.
COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course a
successful student is able to
CO1: Acquire basic knowledge in
(a) Finding the rank of matrices and analyzing them.
(b) Solving algebraic and transcendental equations by
various numerical methods.
(c) Fitting of various types of curves to the experimental
data.
(d) Estimating the missing data through interpolation
methods.
(e) Identification of errors in the experimental data
(f) Finding the values of derivatives and integrals
through various numerical methods.
(g) Solving differential equations numerically when
analytical methods fail.
CO2: Develop skills in analyzing the
(a) methods of interpolating a given data
(b) properties of interpolating polynomials and derive
conclusions
(c) properties of curves of best fit to the given data
(d) algebraic and transcendental equations through their
solutions
(e) properties of fu nctions t hrough numerical
differentiation and integration
(f) properties of numerical solutions of differential
equations
CO3: Develop skills in designing mathematical models for
(a) Fitting geometrical curves to the given data
31
(b) Solving differential equations
(c) Constructing polynomials to the given data and
drawing inferences.
CO4: Develop numerical skills in solving the problems involving
(a) Systems of linear equations
(b) Fitting of polynomials and different types of equations
to the experimental data
(c) Derivatives and integrals
(d) Ordinary differential equations
CO5: Use relevant numerical techniques for
(a) Diagonalising the matrices of quadratic forms
(b) Interpolation of data and fitting interpolation
polynomials
(c) Fitting of different types of curves to experimental
data
(d) obtaining derivatives of required order for given
experimental data
(e) Expressing the functions as sum of partial fractions
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT–I : MATRICES (11 periods)
Rank of a matrix, echelon form, normal form, inverse of a
matrix by elementary row operations. Solutions of linear system
of equations. Eigen values, Eigen vectors and properties (without
proof), Diagonalization. Quadratic form (QF), reductions to
canonical form using orthogonal transformation and nature of
QF.
UNIT-II NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF EQUATIONS AND
CURVE FITTING (8 periods)
Solutions of Algebraic and Transcendental equations by bisection
method, Regula-Falsi method, Newton – Raphson’s method.
Curve fitting by the principle of least squares, fitting of a straight
line, parabola and exponential curves.
UNIT- III INTERPOLATION (8 periods)
Interpolation, difference operators and their relationships,
Newton’s forward and backward formulae, Lagrange’s
interpolation formula. Partial fractions using Lagrange’s
interpolation formula.
UNIT-IV NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION
(8 periods)
Numerical differentiation using Newton’s forward and backward
formulae. Numerical integration using Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s
1/3rd rule and 3/8th rule.
32
UNIT- V NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF ORDINARY
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (10 periods)
Numerical solutions of first order Initial value problems using
Taylor series method, Euler’s method , modified Euler’s method,
Runge – Kutta method (4 thorder only) and Milne’s predictor –
corrector method.
Total no. of periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. T.K.V. Iyenger, B. Krishna Gandhi, S.Ranganadham and
M.V.S.S.N.Prasad, Mathematical Methods, S.Chand and
Company, 8/e, 2013
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher engineering mathematics, Khanna
Publishers, 42nd Edition. 2012
2. S.S.Sastry, Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis,
Prentice Hall of India, 5/e, 2013
33
(16BT1BS04) MULTI-VARIABLE CALCULUS AND
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate /S enior secondary

mathematics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: First order differential equations;
higher order linear differential equations; functions of several
variables; applications of integration; multiple integrals; vector
calculus.
COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course a
successful student is able to
CO1: Acquire knowledge in
(a) Higher order Differential equations
(b) Maximum and minimum values for the functions of
several variables
(c) Double and triple integrals
(d) Differentiation and integration of vector functions.
(e) Line and surface volume
(f) transforming integrals from three dimensional
surfaces and volumes on to plane surfaces
(a) methods for differential equation for obtaining
appropriate solutions,
(b) Properties of oscillatory electrical circuits and heat
transfer in engineering systems
(c) The variations in the properties of functions near
their stationary values
(d) Flow patterns of fluids, electrical and magnetic flux
and related aspects
(a) R-C and L-R-C oscillatory electrical circuits
(b) Heat transfer and Newton’s law of cooling
(c) Engineering concepts involving lengths of curves
and areas of planes, Flux across surfaces
CO4: Develop analytical skills in solving the problems involving
(a) Newton’s law of cooling
(b) non homogeneous linear differential equations
(c) maximum and minimum values for the functions
34
(d) lengths of curves, areas of surfaces and volumes of
solids in engineering
(e) transformation of integrals from three dimensional
surfaces and volumes on to plane surfaces
CO5: Use relevant mathematical techniques for evaluating
(a) various types of particular integrals in differential
equations
(b) stationary values for multi variable functions
(c) multiple integrals in change of variables
(d) integrations of vector functions.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

(6 periods)
Linear and Bernoulli type, exact equations and reducible to exact.
Orthogonal trajectories (Both Cartesian and polar forms).
Newton’s law of cooling.
UNIT II: HIGHER ORDER LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
(9 periods)
Method for solution of linear equations- Differential operator
D, Solution of second order linear homogeneous equations with
constant coefficients, Solution of Higher order homogeneous
linear equations with constant coefficients, Solution of Non
homogeneous linear equations-Operator methods for finding
particular integrals- for cases – e ax, sin ax, cos ax, x n, e ax
V(x), xV(x). Method of Variation of parameters. Applications
to oscillatory electrical circuits.
UN IT -III: FUNCT IO NS OF SEVE RA L VARIA BL ES
(8 periods)
Functions of Two Variables: Limits, Continuity; Partial
Derivatives: Total Differential and Derivatives, Jacobian,
Functional dependence, Taylor’s Theorem, maxima and minima
of functions of two variables with and without constraints –
Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers.
UNIT-IV: APPLICATIONS OF INTEGRATION AND MULTIPLE
INTEGRALS (10 periods)
Applications of integration to – lengths of curves, areas of
surfaces of revolution, Double and Triple integrals – change of
order of integration, change of variables in integrals. Area
enclosed by plane curves, volumes of solids.
35
UNIT-V: VECTOR CALCULUS (12 periods)
Vector differentiation: Gradient of a scalar field and Directional
Derivative, Divergence and Curl of a Vector field
Line integrals: Line integrals independent of path – work done.
Surface area and Surface Integrals: Surface Area, Surface
Integrals, Flux across a surface.
Green’s Theorem: Green’s Theorem (without proof )-
verification- applications
Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem: Gauss
Divergence theorem (without proof), Stokes’s Theorem (without
proof) –verifications and applications.
TEXT BOOK:
1. T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi,S.Ranganatham and
M.V.S.S.N. Prasad, Engineering Mathematics, Vol-1,
S. Chand &Company, 13/e, 2014
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher engineering mathematics,Khanna
publishers, Delhi, 42/e. 2012.
2. Kreyszig, E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics,John
Wiley and Sons, Inc.,9/e.2012.
36
(16BT10501) PROGRAMMING IN C
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: NIL
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Program design; Operators and Expressions; Data Input and
Output; Control Statements; Functions; Arrays; Strings;
Pointers; Structures & Unions and File handling Techniques;
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, students will be able
to:
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge in:
o Elements of C Language
o Selection and Repetition statements.
o Arrays, Strings and Functional statements.
o Derived data types, Files and Pointers
CO2: Analyze complex engineering problems to develop suitable
solutions
CO3: Design algorithms for specified engineering problems
CO4: Use appropriate ‘C’ language constructs for solving
engineering problems
CO5: Write programs using ‘C’ language to implement algorithms
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I – INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING, OPERATORS
& EXPRESSIONS (08 periods)
Introduction to C Programming: The C Character set, Writing
First Program of C, Identifiers and Keywords, Data types,
Constants, Variables and Arrays, Declarations, Expressions,
Statements and Symbolic Constants.
Operators and Expressions: Arithmetic Operators, Unary
Operators, Relational and Logical Operators, Assignment
Operators, the Conditional Operators.
UNIT II – DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT & CONTROL STATEMENTS
(08 periods)
Data Input and Output: Single Character Input and Output,
Input Data & Output data, The gets and puts Function.
37
Control Statements: Branching: The if-else Statement,
Looping: The while Statement, More Looping: The do-while
Statement, Still More Looping: The for Statement, Nested Control
Statement, The switch Statement, The break & continue
Statements, The goto Statement.
UNIT III – FUNCTIONS, PROGRAM STRUCTURES & ARRAYS
(11 periods)
Functions: A Brief Overview, Defining a Function, Accessing a
Function, Function Prototypes, Parsing Argument to a Function,
Recursion.
Program Structure: Storage Classes, Automatic Variables,
External (Global) Variables, Static Variables, Multi file Programs,
Arrays: Defining an Array, Processing an Array, Processing Array
to function, Multidimensional Arrays. Linear search, Binary search,
Fibonacci search, Bubble sort and Insertion sort
UNIT IV – STRINGS & POINTERS (09 periods)
Strings: Defining a String, NULL Character, Initialization of
Strings, Reading and Writing a String, Processing a Strings,
Character Arithmetic, Searching and Sorting of Strings, Library
Functions for Strings.
Pointers: Pointer Declaration, Passing Pointers to a Function,
Pointers and One-dimensional Arrays, Dynamic Memory Allocation,
Operations on Pointers, Pointers and Multidimensional Arrays,
Arrays of Pointers.
UNIT V – STRUCTURES AND UNIONS & FILE HANDLING
(09 periods)
Structures and Unions: Defining a Structure, Processing a
Structure, User-Defined Data types (typedef), Structures and
Pointers, Passing Structures to Function, Self –Referential
Structures, Unions
File Handling: Files introduction, Opening and Closing a Data
File, Reading and Writing a Data File, Processing a Data File,
Unformatted Data File, Concept of Binary Files, Accessing the
File Randomly.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Byron Gottfried and Jitender Kumar C “Programming with
C,” Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt, Ltd,
New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. PradipDey and Manas Ghosh, “Programming in C”, Second
Edition, Oxford University Press, NewDelhi, 2007.
2. E. Balagurusamy, “Programming in C”, Seventh Edition,
Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Pvt, Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
38
(16BT1HS31) ENGLISH LANGUAGE LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PREREQUISITES: English at intermediate or equivalent level.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Phonetics Vocabulary Building;
Functional Grammar; Just a Minute; Elocution/Impromptu; Giving
Directions/Conversation Starters; Role Play; Public Speaking;
Describing People, Places, Objects and Events; Reading
Comprehension; Listening Comprehension; Information Transfer.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
able to:
1. Demonstrate knowledge in
 Phonetics
 Information Transfer
2. Analyze the functional knowledge in
 Vocabulary
 Grammar
3. Design and develop functional skills for professional
practice.
4. Apply the techniques of Listening and Reading skills to
comprehend Listening and Reading comprehension.
5. Function effectively as an individual and as a member
in diverse teams to demonstrate
 Extempore talk and
 Role Play
6. Communicate effectively in public speaking in formal
and informal situations.
7. Recognize the need to engage in lifelong learning to
upgrade competence of knowledge and communication.
39
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Phonetics
2. Vocabulary Building
3. Functional Grammar
4. Just a Minute
5. Elocution/Impromptu
6. Giving Directions/Conversation Starters
7. Role Play
8. Public Speaking
9. Describing People, Places, Objects and Events.
10. Reading Comprehension
11. Listening Comprehension
12. Information Transfer
TEXT BOOK:
1. Department Lab Manual
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. D. Sudha Rani, A Manual for English Language Laboratories,
Pearson Education.
2. D. Sudha Rani, Advanced Communication Skills Laboratory
Manual, Pearson Education.
3. R. Manivannan and G. Immanuel, Communication Skills
Laboratory, VK Publications, Sivakasi, 2013
4. Nira Kumar, English Language Laboratories, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
1. ETNL Language Lab Software Version 4.0
2. GEMS - Globarena E- Mentoring System.
3. Speech Solutions.
4. English Pronunciation Dictionary by Daniel Jones.
5. Learn to Speak English 8.1, The Learning Company - 4 CDs.
6. Mastering English: Grammar, Punctuation and Composition.
7. English in Mind, Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith
Levy, Cambridge.
8. Dorling Kindersley Series - Grammar.
9. Language in Use 1, 2 & 3.
10.Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary - 3rd Edition.
11.Centronix - Phonetics.
12.Let's Talk English, Regional Institute of English South India.
13.The Ultimate English Tutor.
40
(16BT1BS31) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE REQUISITE: Intermediate/Senior Secondary Chemistry

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Estimation of hardness, alkalinity,
dissolved oxygen of water samples and estimation of Iron by
volumetric methods, determination of effect of PH on rate of
corrosion, measurement of viscosity of lubricants; Instrumental
methods like potentiometer, conductivity meter, PH meter and
colorimeter; synthesis of Polymers and Nano materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1: Acquire basic Knowledge about the volumetric analysis
and synthesis of materials used for engineering
applications.
CO2: Acquire analytical skills in the estimation of hardness
of water, alkalinity of water, dissolved oxygen in water
and estimation of Iron through wet laboratory methods.
CO3: Develop designing skills for the synthesis of polymers
and Nanomaterials.
CO4: Acquire skills to use instrumental techniques for the
determination of Electrical conductance of electrolytes,
EMF of a cell, PH of a solution, determination of viscosity
of lubricants and estimation of iron in cement.
CO5: Provide solutions for environmental issues through
determination of quality of water.DET
AILED SYLLABUS
41
List of Experiments:
A minimum of any Ten experiments are to be conducted among
the following:.
1. Estimation of Hardness of water by EDTA method.
2. Estimation of alkalinity of Water.
3. Estimation of Dissolved Oxygen in water.
4. Estimation of Ferrous Iron by Dichrometry.
5. Preparation of Novalac Resin.
6. Synthesis of Nano metal-oxide using sol– gel process.
7. Conductometric titration of strong acid Vs strong base
8. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Potentiometry.
9. Determination of amount of corrosion of metals in different
medium CO-1)
10. Measurement of viscosity of lubricants by Ostwald
viscometer. 2)
11. Determination of PH of a given solution by PH metry.
12. Estimation of Ferric iron in cement by Colorimetric method.
Total Time Slots: 12
42
(16BT10331) COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING
DRAWING
50 50 100 - 1 6 3
PRE-REQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Engineering drawing conventions; importance of engineering
drawing; fundamental concepts of sketching; computed aided
drafting and different types of projections of geometric entities
(both 2D and 3D) through computer aided drafting packages.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1: Understand, write and read the language of
engineering drawing in industry through International
System of Standards.
CO2: Develop the imagination and mental visualization
ability for interpreting the geometrical details of
engineering objects.
CO3: Produce different views and projection in drawing.
CO4: Use modern CAD software for design and drafting
of drawings.
CO5: Create multi-view drawings suitable for presentation
to Engineering community.
CO6: Introduce and communicate universally accepted
conventions and symbols for their usage in technical
drawing.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT : I - BASICS OF ENGINEERING DRAWING PRACTICE,
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS, CONICS AND SPECIAL
CURVES (18 periods)
Introduction, drawing instruments and its uses, sheet layout,
BIS conventions, lines, lettering and dimensioning practices.
Geometrical constructions: Construction of regular polygons:
Pentagon, Hexagon, Heptagon and Octagon. Conic sections:
Introduction, construction of ellipse: rectangular method,
eccentricity method. Construction of parabola: rectangular
method, eccentricity method. Construction of hyperbola:
eccentricity method. Special curves: cycloid, involute.
43
UNIT: II – INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER AIDED SKETCHING
(18 periods)
Computer screen, layout of the software, creation of 2D/3D
environment, selection of drawing size and scale, Standard tool
bar/menus, Coordinate system, description of most commonly
used toolbars, navigational tools: commands and creation of
lines, Co-ordinate points, axes, poly-lines, square, rectangle,
polygons, splines, circles, ellipse, text, move, copy, off-set,
mirror, rotate, trim, extend, break, chamfer, fillet, curves,
constraints viz. tangency, parallelism, inclination and
perpendicularity.
UNIT: III – PROJECTION OF POINTS, STRAIGHT LINES AND
PLANES (21 periods)
Introduction, method of projection, planes of projection,
reference line and notations. Projection of points: Points in all
the four quadrants. Projection of straight lines: lines inclined to
HP / VP plane, inclined to both HP and VP planes (straight lines
are assumed to be in first quadrant only). Projection of planes:
projection of triangle, square, rectangle, rhombus, pentagon,
hexagon and circular plane for the condition inclined to HP / VP
by change of position method.
UNIT IV –PROJECTION OF SOLIDS AND SECTION OF SOLIDS
(21 Periods)
Projections of Solids: Introduction, projection of solids: prisms,
pyramids, cylinders and cones with axis perpendicular to VP/HP
and axis inclined to VP/HP only. Sections of solids: Introduction,
Cutting plane, sectional views of right regular solids resting
with base on HP: prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone and true
shapes of the sections.
UNIT V –ORTHOGRAPHIC AND ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS AND
DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES (22 periods)
Orthographic projection: simple exercises. Isometric
projection: Simple exercises.
Development of surfaces: prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cone
and miscellaneous surfaces
Total Periods: 100
Note: Student shall practice Unit-I using sketch book only and
remaining units using sketch book first and later CAD package.
44
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.M.Kulkarni, A.P.Rastogi, A.K.Sarkar, Engineering Graphics
with AutoCAD, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,
Revised Edition, 2010.
2. N D Bhat & V M Panchal, Engineering Drawing, Charotar
Publishing House, Gujarat, 51st edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sham Tickoo, AutoCAD 2013 for Engineers and
Designers, Dreamtech Press, 2013.
2. M.H.Annaiah & Rajashekar Patil, Computer Aided
Engineering Drawing, New Age International Publishers,
4th Edition, 2012.
3. T.Jeyapoovan, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using
AutoCAD, Vikas Publishing House, 3rd Edition, 2010.
4. Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2007.
5. Basant Aggarwal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2008.
45
I B.Tech - I Semester
(16BT10531) PROGRAMMING IN C LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on “Programming in C”

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on practice in developing and
executing simple programs using C Programming constructs–
Conditional statements, Loops, Arrays, Strings, Functions,
Structures, Pointers and Functions.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course the students will be
able to:
1. Demonstrate practical knowledge of using C language
constructs:
 Selection and Repetition statements.
 Arrays, Strings and Functional statements.
 Derived data types, Files and Pointers
2. Analyze problems to develop suitable algorithmic solutions
3. Design Solutions for specified engineering problems
4. Use appropriate ‘C’ language constructs for solving
engineering problems
5. Implement and execute programs using ‘C’ language
6. Document programs and communicate effectively while
conducting Professional transactions.
List of Exercises:
1. a. Let a and b are two integer variables whose values are 10
and 13 respectively. Write a program to evaluate the
following arithmetic expressions.
i) a + b ii) a–b iii) a * b iv) a/b v) a % b
b. Write a program to evaluate the following algebraic
expressions after reading necessary values from keyword.
i) (ax + b)/(ax – b)
ii) 2.5 log x + Cos 320+ | x2 + y2|
iii) x5 + 10 x4 + 8 and x3 + 4 x + 2
iv) aekt
46
2. a. Mr. Gupta deposited Rs.1000 in a bank. The bank gives
simple interest at the rate of 15% per annum. Write a
program to determine the amount in Mr. Gupta’s account
at the end of 5 years. (Use the formula I = P T R / 100)
b. A cashier has currency notes of denominations Rs.10, Rs.
50 and Rs. 100. If the amount to be withdrawn is input in
hundreds, find the total number of notes of each
denomination the cashier will have to give to the
withdrawer.
c. In a town, the percentage of men is 52. The percentage
of total literacy is 48.If total percentage of literate men is
35 of the total population; write a program to find the
total number of illiterate men and women if the population
of the town is 8000.
3. a. Write a program that prints the given 3 integers in
ascending order using if - else.
b. Write a program to calculate commission for the input
value of sales amount.
Commission is calculated as per the following rules:
i) Commission is NIL for sales amount Rs. 5000.
ii) Commission is 2% for sales when sales amount is
>Rs. 5000 and <= Rs. 10000.
iii) Commission is 5% for sales amount >Rs. 10000.
c. A character is entered through keyboard. Write a program
to determine whether the character entered is a capital
letter, a small case letter, a digit or a special symbol. The
following table shows the range of ASCII values for various
characters.
Characters ASCII values
A-Z 65 - 90
a-z 97- 122
0-9 48 - 57
Special Symbols 0 - 47, 58 - 64, 91- 96, 123 - 127
4. a. If cost price and selling price of an item is input through
the keyboard, write program to determine whether the
seller has made profit or incurred loss. Also determine how
much profit or loss he incurred in percentage.
b. An insurance company calculates premium as follows:
i. If a person's health is excellent and the person is between
25 and 35 years of age and lives in a city and is a male
then premium is Rs.4 per thousand and the policy amount
cannot exceed Rs.2 lakhs.
ii. If a person satisfies all the above conditions and is female
then the premium is Rs.3 per thousand and the policy
47
amount cannot exceed Rs.1 lakh.
iii. If a person's health is poor and the person is between 25
and 35 years of age and lives in a village and is a male
then premium is Rs.6 per thousand and the policy cannot
exceed Rs. 10000.
iv. In all other cases the person is not insured.
Write a program to determine whether the person should
be insured or not, his/her premium rate and maximum amount
for which he/she can be insured.
5. a. Write a program, which takes two integer operands and
one operator as input from the user, performs the operation
and then prints the result. (Consider the operators +,-,*,
/, %. Use switch statement)
b. Write a program to find the grace marks for a student
using switch. The user should enter the class obtained by
the student and the number of subjects he has failed in.
Use the following rules:
i. If the student gets first class and the number of subjects
failed is >3, then no grace marks are awarded. If the
number of subjects failed is less than or equal to '3' then
the grace is 5 marks per subject.
ii. If the student gets second class and the number of subjects
failed in is >2, then no grace marks are awarded. If the
number of subjects failed in less than or equal to '3' then
the grace is 4 marks per subject.
iii. If the student gets third class and the number of subjects
failed in is >1, then no grace marks are awarded. If the
number of subjects failed in is equal to '1' then the grace
is 5 marks per subject.
6. a. Write a program to find the sum of individual digits of a
positive integer.
b. A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows:
The first and second terms in the sequence are 0 and 1.
Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two
terms in the sequence. Write a program to generate the
first N terms of the sequence.
Write a program to generate all the prime numbers between
1 and N, where N is a value supplied by the user.
7. a. Write a program to find the largest and smallest number in
a given list of integers.
b. Write a program to perform the following:
i. Addition of two matrices.
ii. Multiplication of two matrices.
48
8. a. Write a program that uses functions to perform the following
operations:
i. To insert a sub-string in main string at a specified position.
ii. To delete N characters from a given string from a specified
position.
b. Write a program to determine whether the given string is
palindrome or not.
c. Write a program to display the position or index in the
main string S where the sub string T begins. Display -1 if
S does not contain T.
d. Write a program to count the number of lines, words and
characters in a given text.
9. a. Write a program to read list of student names and perform
the following operations using functions.
i. to print list of names
ii. to sort them in ascending order
iii. to print the list after sorting.
b. Write a menu driven program to read list of student names
and perform the following operations using array of
character pointers.
i. to insert a student name
ii. to delete a name
iii. to print the name
10. Write a program that uses functions to perform the following
operations:
i. Reading a complex number
ii. Writing a complex number
iii. Addition of two complex numbers
iv. Multiplication of two complex numbers
(Note: Represent complex number using a structure.)
11. a. Write a program to accept the elements of the structure
as:
Employee-name,Basic pay
Display the same structure along with the DA, CCA and
Gross salary for 5 employees.
Note: DA=51% of Basic pay, CCA=Rs.100.consolidated.
b. Define a structure to store employee's data with the
following specifications:
Employee-Number, Employee-Name, Basic pay, Date of
Joining
i. Write a function to store 10 employee details.
ii. Write a function to implement the following rules while
revising the basic pay.
49
If Basic pay<=Rs.5000 then increase it by 15%.
If Basic pay> Rs.5000 and <=Rs.25000 then it increase by
10%.
If Basic pay>Rs.25000 then there is no change in basic
pay.
Write a function to print the details of employees who
have completed 20 years of service from the date of joining.
12. a. Write a program which copies one 'text file' to another
'text file'.
b.Write a program to reverse the first N characters of a
given text file.
Note: The file name and N are specified through command
line.
13. Write a program to print the output by giving the
Customer_ID as an input.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Byron Gottfried and Jitender Kumar C, Programming with
C, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education(India) Pvt. ltd, 2016.
2. Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, Programming in C, 2nd Edition,
Oxford University Press, 2007.
50
I B.Tech. - II Semester
(16BT1BS02) ENGINEERING PHYSICS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PREREQUISITES: Intermediate / senior secondary Physics

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Lasers; optical fibers; principles of
quantum mechanics; band theory of solids; semiconductors;
dielectric properties of materials; acoustics of buildings;
superconductors; crystallography and nanomaterials.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
able to:
1. Acquire basic knowledge of lasers, optical fibers, quantum
mech an ics, di elect ri cs, semicon du ct ors, an d
superconductors, acoustic of buildings, crystallography
and nanomaterials.
2. Analyze the construction and working of various laser
systems, semiconductor devices, various types of
optical fibers and its communication system and nano
materials properties.
3. Gain skills in designing lasers, optical fiber cable,
semiconductor devices, acoustically good halls and
nanomaterials.
4. Develop problem solving skills in engineering context.
5. Use relevant techniques for assessing ball milling, pulsed
laser deposition, p-n junction and Laser.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: LASERS AND FIBER OPTICS
Lasers: Introduction, characteristics of lasers, spontaneous
and stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein’s coefficients –
condition for amplification, population inversion, Nd: YAG laser,
Helium-Neon laser, semiconductor laser and applications of lasers.
Fiber optics: Introduction, principle of optical fiber, acceptance
angle, acceptance cone and numerical aperture, classification
of optical fibers, optical fiber communication system and
applications of optical fibers.
51
UNIT-II:PRINCIPLES OF QUANTUM MECHANICS AND BAND
THEORY OF SOLIDS
Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Introduction, de-Broglie’s
hypothesis, Schrödinger’s one dimensional wave equation (time
independent), significance of wave function, particle in a one
dimensional potential box, Fermi-Dirac distribution and effect of
temperature (qualitative treatment).
Band Theory of Solids: Electron in a periodic potential, Kronig-
Penney model (qualitative treatment), origin of energy bands
formati on in soli ds, disti nction between conductors,
semiconductors and insulators based on band theory.
UNIT-III: SEMICONDUCTORS AND DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
OF MATERIALS
Semiconductors: Introduction, types of semiconductors,
intrinsic carrier concentration, electrical conductivity in
semiconductors, drift and diffusion currents, Einstein’s relation,
Hall effect and its applications, direct and indirect band gap
semiconductors, p-n junction, energy band diagram of p-n diode,
LED, photo diode and Solar cell.
Dielectric Properties of Materials: Introduction, dielectric
constant, electronic, ionic and orientation polarizations
(qualitative treatment), local field, frequency dependence of
polarizability (qualitative treatment), ferroelectricity.
UN IT -IV: A CO USTICS OF BUIL DINGS AN D
SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
Acoustics of Buildings: Introduction, basic requirement of
acoustically good hall, reverberation and time of reverberation,
Sabine’s formula for reverberation time (qualitative treatment),
absorption coefficient of sound and its measurement, factors
affecting the architectural acoustics and their remedies.
Superconductivity: Introduction, General properties - Meissner
effect, penetration depth, Type-I and Type-II superconductors,
flux quantization, Josephson effects, BCS theory (qualitative
treatment), applications of superconductors.
UNIT-V: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND NANOMATERIALS
Crystallography: Introduction, crystal planes, crystal
directions and Miller indices, separation between successive
(hkl) planes, X-ray diffraction by crystal planes, Bragg’s law-
powder method.
52
Nanomaterials: Introduction, principles of nanomaterials,
properties of nanomaterials, synthesis of nanomaterials by ball
milling and pulsed laser deposition and applications of
nanomaterials.
TEXT BOOK:
1. P. K. Palaniswamy, Engineering Physics, Scitech Publications
India Private Limited, 2nd Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dr. S. Mani Naidu, Engineering Physics, Pearson Education,
1st Edition, 2013.
2. M.N. Avadhanulu,P.G.Kshirsagar, A textbook of Engineering
Physics, S.Chand & Company Ltd. Revised Edition 2014.
3. K. Thyagarajan, Engineering Physics-I, McGraw-Hill Education
(India) Pvt.Ltd. 2015.
53
(16BT2BS01) TRANSFORMATION TECHNIQUES
AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE REQUISITE: Intermediate /Senior secondary mathematics

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fourier series; Fourier integrals and
transforms; Laplace transforms; z –transforms; partial
differential equations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course a successful student is able to
CO1: Acquire basic knowledge in
(a) Fourier series and Fourier transforms
(b) Fourier integrals
(c) Laplace transforms and their applications
(d) z- transforms and their applications
(e) solving partial differential equations
(a) Properties of Fourier series for a given function
(b) Partial differential equations through different
evaluation methods
(c) Difference equations through z – transforms
(d) Engineering systems and processes involving wave
forms and heat transfer
(a) Problems involving heat transfer and wave forms
(b) Engineering concepts involving, Fourier transforms,
Fourier integrals, Laplace transforms, z-transforms
and difference equations
CO4: Develop analytical skills in solving the problems involving
(a) Fourier series and Fourier transforms
(b) Laplace transforms
(c) Z-transforms and difference equations
(d) Heat transfer and wave motion
CO5: Use relevant transformation techniques for
(a) Obtaining Fourier transforms for different types of
functions
(b) Laplace transforms
(c) Z- transforms
(d) Partial differential equations
54
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I : FOURIER SERIES (7 periods)
Fourier series: Determination of Fourier coefficients,
convergence of Fourier series (Dirichlet’s conditions), Fourier
series of even and odd functions, Half-range Fourier sine and
cosine expansions.
UNIT- II: FOURIER INTEGRALS AND FOURIER TRANSFORMS
(8 periods)
Fourier integral theorem (statement only), Fourier sine and cosine
integrals, Fourier transform, Fourier sine and cosine transforms
–properties, Inverse transform and finite Fourier transforms.
UNIT-III: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS (12 periods)
Laplace transforms of standard functions. Properties of Laplace
transforms. First and second shifting Theorems. Laplace
transforms of derivatives and integrals. Inverse transforms.
Convolution theorem (without proof), inverse Laplace transforms
by convolution theorem. Laplace transform of periodic functions,
Applications of Laplace transforms to ordinary differential
equations of first and second order with constant coefficients.
UNIT-IV: Z- TRANSFORMS (9 periods)
Z – transforms, inverse Z– transforms, damping rule, shifting
rule, initial and final value theorems. Convolution theorem
(without proof), solution of difference equations by Z–
transforms.
UNIT – V: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (9 periods)
Formation of Partial differential equations – Solutions of first
order linear equations by method of grouping. First and second
order equations by method of separation of variables – Solutions
of one dimensional Wave equation, Heat equation.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi,S.Ranganadham and
M.V.S.S.N. Prasad, Engineering Mathematics, vol-1, S.
Chand & Company 13/e,2014.
2. T.K.V. Iyenger, B. Krishna Gandhi, S.Ranganadham and
M.V.S.S.N.Prasad, Mathematical Methods,S.Chand
and Company, 8/e,2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics,Khanna
publishers, Delhi, 42/e,2012.
2. Kreyszig, E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics,John
Wiley and Sons, Inc.,9/e,2013.

(16BT20441) BASIC ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND
CIRCUITS
(Common to CSE, CSSE & IT)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PREREQUISITES: A course on Engineering Physics.

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Characteristics of general and special purpose electronic
devices; Rectifiers; Biasing of BJT; FET, Feedback Amplifiers,
Oscillator.
COURSE OUTCOMES: On successful completion of this course
the students will be able to
CO1: Gain in-depth knowledge in
 p-n junction diode and its characteristics
 Zener diode and its characteristics
 Rectifiers and Filters
 Characteristics of BJT, FET, MOSFET and special
purpose electronic devices.
 FET amplifiers
 Feedback amplifiers and Oscillators
CO2: Analyze numerical and analytical problems in
 Rectifiers using Filters
 Transistor biasing circuits
 FET biasing circuits and amplifiers
 Feedback amplifiers and oscillators
CO3: Design electronic circuits such as
 Rectifiers with and without filters
 BJT and FET biasing circuits
 FET amplifiers
 Feedback amplifiers and oscillators
CO4: Solve engineering problems and arrive at solutions
pertaining to electronic circuits.
CO5: Select appropriate technique for transistor biasing.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
56
UNIT-I: P-N JUNCTION DIODE AND RECTIFIERS
(10 Periods)
P-N JUNCTION DIODE
P-N Junct ion Di ode Equ ation, Volt-Ampere (V-I)
Charact erist i cs, Temperat ure Dependen ce of V-I
Characteristics, Ideal Versus Practical, Static and Dynamic
Resistances, Diode Equivalent circuits, Junction capacitances,
Break down mechanisms in semiconductor Diodes, Zener Diode
Characteristics.
RECTIFIERS
Halfwave rectifier and Fullwave rectifiers (Qualitative and
quantitative analysis), Harmonic components in a rectifier
circuit, Inductor filter, Capacitor filter, L - section filter, ð -
section filter, Problems on rectifier circuits.
UNIT-II: BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR AND BIASING
(11 Periods)
CHARACTERISTICS:
Transistor construction, BJT Operation, Transistor as an amplifier,
Transistor currents and their relations, Input and Output
Characteristics of a Transistor in Common Emitter, Common
Base and Common Collector Configurations, BJT specifications,
transistor hybrid model for CE configuration – analytical
expressions for transistor characteristics.
BIASING:
Transistor biasing, Operating Point, DC and AC Load Lines,
Importance of Biasing, Fixed Bias, Emitter Feedback Bias,
Collector to Emitter Feedback Bias, Voltage Divider Bias.
UNIT-III: FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (10 Periods)
Construction, Principle of Operation and Characteristics of JFET
and MOSFET (Enhancement & Depletion), Biasing of FET, Small
Signal Model of JFET & MOSFET. Common Source and Common
Drain Amplifiers using FET, Generalized FET Amplifier, FET as
Voltage Variable Resistor, Comparison between BJT and FET.
UNIT-IV: FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS
(8 Periods)
Feedback Concepts, Types of Feedback Circuits (block diagram
representation), General characteristics of negative feedback
amplifier, Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics.
Barkhausen criterion, Hartley & Colpitts oscillators, Phase Shift
Oscillators and Crystal Oscillator.
57
UNIT-V: SPECIAL PURPOSE ELECTRONIC DEVICES
(6 Periods)
Principle of Operation and Characteristics of Tunnel Diode, Uni-
Junction Transistor (UJT), Varactor Diode, Silicon Control Rectifier
(SCR). Principle of operation of Schottky Barrier Diode.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. J. Millman, Christos C. Halkias and Satyabrata Jit,
Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices
and Circuits, 10th Edition, PHI, 2009.
2. S. Salivahana, N. Suresh Kumar, Electronic Devices and
Circuits, 3rd Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2013.
3. David A. Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 5th Edition,
Oxford University press, 2014.
58
(16BT21201) OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING THROUGH C++
30 70 100 4 1 - 4
PREREQUISITES: A Course on “Programming in C”.

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Object Oriented concepts and Fundamental
Concepts of C++ ; Decision Making Statements, Looping
Statements and Functions; Arrays, Pointers & References and
Strings; Classes & Objects and Overloading Operators;
Composition & Inheritance, Templates, Iterators & Generics
and File Handling;
COURSE OUTCOMES:
able to:
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on object oriented
programming concepts - Object, Class, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, Encapsulation, Abstraction and
Message passing.
CO2: Identify object oriented concepts for code
reusability and optimization.
CO3: Desi gn an d devel op sol ut i ons for given
specifications.
CO4: Demonstrate problem solving skills to provide
software solutions to real world problems.
CO5: Develop C++ programming to provide solutions to
complex engineering problems using object oriented
concepts.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION AND FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS
(Periods: 10)
An introduction to object technology: Objects and methods,
Object: A practical example, Classes, Declaring classes and
objects.
Key Object Orientation concepts and Elementary C++
programming: Abstraction, Encapsulation, Aggregation/
composition, Inheritance, Some simple programs, The output
operator, Characters and literals, Variables and their
declarations, Program tokens, Initializing variables, Objects,
variables and constants, The input operator.

Fundamental types: Numeric data types, The Boolean types,
Enumeration types, Character types, Integer types, Arithmetic
operators, The increment and decrement operators, composite
Assignment operators, Floating –point types, Type conversions,
Numeric overflow, Round-off error, The format for floating –
point values, Scope.
UNIT-II: DECISION MAKING STATEMENTS, LOOPING
STATEMENTS AND FUNCTIONS (Periods:10)
Decision making statements: The if statement, The if-else
statement, Keywords, Comparison operators, Statement blocks,
Compound Conditions, Short- circuiting, Boolean expressions,
Nested selection statements, The else-if statement, The switch
statement, The conditional expression operator.
Looping Statements: The while statements, Terminating a
loop, the do-while statement, the for statement, the break
statement, the continue statement, the goto statement,
Generating pseudo-random numbers
Functions: Introduction, Standard c++ library functions, User-
defined functions, Test drivers, function declarations and
definitions, Local variables and functions, void functions, Boolean
functions, I/O functions, passing by reference, passing by
constant reference, Inline functions, Scope, Overloading, The
main () function, Default arguments
UNIT-III: ARRAYS, POINTERS & REFERENCES AND STRINGS
(Periods: 12)
Arrays: Introduction, processing arrays, initializing an array,
Array index out of bounds, passing an array to a function, the
linear search algorithm, the bubble sort algorithm, the binary
search algorithm, Using arrays with enumeration types, Type
definitions, Multidimensional arrays.
Pointers and References: The reference operator, References,
Pointers, the dereference operator, Derived types, Objects and
lvalues, Returning a reference.
C++ Strings: Introduction, working with strings in C++, String
manipulation, Strings and arrays, miscellaneous string functions,
String streams
UNIT-IV: CLASSES & OBJECTS AND OVERLOADING
OPERATORS (Periods: 12)
Classes and objects: Introduction, Class declarations,
Constructors, Constructor initialization lists, Access functions,
Private member functions, The copy constructor, The class
destructor, Constant Objects, Structures, Pointers to object,
Static data members, static function members, predefined
classes, Data hiding and encapsulation, Exception handling
60
Overloading Operators: Introduction, Overloading the
assignment operator, The this operator, Overloading Arithmetic
operator, Overloading the arithmetic assignment operator,
Overloading the relational patterns, Overloading the stream
operators, Conversion operators, Overloading the increment and
decrement operators, Overloading the subscript operator
UNIT-V: COMPOSITION & INHERITANCE, TEMPLATES,
ITERATORS & GENERICS AND FILE HANDLING
(Periods: 11)
Composition and inheritance: Introduction, Composition,
Inheritance, protected class members, Overriding and dominating
inherited members, private access versus protected access,
virtual functions and polymorphism, virtual destructors, Virtual
functions, pure virtual functions, Abstract classes, object-
oriented programming.
Templates, iterators and Generics: Introduction, Function
templates, Class templates, Container classes, Subclass
templates, passing template classes to template parameters,
Iterator classes, Generic programming
C++ File Handling: File I/O
(Total Periods: 55)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John R Hubbard, Programming with C++, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. P. B. Mahapatra, “Thinking in C++”, 1st Edition, Galgotia
Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sourav Sahay, Object Oriented Programming with C++, 2nd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
61
(16BT21501) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: -NIL-
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to number systems; logic
gates; Boolean Algebra; simplification of Boolean functions;
Design of combinational circuits; Design of sequential circuits,
Memory and Programmable Logic
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On Successful completion of this course student will be able
to:
CO1. Demonst rate kn owl edge on Bool ean al gebra,
Minimization of Boolean functions using Map Reduce
method.
CO2. Identify appropriate simplification techniques for Boolean
functions.
CO3. Design combinational and sequential logic circuits,
memory and programmable logic for digital systems.
CO4. Select and Apply Boolean algebra and gate level
minimization techniques for designing combinational and
sequential logic circuits.
CO5. Learn independently new concepts, new techniques and
advan ced su bject kn owledge i n t h e area of
combinational and sequential logic circuits.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I – BINARY SYSTEMS AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA
(10 periods)
Digital Systems, Binary Numbers, Number base conversions,
Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers, Signed binary numbers, other
binary codes, complements. Boolean Algebra, Boolean functions,
Canonical and standard forms, Digital logic gates
UNIT II – GATE LEVEL MINIMIZATION (9 periods)
The K-map method - Four-variable map, Five-Variable map,
product of sums and sum of products simplification, Don’t-
care conditions, NAND and NOR implementations, other Two-
level implementations, Exclusive – OR function
62
UNIT III – COMBINATIONAL LOGIC (9 periods)
Combinational Circuits, Analysis procedure, Design procedure,
Binary Adder-Subtractor, BCD Adder, Carry- Look- ahead adder,
Binary multiplier, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Encoders,
Multiplexers, De-Multiplexers.
UNIT IV – SEQUENTIAL LOGIC (9 periods)
Latches, Flip-Flops, Analysis of clocked sequential circuits,
Design of synchronous sequential circuits, registers, shift
registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous counters, Ring Counter
and Johnson Counter.
UNIT V–MEMORY AND PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC (8 periods)
Random-Access Memory, Memory Decoding, Error Detection and
Correction, Read-only memory, Programmable logic Array,
programmable Array logic, Sequential Programmable Devices.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education/PHI, 1999.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. David J Comer, “Digital Logic and State Machine Design”,
Third Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
2. Charles H.Roth Jr, “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, Fifth
edition, Cengage Learning, 2008.
3. A. Anand Kumar, “Switching Theory and Logic Design”,
Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Limited, 2010.
63
(16BT1BS32) ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate / senior secondary Physics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Characteristics of p-n junction diode, Photodiode, LED, and
semiconductor laser diode. Experimental determination of carrier
concentration and energy gap of a semiconductor material,
wave length of a laser source, size of fine particle, numerical
aperture and acceptance angle of optical fiber. Determination
of frequency of electrically vibrating tuning fork and A.C source
using A.C sonometer, magnetic field along axial line of a current
carrying coil and rigidity modulus of material of a wire using
torsional pendulum.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course, a successful student will be
able to:
CO1: Acquire basic knowledge about semiconductor materials,
magnetic materials and lasers.
CO2: Acquire analytical skills in the estimation of carrier
concentration of semiconductor materials and
characterization of p-n junction.
CO3: Develop skills in designing electronic circuits using
semiconductor components.
CO4: Acquire skills to use instrumental techniques in A.C
sonometer and Melde’s experiment.
CO5: Apply diffraction techniques for determination of size
of tiny particles and wave length of lasers.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
Conduct a minimum of any Ten of the following experiments.
1. Determination of wavelength of a laser source using
Diffraction Grating.
2. Determination of particle size by using a laser source.
3. Determination of Numerical aperture and acceptance
angle of an optical fiber.
4. Melde’s experiment - transverse & longitudinal modes.
5. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil-
Stewart and Gee’s method.
6. Calculation of A.C frequency using sonometer.
7. I-V Characteristics of a p-n Junction diode.
8. Energy gap of a material of a p-n Junction.
9. Characteristics of LED source.
10. Characteristics of Photo diode.
11. Hall Effect.
12. Determination of rigidity modulus of the material of the
wire using torsional pendulum.
64
I B.Tech II semester
(16BT20451) ANALOG AND DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PREREQUISITES: Courses on “Basic Electronic Devices &

Circuits and Digital Logic Design”
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Identification and testing of active
and passive components; RPS, DMM, Function Generator, CRO;
Diode characteristics; Rectifiers; BJT and FET characteristics;
UJT and SCR characteristics; BJT Amplifiers; Realization of FFs,
Combinational Circuits, sequential Circuits; Demonstration on
VHDL Programme.
COURSE OUTCOMES: On successful completion of this course,
the student will be able to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge in different electronic devices,
analog and digital circuits
CO2. Analyze the characteristics of different electronic
devices and circuits like
Diodes p-n Junction Diodes, Zener Diodes, SCR
 Transistors-BJT,FET,UJT
 Flip Flops-JK FF, D FF
 Combinational Circuits-HA, FA
 Sequential Circuits -Counters
CO3. Design electronic circuits like FET Amplifiers, Feedback
amplifiers, Oscillators, Combinational Circuits and
Sequential Circuits.
CO4. Solve engineering problems by proposing potential
solutions through Design of better electronic circuits.
CO5. Model an electronic circuit which fulfil the needs of
the society.
CO6: Function effectively as an individual and as a member
in a group
CO7: Communicate effectively in verbal and written form.
65
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
PART A
ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (Only for Viva-Voce)
1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components
(Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Switches (SPDT, DPDT, and
DIP), Coils, Gang Condensers, Relays, Bread Boards.
Identification, Specifications and Testing of Active Devices:
Diodes, BJTs, Low-power JFETs, MOSFETs, LEDs, LCDs, SCR,
UJT, Linear and Digital ICs.
PART B
ANALOG DEVICES AND CIRCUITS (Minimum seven
experiments to be conducted)
1. p-n Junction and Zener diodes characteristics
2. Ripple Factor and Load Regulations of Rectifier with and
without filters (Full wave or Half wave)
3. Input and Output characteristics of Transistor in CE
configuration
4. Drain and Transfer Characteristics of JFET
5. Gain and Frequency response of FET Amplifier
6. Gain and Frequency response of Feedback Amplifier (Voltage
series or current series)
7. Frequency of oscillations of Hartley and Colpitts Oscillator
8. UJT relaxation oscillator
9. SCR characteristics
PART C
DIGITAL CIRCUITS
Realization of
1. Flip Flops using Logic Gates
2. Two Problems on Combinational Circuits
3. Asynchronous Counter
4. Synchronous Counter
Demonstration of
VHDL Programme
66
(16BT21231) IT Workshop
(Common to IT & CSSE)
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PREREQUISITES: —Nil—
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Practice sessions on PC hardware, Internet, World Wide Web,
LibreOffice Suite. Demonstrations on installations of system
software such as MS-Windows, Linux and device drivers,
hardware and software troubleshooting, and protecting the
personal computer from viruses and other cyber attacks are
include.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
able to:
1. Demonstrate analytical skills in:
Identification of functional parts of PC
Internet and World Wide Web.
  Computer security issues and preventive
measures.
Operating Systems.
2. Design document and presentations effectively.
3. Apply modern tools to develop IT based applications.
4. Demonstrate effective communication skills through IT
tools.
5. Update knowledge and skills in PC maintenance and
usage of latest Operating Systems and Office
automation tools.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. PC Hardware
a. Identify the peripherals of a personal computer, components
in a Central Processing Unit (CPU) and its functions, block
diagram of CPU along with the configuration of each
peripheral.
b. Demonstrating assembling and disassembling of the Personal
Computer.
c. Introduction to Operating Systems, components of OS,
installation of Microsoft Windows-XP Operating System.
67
2. Operating System
a. Introduction to LINUX OS, installation of LINUX OS, Basic
commands in LINUX - cat, ls, pwd, rm, rmdir, cd, cp, mv,
who, date, cal, clear, man, wc
b. Introduction to DOS, Basic DOS commands – mkdir, cd, cls,
del, copy, attrib, date, path, type, format, exit.
3. Hardware & Software Troubleshooting: Diagnosis of PC
malfunction, types of faults, common issues and how to fix
them. Basic Hardware & Software troubleshooting steps, PC
diagnostic tools.
4. Libre Office:
a. Libre Writer
Introduction to Writer, importance of Writer as Word Processor,
overview of toolbars , saving, accessing files, using help and
resources.
i). Create a document using the features: Formatting fonts,
drop cap, bullets and numbering, text effects, character
spacing, borders and shading, tables, text direction,
hyperlink, headers and footers, date and time.
ii). Create a document in using the features: picture effects,
clipart, auto shapes & grouping, page setup, paragraph
indentation, wrap text, footnote and equations.
5. Libre Calc
a. Introduction to Calc as a spreadsheet tool, overview of
toolbars, accessing, saving Calc files, using help and
resources.
i). Create a spreadsheet using the features: gridlines, format
cells, auto fill, formatting text, formulae, table and charts.
ii). Create a spreadsheet using the features: split cells, text to
columns, sorting,filter, conditional formatting, freeze panes,
pivot tables, data validation.
6. Libre Impress:
a. Demonstration on Impress, utilities, overview of toolbars,
PPT orientation, slide layouts, types of views.
i). Create a Presentation using the features: slide layouts,
inserting text, formatting text, bullets and numbering, auto
shapes, hyperlinks, pictures, clip art, audio, video, tables
and charts.
ii). Create a Presentation using the features: slide design, slide
hiding, slide transition, animation, rehearse timings and
custom slideshow.
68
7. Libre Draw: Draw vector graphics and flowcharts using Libre
draw tools.
8. LibreBase: Create a sample database using Libre Base(Ex:
Student database).
9. Introduction LaTeX Tool. Create a document using the
features: formatting fonts, applying text effects, insert
pictures and images, using date and time option.
10. Internet & Computer Security
Introduction to computer networking, demonstration on network
components, drivers loading and configuration settings, mapping
of IP addresses, configuration of Internet and Wi-Fi.
11. Search Engines and Cyber Hygiene:
Working of search engine, Awareness of various threats on
Internet, types of attacks and how to overcome. Installation of
antivirus software, configuration of personal firewall and Windows
update on computers.
12. Students should implement exercises 6 to 9 using MS- Office
tool.
REFERENCES:
1. Vikas Gupta, Comdex Information Technology Course Tool
Kit, 2nd Edition, WILEY Dreamtech, New Delhi, 2006.
2. ITL Education, Introduction to Information Technology,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Leslie Lamport, A Document preparation system LATEX
users guide and reference manual, 2rd Edition.
4. IT Workshop Laboratory Manual, 2014.
5. www.libreoffice.org.
69
(16BT21232) OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PREREQUISITES: A Course on “OOPS through C++”.

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Hands-on experience on creating Virtual machines on Windows
and Linux platforms, Development of Service based web
applications & their deployment and Mobile app development.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
able to:
1. Demonstrate practical knowledge on Object oriented
programming concepts - Object, Class, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, encapsulation, Abstraction, message
passing.
2. Apply object oriented programming concepts to develop
real world applications.
3. Demonstrate Problem solving skills using basic and
advanced concepts of C++.
4. Work individually and in teams collaboratively in
implementing the applications.
5. Demonstrate communication skills both oral and written
for preparing and presenting reports.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. a. Write a C++ program that takes length as input in
feet and inches. The program should then convert the
lengths in centimeters and display it on screen. Assume
that the given lengths in feet and inches are integers.
b. Write a C++ program to find the sum for the given
variables using function with default arguments.
2. Implement the Number Guessing Game in C++ with the
given instructions. In this game the computer chooses
a random number between 1 and 100, and the player
tries to guess the number in as few attempts as possible.
Each time the player enters a guess, the computer tells
him whether the guess is too high, too low, or right.
Once the player guesses the number, the game is over.
70
3. Write a program to perform arithmetic operations on two
numbers. The program must be menu driven, allowing to
select the operation (+, -, *, or /) and input the numbers.
Furthermore, the program must consist of following
functions:
i) Function showChoice: This function shows the
options and must explain how to enter data.
ii) Function add: This function accepts two number
as arguments and returns sum.
iii) Function subtract: This function accepts two
number as arguments and returns their difference.
iv) Function multiply: This function accepts two
number as arguments and returns product.
v) Function divide: This function accepts two number
as arguments and returns quotient.
4. Write a menu driven C++ program with following option
a. A ccept el emen t s of an array
b. Di spl ay el emen ts of an array
c. S ort t h e array usi n g bu bbl e sort met hod
Write C++ functions for all options. The functions should
have two parameters name of the array and number of
elements in the array.
5. X. Y, Z are arrays of integers of size M, N, and M + N
respectively. The numbers in array X and Y appear in
descending order. Write a user-defined function in C++
to produce third array Z by merging arrays X and Y in
descending order.
6. a. Write a program to enter any number and find its
factorial using constructor.
b. Write a program to generate a Fibonacci series using
copy constructor.
7. Write a program to perform addition of two complex
numbers using constructor overloading. The first
constructor which takes no argument is used to create
objects which are not initialized, second which takes
one argument is used to initialize real and imaginary parts
to equal values and third which takes two argument is
used to initialized real and imaginary to two different
values.
8. a. Write a program to overload unary increment (++)
operator.
b. Write a program to overload binary + operator.

9. a. Define a class TEST in C++ with following description:
Private Members
TestCode of type integer
Description of type string
NoCandidate of type integer
CenterReqd (number of centers required) of type integer
A member function CALCNTR() to calculate and return
the number of centers as (NoCandidates/100+1)
Public Members
- A function SCHEDULE() to allow user to enter values
for TestCode, Description, NoCandidate & call function
CALCNTR() to calculate the number of Centres
- A function DISPTEST() to allow user to view the
content of all the data members
b. Define a class REPORT with the following specification:
Private members :
adno 4 digit admission number
name 20 characters
marks an array of 5 floating point values
average average marks obtained
GETAVG() a function to compute the average
obtained in five subject
Public members:
READINFO() function to accept values for adno, name,
marks. Invoke the function GETAVG()
DISPLAYINFO() function to display all data members of
report on the screen.
You should give function definitions.
10. a. Create a base class basic_info with data members
name ,rollno, gender and two member functions getdata
and display. Derive a class physical fit from basic_info
which has data members height and weight and member
functions getdata and display. Display all the information
using object of derived class.
b. Create a class called LIST with two pure virtual
function store() and retrieve().To store a value call
store and to retrieve call retrieve function. Derive two
classes stack and queue from it and override store and
retrieve.
72
11. a. Write a program to define the function template for
swapping two items of the various data types such as
integer, float, and characters.
b. Write a program to define the class template for
calculating the square of given numbers with different
data types.
12. a. Write a C++ program to write number 1 to 100 in a
data file NOTES.TXT.
b. Write a program to read a set of lines from the keyboard
and to store it on a specified file.
Any one of the following mini projects are to be implemen-
ted by a group of 4-5 students.
1. Mini Project : Banking System
Develop an application on BANKING SYSTEM which has
account class with data members like account number,
name, deposit, withdraw amount and type of account.
Customer data is stored in a binary file. A customer can
deposit and withdraw amount in his account. Must support
the features of creation, modifying and deletion account
any time.
2. Mini Project : Library Management System
Develop an application on LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
which has book and student class with data members
like book no, bookname, authorname. Books records is
stored in a binary file. A student can issue book and
deposit it within 15 days. Student is allowed to issue
only one book. Student Records are stored in binary file.
Administrator can add, modify or delete record.
3. Mini Project : Supermarket Billing System
Develop a simple console application for SUPERMARKET
BILLING SYSTEM which has product class with data
members like product no, product name, price, quantity,
tax, discount. Product details is stored in a binary file. A
customer can purchase product and his invoice
generated. Administrator can create, modify, view and
delete product record.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. John R Hubbard, Programming with C++, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Sourav Sahay, Object Oriented Programming with C++, 2nd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
73
II B.Tech. - I Semester
(16BT3BS01) PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS
AND STATISTICAL METHODS
(Common to CE, ME, CSE, IT and CSSE)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate/senior secondary mathematics.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Random variables; Mathematical
expectations; Probability distributions; Correlation and
regressions; Statistical quality control; Sampling distributions;
Tests for small and large samples and their significances.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, students will be able
to:
CO1. Acquire basic knowledge on:
• Probability distributions, correlation and regressions.
• Statistical quality control and testing of hypotheses.
• Simple linear regression.
•Tests of significance for small and large samples.
CO2. Develop skills for analyzing the data with:
• Mathematical expectations for realistic results.
• Probability distributions for practical situations.
• Control charts of statistical quality control..
• Correlation and regression concepts.
• Suitable tests of significance for practical situations.
CO3. Develop skills in designing:
• Probability distributions.
• Limitations of statistical quality control.
• Control charts.
• X, R, np, and c charts
CO4. Develop analytical skills for solving problems involving:
•  Probability distributions, means, variances and
standard deviations.
• Statistical techniques employed for quality.
• Sampling techniques for decision making.
• Tests of significances for small and large samples.
74
CO5. Use relevant probability and statistical techniques for:
• Mathematical expectations of desired results.
• Fitting probability distributions for experimental data.
• Quality control and testing of hypothesis.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I – RANDOM VARIABLE AND MATHEMATICAL
EXPECTATIONS (10 periods)
Random Variables: Discrete and Continuous random variables,
Distribution function of random variable, Properties, Probability
mass function, Probability density function, Mathematical
expectation, Properties of Mathematical expectation, Mean and
Variance.
UNIT II – PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS (9 periods)
Discrete Distributions: Binomial and Poisson Distributions,
Mean, variance and standard deviations.
Continuous Distributions: Normal Distribution, Mean, Variance
and properties.
UNIT III – CORRELATION, REGRESSION AND STATISTICAL
QUALITY CONTROL (9 periods)
Definition of correlation, correlation coefficient, Rank correlation.
Simple linear regression, regression lines and properties.
Introduction, advantages and limitations of statistical quality
control, Control charts, specification limits, X , R, np and c
charts.
UNIT IV – SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS AND TEST OF
SIGNIFICANCE FOR LARGE SAMPLES (9 periods)
Population and Sample, Parameter and Statistic, Sampling
Distribution of Statistic, Standard Error of Statistic, Null and
Alternative Hypothesis, Type I and II errors, Level of
Significance, Critical region, Degrees of freedom. Tests of
significance for proportions and means.
UNIT V–TEST OF SIGNIFICANCE FOR SMALL SAMPLES
(9 periods)
Student's t-test: single mean, difference of means, F-test for
equality of population variance, Chi-Square Test for Goodness
of fit, contingency table, Chi-Square Test for Independence of
Attributes.
Total Periods: 45
75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi, S. Ranganatham and M. V. S.
S. N. Prasad, Probability and Statistics, S. Chand and Company,
Fourth Edition,2013.
2. S. P. Gupta, Statistical Methods, Sultan and Chand, New Delhi,
Twenty Eighth Edition, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics,
Sultan and Chand, New Delhi, Eleventh Edition, 2004.
2. Shahnaz Bathul, A text book of Probability and Statistics, Ridge
Publications, Second Edition, 2007.
76
(16BT30501) COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(Common to CSE, IT and CSSE)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Digital Logic Design".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic structure and operation of a
digital computer; Organization and functional principles of the
arithmetic and logic unit, control unit, memory unit and I/O
unit; Concepts of pipelining and parallel processing techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on:
• Computer Arithmetic units
• Register Transfer and Computer Instructions
• Design of Control Unit
• Input Output Organization and Memory system
• Pipelining and Multiprocessing.
CO2. Analyze the functional units of a digital computer.
CO3. Design the functional modules in a digital computer -
Arithmetic Units, Memory and I/O.
CO4. Investigate the performance of memory, I/O, and pipelined
processors.
CO5. Select appropriate techniques of I/O, Pipelining and
Multiprocessing to solve computing problems.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge of computer systems
development to societal applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: REGISTER TRANSFER and MICROOPERATIONS AND
COMPUTER ARITHMETIC (9 Periods)
Register Transfer and Microoperations: Register transfer, Bus
and memory transfers, Arithmetic microoperations, Logic
microoperations, Shift microoperations, Arithmetic logic shift unit.
77
Computer Arithmetic: Fixed point representation, Floating point
representation, Addition and subtraction, Binary multiplication
algorithms, Binary division algorithms.
UNIT-II: BASIC COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN AND

MICRO PROGRAMMED CONTROL (9 Periods)
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes,
Computer registers, Computer instructions, Instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Timing and control, Instruction cycle, Memory
reference instructions, Input - Output and Interrupt.
Micro Programmed Control: Control memory, Address
sequencing, Design of control unit, Hardwired control,
Microprogrammed control.
UNIT-III: INPUT-OUTPUT ORGANIZATION (8 Periods)
Peripheral devices, Input-Output interface, Modes of transfer,

Priority interrupt, Direct Memory Access, Input-Output Processor
(IOP).
UNIT-IV: THE MEMORY SYSTEM (10 Periods)
Semiconductor RAM memories - Internal organization, Static

memories, Synchronous and Asynchronous DRAMs, Structure
of larger memories; Read-Only memories, Cache memories -
Mapping functions; Secondary Storage - Magnetic Disks, Optical
Disks.
UNIT-V: PIPELINE and VECTOR PROCESSING AND
MULTIPROCESSORS (9 Periods)
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel processing, Pipelining,
Arithmetic pipeline, Instruction pipeline, Vector processing, Array
processors.
Multiprocessors: Characteristics of multiprocessors,
Interconnection structures, Inter-processor arbitration, Inter-
processor communication and synchronization.
Total Periods: 45
78
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, Pearson
Education, Third Edition, 2007.
2. Carl V. Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic and Safwat G. Zaky,

Computer Organization, McGraw-Hill, Fifth Edition, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture:

Designing For Performance, Pearson Education, Seventh
Edition, 2007.
2. John P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization,
McGraw-Hill. Third Edition.
79
(16BT30502) DATA STRUCTURES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Programming in C".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Linked Lists; Type of lists; Operations
and Applications; Stacks and Queues; Operations and
Applications; Trees, Search trees and Heaps; Multiway Trees
and Graphs; Searching and Hashing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Principles of Data Structures.
• Linear and Non-linear Data Structures.
• Sorting and hashing techniques.
CO2. Analyze and Identify suitable data structure for
computational problem solving.
CO3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems using
linear and non-linear data structures.
CO4. Develop solutions for Complex computational problems
by conducting explorative analysis.
CO5. Apply appropriate data structure to provide solutions
for real time problems by using C Language.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge of data structures to design
applications for societal applications like payroll systems,
web applications, banking and financial systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: LINKED LISTS (8 Periods)
Pointers, Operations, Linked List definition, Single Linked Lists,
Circular Linked List, Doubly Linked List, Circular Doubly Linked
List, Application of Linked Lists.
UNIT-II: STACKS AND QUEUES (8 Periods)
Stacks: Stack operations, Stack Linked List, Implementation,

80
Stack applications.
Queues: Queue operations, Queue Linked List design, Queue
applications.
UNIT-III: TREES, SEARCH TREES AND HEAPS (10 Periods)
Trees: Tree concepts, Binary Trees.
Binary Search Trees (BST): Basic concepts, BST operations,
BST applications.
AVL Search Trees: Basic concepts, AVL Tree implementations.
Heaps: Basic concepts, Heap implementation, Heap applications.
UNIT-IV: MULTIWAY TREES AND GRAPHS (10 Periods)

Multiway Trees: B-Trees, Simplified B-Trees, B-Tree variations.
Graphs: Basic concepts, Operations, Graph storage structures,
Graph algorithms - Create graph, Insert vertex, Delete vertex,
Retrieve vertex, Depth-first traversal, Breadth-first traversal.
UNIT-V: SORTING AND HASHING (9 Periods)
Internal Sorting: Quick Sort, Shell Sort, Merge Sort, Heap Sort.
External Sorting: Introduction, External storage device and
sorting with tapes, Balanced Merge.
Hashing: Introduction, Hash Table structure, Hash functions,
Linear Open Addressing, Chaining, Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Gileberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Structures:
A Pseudocode Approach with C, Cengage Learning, Second
Edition, 2007.
2. G.A.V. Pai, Data Structures and Algorithms, Tata McGraw
Hill, Second Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, PHI Learning,
Second Edition, 2009.
2. Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Yedidyah Langsam, and Moshe J.
Augenstein, Data Structures Using C, Pearson Education,
2005.
81
(16BT31201) DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL
STRUCTURES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Multivariable Calculus and

Differential Equations".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Mathematical Logic; Predicates;
Functions and Relations; Algebra Structures; Mathematical
Reasoning; Recurrence Relations; Graphs; Graph Theory and its
Applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on mathematical logic, algebraic
structures, relations, recurrence relations and mathema-
tical reasoning.
CO2. Analyze and prove given statement by contradiction and
automatic theorem.
CO3. Design network applications using Prim's and Kruskal's
algorithms.
CO4. Solve tree traversal problems using Graph Theory.
CO5. Apply permutation, combinations, counting principle,
Lagrange's theorem and graph theory in solving real-
time problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: MATHEMATICAL LOGIC AND PREDICATES (9 Periods)
Mathematical Logic: Statements and notations, Connectives,
Well formed formulae, Truth tables, Tautology, Equivalence of
formulae, Normal forms.
Predicates: Predicate calculus, Free and bound variables, Rules
of inference, Consistency, Proof of contradiction and automatic
theorem proving.
UNIT-II: FUNCTIONS AND RELATIONS (8 Periods)
Relations: Properties of binary relations, Equivalence relations,
82
Compatibility relations, Partial ordering relations, Hasse diagram
and related applications.
Functions: Inverse functions, Composition of functions,
Recursive functions, Lattice and its properties.
UNIT-III: ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES (8 Periods)
Algebraic System: Examples and general properties, Semi
groups and monoids, Groups, Subgroups, Homomorphism and
isomorphism, Lagrange's theorem.
UNIT-IV: MATHEMATICAL REASONING AND RECURRENCE
RELATIONS (10 Periods)
Mathematical Reasoning: Methods of proof, Mathematical
induction, Basics of counting, The inclusion- exclusion principle,
The pigeon hole principle, Permutations and combinations,
Generalized permutations and combinations.
Recurrence Relations: Generating functions of sequences,
Calculating coefficients of generating function, Recurrence
relation, Solving recurrence relations by substitution and
Generating functions, Methods of characteristic roots, Solutions
of inhomogeneous recurrence relation.
UNIT-V: GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS(10 Periods)
Graphs: Introduction to graphs, Types of graphs, Graph basic
terminology and special types of simple graphs, Representation
of graphs and graph isomorphism, Euler paths and circuits,
Hamiltonian paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler's formula
and graph coloring, 4-color theorem.
Trees: Introduction to trees, Properties of trees, Applications
of trees, Spanning trees, Counting trees, Depth-first search,
Breadth-first search, Minimum spanning trees, Kruskal's algorithm
and prim's algorithm.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. J.P. Trembly and R. Manohar, Discrete Mathematical
Structures with Applications to Computer Science, Tata
McGraw Hill, Thirty Seventh Edition, 2008.
2. R. K. Bisht and H. S. Dhami, Discrete Mathematics, Oxford
Higher Education, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Joe L.Mott and Abraham Kandel, Discrete Mathematics for
Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, Prentice Hall of
India Private Limited, Second Edition, 2004.
2. Ralph P. Grimaldi and B.V.Ramana, Discrete and
Combinatorial Mathematics- an Applied Introduction,
Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2006.
3. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its
Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, Sixth Edition, 2007.
84
(16BT50502) LINUX PROGRAMMING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Operating Systems".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Concepts on Linux Programming; Shell
Programming; Process, Signals and File System Structure; Inter
process Communications and Socket Programming for Client-
Server Interaction.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Shell programming
• File Structure and System Calls
• Processes management and handling signals,
• IPC and Sockets
CO2. Analyze shell scripts and system calls related to Linux
Environment.
CO3. Design shell scripts and system calls for specified
computational problems.
CO4. Use appropriate shell scripts and system calls for solving
complex problems.
CO5. Provide appropriate Linux solutions for real time
applications.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge to solve problems related
to societal issues.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO LINUX AND LINUX ENVIRONMENT
(9 Periods)
The GNU Project and the Free Software Foundation, Linux
Distributions, Programming Linux - Linux Programs, Text Editors,
The C Compiler; Program Arguments - getopt, getopt_long.
Environment Variables - Use of Environment Variables, The
environ Variable, Time and Date, User Information, Host
Information.
85
UNIT-II: SHELL PROGRAMMING (9 Periods)
Necessity of Shell Programming, Pipes and Redirection -
Redirecting Output, Redirecting Input, Pipes, The Shell as a
Programming Language - Interactive Programs, Creating a Script,
Making a Script Executable, Shell Syntax - Variables, Conditions,
Control Structures, Functions, Commands, Command execution.
UNIT-III: FILE SYSTEM STRUCTURE AND SYSTEM CALLS
(9 Periods)
Linux File Structure and Commands: File Structure -
Directories, Files and Devices, System Calls and Device Drivers;
Library Functions - Low-Level File Access, write, read and open
commands, Initial Permissions, Other System Calls for Managing
Files; File and Directory Maintenance Commands - chmod, chown,
unlink, link, symlink, mkdir, rmdir, chdir, getcwd.
Input-Output Commands: The Standard I/O Library
Commands - fopen, fread, fwrite, fclose, fflush, fseek, fgetc,
getc, and getchar, fputc, putc and putchar, fgets and gets;
Formatted Input and Output Commands - printf, fprintf, sprintf,
scanf, fscanf, sscanf.
UNIT-IV: PROCESS AND SIGNALS (8 Periods)
Process Structure - The Process Table, Viewing Processes,
System Processes, Process Scheduling; Starting New Processes
- Waiting for a Process, Zombie Processes, Input and Output
Redirection, Threads; Signals - Sending Signals, Signal Sets.
UNIT-V: INTER-PROCESS COMMUNICATION AND SOCKETS
(10 Periods)
Inter-Process Communication: Pipe definition, Process pipes,
Sending output to popen - Passing more data, popen,
implementation, The pipe call; Parent and child processes -
Reading closed pipes, pipes used as standard input and output;
Named pipes - FIFOs, Accessing a FIFO, Client/Server using
FIFOs.
Socket Connections: Socket attributes, Creating a socket,
Socket addresses, Naming a socket, Creating a socket queue,
Accepting connections, Requesting connections, Closing a
socket, Socket communications, Host and network byte Ordering.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Neil Matthew and Richard Stones, Beginning Linux
Programming, Wiley Dreamtech, Fourth Edition, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Richard Petersen, Linux: The Complete Reference, Tata
McGraw-Hill, Sixth Edition, 2007.
2. Sumitabha Das, Your UNIX: The Ultimate Guide, Tata McGraw-

Hill, 2007.
87
(16BT31501) OPERATING SYSTEMS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Operating systems operations,
scheduling; Critical section problem, deadlocks; Paging,
segmentation; File Concept, Disk scheduling; I/O interface;
concepts of protection.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Operating system operations,
services, file management, disk management, I/O
management and protection.
CO2. Identify the functionality involved in process management
concepts like scheduling and synchronization.
CO3. Design models for handling deadlock and perform memory
management.
CO4. Synthesize and apply programming API's to perform
Process management.
CO5. Use appropriate protection tools to provide access control
to Operating system users.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: OPERATING SYSTEMS OVERVIEW AND PROCESS
MANAGEMENT (8 Periods)
Operating systems, operations, Distributed systems, Special
purpose systems, Operating systems services, Systems calls,
Operating system structure.
Process Management: Process scheduling, Process Control
Block, Inter process communication, Signals, Forks, Multithreading
models, Threading issues, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling
algorithms, Multilevel queue, Multilevel feedback queue.
UNIT-II: SYNCHRONIZATION AND DEADLOCKS (10 Periods)
Synchronization: The critical-section problem, Peterson's

Solution, Synchronization hardware, Semaphores, Classic
problems of synchronization, Monitors.
Deadlocks: System model, Deadlock characterization, Methods
for handling deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock detection,
Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock recovery.
UNIT-III: MEMORY MANAGEMENT (9 Periods)
Memory-Management Strategies: Swapping, Contiguous
memory allocation, Paging, Structure of the page table,
Segmentation.
Virtual Memory Management: Demand paging, Copy-on-
Write, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.
UNIT-IV: STORAGE MANAGEMENT (10 Periods)
File System: File Concept, Access methods, Directory structure,
File system structure, i-node, File Descriptors, File system
implementation, Directory implementation, Allocation methods.
Secondary Storage Structure: Disk structure, Disk

attachment, Disk scheduling, Swap-space management, Stable-
storage implementation, Tertiary storage structure.
UNIT-V: I/O SYSTEMS AND PROTECTION (8 Periods)
I/O Systems: I/O Hardware, Application I/O interface, Kernel
I/O subsystem.
Protection: Goals of protection, Principles of protection, Domain
of protection, Access matrix, Implementation of access matrix,
Access control, Revocation of access rights.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne,
Operating System Principles, Wiley India Edition, Seventh
Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, Operating Systems, Internals and Design
Principles, Pearson Education, Seventh Edition, 2013.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, PHI,
Third Edition, 2009.

(16BT30531) DATA STRUCTURES LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Data Structures".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on practice on Linked Lists;
Type of lists; Stacks and Queues; Trees and Search trees;
Graphs; Searching and Hashing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate practical knowledge on Stacks, Queues,
Linked lists, Trees Sorting and Hashing Techniques.
CO2. Analyze suitable data structure to solve real world
computing problems.
CO3. Design solutions for complex computational problems using
linear and non-linear data structures.
CO4. Solve for Complex computational problems by conducting
explorative analysis.
CO5. Use C language for implementing linear and non-linear
data structures.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge of data structures to design
applications for societal requirements.
CO7. Communicate effectively using data structures with
engineering community, being able to comprehend and
write effective programs and Prepare Reports.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Write program to implement the following data structures:
(a) Single Linked List
(b) Double Linked List
(c) Circular Linked List
2. Write a program to implement Stack and Queue using Linked
List.
3. Write a program to evaluate a given postfix expression using
Stack.
4. Write a program to convert a given infix expression to postfix
form using Stack.
90
5. Write a program to implement
(a) Stack using two Queues
(b) Queue using two Stacks
6. Write a program to implement In-order, pre-order, post-order
tree traversal of Binary Trees.
7. Write a program to perform operations on a Binary Search
Tree (BST).
8. Write programs for implementation of graph traversals by
applying:
(a) Breadth First Search
(b) Depth First Search
9. Implement the following sorting algorithms:
(a) Merge Sort
(b) Heap Sort
(c) Quick Sort
10. Write a program to implement hashing with
(a) Separate Chaining Method
(b) Open Addressing Method
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Richard Gilberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Structures:
A Pseudocode Approach with C, Cengage Learning, Second
Edition, 2007.
2. G.A.V. Pai, Data Structures and Algorithms, Tata McGraw
Hill, Second Edition, 2009.

(16BT50532) LINUX PROGRAMMING LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Linux Programming".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on Practice with - Shell
Programs; System Calls; Environment Variables; Inter Process
Communication; File System and Socket Programming.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate practical knowledge on
• Shell programming
• File Structure and System Calls
• Processes management and handling signals,
• IPC and Sockets
CO2. Analyze shell scripts and system calls in Linux operating
system.
CO3. Design shell scripts for specified computational problems.
CO4. Use appropriate shell scripts and system calls for solving
complex problems.
CO5. Create shell scripts and system calls for real time Linux
applications.
to societal issues.
CO7. Communicate effectively using Linux with engineering
community being able to comprehend and write
effective programs and prepare reports.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Create two files source.txt and dest.txt using vi editor
which contains some text and practice the following
commands on that files. cat, tail, head , sort, nl, uniq,
grep, egrep, fgrep, cut, paste, join, tee, pg, comm., cmp,
diff, cp, mv, ln, rm, unlink, tty, script, clear, date, cal, mkdir,
rmdir, du, df, find, umask, ps,who.
92
1. a) Write a shell script that takes a command line argument
and reports on whether it is directory, a file, or something
else.
b)Write a shell script that accepts one or more file names as
arguments and converts all of them to uppercase, provided
they exist in the current directory.
2. a)Write a shell script that accepts a file name, starting and
ending line numbers as arguments and displays all the lines
between the given line numbers.
b) Write a shell script that deletes all lines containing a specified
word in one or more files supplied as arguments to it.
4. a)Write a shell script to list all of the directory files in a
directory.
b) Write a shell script to find factorial of a given number.
5. a) Write an interactive file-handling shell program. Let it
offer the user the choice of copying, removing, renaming,
or linking files. Once the user has made a choice, have the
program ask the user for the necessary information, such
as the file name, new name and so on.
b) Write a shell script that takes a login name and reports
when that person logs in.
6. a) Simulate uniq command using C.
b) Simulate grep command using C.
7. Write a C program that takes one or more file or directory
names as input and reports the following information on the
file:
i) File type
ii) Number of links
iii) Read, write and execute permissions
iv) Time of last access
(Note: Use stat/fstat system calls)
8. a) Write a C Program to display Environment variables.

b) Write a C Program to implement Different types of exec
functions.
9. a) Write a Program to create a Zombie Process.
b) Create a Process using fork() and display Child and Parent
Process Id's.
10. Implement the Following IPC Forms a) FIFO b) PIPE
11. Perform client and server socket Programming for exchanging
of data Using System calls.
12. a) Write a program user.c, which extracts some user
information from the password database (Hint: Use getuid()
function to obtain the UID of the current user and use UID
to obtain detailed password file information).
b) Write a program host.c, which extracts some host
computer information (Hint: Use gethostname() function to
obtain the network name of the host computer).
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Neil Matthew and Richard Stones, Beginning Linux
Programming, Wiley Dreamtech, Fourth Edition, 2008.

(16BT31531) OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Operating Systems".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on practice in simulating
algorithms for CPU Scheduling, Memory Management, I/O
Management, Deadlock Handling mechanisms; Implementing
Synchronization problems; practice on UNIX commands.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate of the following algorithms to solve problems:
• CPU Scheduling
• Memory Management
• I/O Management
CO2. Formulate and analyze solutions to problems pertaining
to Memory and I/O.
CO3. Designing models for deadlock handling mechanisms.
CO4. Develop skills in basic UNIX commands.
CO5. Use appropriate APIs' available in modern operating
systems (such as threads, system calls, semaphores,
etc.) for software development.
CO6. Communicate effectively on complex operating system
problems with implication to User-friendliness.
CO7. Develop and demonstrate user defined libraries to
communicate with the kernel for effective implementation
of projects across multidisciplinary environments.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Write a program to implement the following system calls:
a) fork b) exec c) getpid d) wait
2. a) Write a program to demonstrate File Permissions.
b) Write a program to implement named and unnamed pipes.
3. Implement the following CPU Scheduling Algorithms:

a) FCFS b) SJF (Preemptive) c) Round Robin d) Priority.
Use the following set of processes, compare the
performance of above scheduling policies
Process Arrival Processing
Priorities
Name Time Time
A 0 3 2
B 1 5 4
C 3 2 1
D 9 5 5
E 12 5 3
4. Implement the following synchronization problems:

a) Producer Consumer Problem
b) Dining Philosopher's Problem.
5. Implement Banker's Algorithm for Deadlock Avoidance and
Detection. Find the safe sequence. If Max. request of any
one process is changed, detect whether deadlock is oc-
curred or not. Consider number of resources are three and
Jobs are five as shown in the table:
Allocation Max Available
Process
A B C A B C A B C
P0 0 1 0 7 5 3
P1 2 0 0 3 2 2
P2 3 0 2 9 0 2 3 3 2
P3 2 1 1 2 2 2
P4 0 0 2 4 3 3
6. Implement the following Algorithms:

a) First Fit b) Best Fit c) Worst Fit
7. Implement multiprogramming with fixed number of tasks and
variable number of tasks. The size of the memory is 1000K.
Operating system size is 200K. Number of processes are P1,
P2, P3 with sizes 150K, 100K and 70K.
8. Implement the following Page Replacement Algorithms:
a) FIFO b) LFU c) LRU d) Optimal
Consider number of frames are three and Reference string
is 2 3 2 1 5 2 4 5 3 2 4 2 4 5
9. Develop user-defined libraries to implement input-output
functionalities.

II B.Tech. - II Semester
(16BT3HS01) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
30 70 100 3 - - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Engineering Chemistry".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Multidisciplinary nature of environment;
Natural resources; Ecosystems; Biodiversity; Environment
pollution and control; Social issues and environment; Human
population and environment; Field studies.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Acquire knowledge on nature of environment, natural
resources, ecosystems, biodiversity, environmental
pollution and control, social issues and human population.
CO2. Analyze natural resources, ecosystems, biodiversity,
environmental pollution and control, social issues and
human population.
CO3. Develop strategies for environmental pollution control
and natural resource management.
CO4. Solve environmental problems through proper analysis
and interpretation of environmental data.
CO5. Choose appropriate techniques in environmental pollution
control and natural resource management.
CO6. Understand the impact of social issues and population
on environment.
CO7. Provide solutions to individuals, industries and
government for environmental sustainable development.
CO8. Follow environmental protection laws for sustainable
development.
CO9. Communicate effectively on environmental issues in the
form of reports.
97
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UN IT -I: MULT IDISCIPL IN ARY NA TURE OF
ENVIRONMENTAND NATURAL RESOURCES (11 Periods)
Multidisciplinary Nature of Environment: Multidisciplinary
nature of environment, Segments of environment - Lithosphere,
Hydrosphere, Atmosphere, Biosphere; Need for public awareness.
Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable resources
and associated problems - (a) Forest resources: Use and over
exploitation, Deforestation-causes, effects and remedies, Case
studies, (b) Water resources: Use and over utilization of surface
and groundwater, Conflicts over water, Benefits and problems
of large dams, Case studies, (c) Mineral resources: Mining,
Adverse effects, Case studies, (d) Food resources: World food
problems, Changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing,
Effects of modern agriculture, Water logging and salinity, Case
studies, (e) Energy resources: Growing needs, Renewable energy
resources - Solar, Wind, Hydropower, Hydrogen fuel; Non-
renewable energy resources - Coal, Natural gas, Nuclear energy,
Role of an individual in conservation of natural resource and
equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT-II: ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY (10 Periods)
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function
of an ecosystem - Producers, Consumers, Decomposers; Food
chains, Food webs, Ecological pyramids - Types; Characteristic
features, Structure and functions of forest ecosystem, Desert
ecosystem, Aquatic ecosystem, Energy flow in the ecosystem,
Ecological succession.
Biodiversity: Concept and value of biodiversity, Role of
biodiversity in addressing new millennium challenges, Hot spots
of biodiversity, Threats to biodiversity, Man-wild life conflicts,
Endemic, Endangered and extinct species of India, Conservation
of biodiversity - In-situ and ex-situ.
UNIT - III: ENVIRONMETAL POLLUTION AND CONT(8 Periods)
Causes, Adverse effects and control measures of pollution - Air
pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal
pollution, Nuclear pollution; Solid waste management - Causes,
Effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes;
Hazards and disaster management - Floods, Earthquakes,

Tsunamis, Case studies.
UNIT - IV: SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONME(8 Periods)
Sustainable development, Urba n problems related to energy,
Environmental ethics -Issues, Solutions; Global warming, Acid
rain, Ozone layer depletion, Nuclear accidents and case studies,
Wasteland reclamation, Consumerism and waste products,
Concept of green technologies, Environment protection act, Air
act, Water act, Wildlife protection act, Forest conservation
act, Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation,
Public environmental awareness.
UNIT - V: HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
(8 Periods)
Population growth, Population characteristics and variation
among nations, Population explosion, Family welfare programme,
Environment and human health, Human rights, Value education,
HIV/AIDS, Women and child welfare, Role of information
technology in environment and human health, Case studies,
Field Work/Assignment/Seminar: Environmental assets - Pond/
Forest/Grassland/Hill/ Mountain/Environment impact assessment
procedures for local environmental issues.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik, Environmental Studies, New
Age International (P) Ltd Publications, Fourth Edition, 2014.
2. Erach Barucha, Environmental Studies, Orient Blackswan,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R. Rajagopalan, Environmental Studies, Oxford University
Press, Second Edition, 2011.
2. Benny Joseph, Environmental Studies, Tata McGraw-Hill,
3. B. S. Chauhan, Environmental Studies, University Science
Press, 2008.
4. M. Anji Reddy, Text Book of Environmental Sciences and
Technology, BS Publications, 2007.
99

(16BT41204) THEORY OF COMPUTATION
(Common to IT and CSSE)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Discrete Mathematical

Structures".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fundamentals of Computation; Finite
State Automaton; Regular Expressions; Grammars; Push Down
Automaton; Turing Machine.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Formal languages and
automata.
CO2. Analyze the classification of languages, automata's and
their computing power.
CO3. Design grammars and automata (recognizers) for regular
expressions and formal languages.
CO4. Solve computational problems using automata.
CO5. Apply theorems to translate automata's and identify the
class of languages.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: FINITE AUTOMATA (10 Periods)
Introduction to Finite automata, The central concepts of
automata theory, Deterministic finite automata, Nondeterministic
Finite automata, The equivalence of DFA and NDFA, Finite
automata with epsilon-transitions, Conversion of epsilon-NFA
to NFA and DFA, Mealy and Moore models.
UNIT-II: REGULAR EXPRESSIONS AND LANGUAGE (9 Periods)
Regular expressions, Identity rules, Finite automata and Regular
expressions, Applications of regular expressions, Pumping lemma
for regular languages, Applications of the pumping lemma, Closure
properties of regular languages, Equivalence of two regular
expressions, Equivalence of two finite automata and minimization
of automata.

UNIT-III: CONTEXT-FREE GRAMMARS (9 Periods)
Context-free grammars, Parse trees, Applications of context-
free grammars, Ambiguity in grammars and languages, Normal
forms for context-free grammars, The pumping lemma for
context-free languages.
UNIT-IV: PUSH DOWN AUTOMATA (7 Periods)
Definition of the pushdown automaton, The languages of a PDA,
Equivalence of PDA's and CFG's, Deterministic pushdown
automata, Chomsky hierarchy of languages, The model of linear
bounded automaton.
UNIT-V: TURING MACHINES (10 Periods)
Turing machine model, Representation of turing machines,
Language acceptability by turing machine, Design of turing
machines, Programming techniques for turing machines, Turing
machines with semi-infinite tapes, Multi stack machines and
counter machines, Universal turing machines.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani and Jeffrey D Ullman,
Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and
Computation, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2011.
2. K.L.P. Mishra and N.Chandrasekaran, Theory of Computer
Science: Automata Languages and Computation, PHI
Learning, Third Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. John C Martin, Introduction to Languages and the Theory
of Computation, TMH, Third Edition, 2009.
101
(16BT40502) DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Database Systems; Database Design;
Relational Model; SQL Queries, Constraints and Triggers; Schema
Refinement and Normal Forms; Transaction Management;
Concurrency Control; Overview of Storage and Indexing.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Data models and Database Languages
• Database design
• Normal forms
• Storage and Indexing
CO2. Analyze databases using normal forms to provide
solutions for real time applications.
CO3. Design solutions for database problems using database
design, view design and framing queries.
CO4. Use database techniques for designing databases,
managing databases and its security.
CO5. Select SQL, Hash based Indexing and Tree based Indexing
to manage data in databases.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge to develop database
applications related to societal applications like
Information Retrieval Systems, Banking and Financial
systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS AND
DATABASE DESIGN (9 Periods)
Database Systems: Database system applications, Purpose of
database systems, View of data-Data abstraction, Instances
and Schemas, Data models; Database languages - DDL, DML;
Database architecture, Database users and administrators.
102
Database Design: ER diagrams, Beyond ER design, Entities,
Attributes and entity sets, Relationships and relationship sets,
Additional features of ER model, Conceptual design with ER model.
UNIT-II: THE RELATIONAL MODEL and RELATIONAL ALGEBRA
AND CALCULUS (8 Periods)
Relational Model : Integrity constraints over relations, Enforcing
integrity constraints, Querying relational data, Logical database
design, Introduction to views, Destroying/altering tables and
views.
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra
operators; Relational Calculus - Tuple and Domain Relational
Calculus; Expressive power of Algebra and calculus.
UNIT-III: SQL AND SCHEMA REFINEMENT (10 Periods)
SQL: Form of basic SQL query- Examples of basic SQL queries;
Nested queries- Introduction to nested queries, Correlated nested
queries, Set-comparison operators; Aggregate operators, NULL
values-Comparison using NULL values, Logical connectives AND,
OR and NOT, Impact on SQL constructs, Outer joins, Disallowing
NULL values; Complex integrity constraints in SQL ,Triggers and
active databases.
Schema Refinement: Problems caused by redundancy,
Decompositions, Problem related to decomposition, Functional
dependencies, Reasoning about FDS, Normal forms - First,
second and third normal forms, BCNF; Multi valued dependencies,
Fourth normal form, Join dependencies, Fifth normal form.
UNIT-IV: TRANSACTIONS AND CONCURRENCY CONTROL
(9 Periods)
Transactions: Transaction concept, Transaction state,
Implementation of atomicity and durability, Concurrent
executions, Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of
isolation, Testing for serializability.
Concurrency Control: Lock based protocols, Timestamp based
protocols, Validation based protocols, Multiple granularity,
Deadlock handling.
UNIT-V: STORAGE AND INDEXING (9 Periods)
Storage and Indexing: Data on external storage, File organization
and indexing - Clustered indexes, Primary and secondary indexes;
103
Index data structures - Hash based indexing, Tree based
indexing; Comparison of file organizations.
Tree Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree indexes, Indexed
Sequential Access Method (ISAM), B+ Trees- A dynamic index
structure; Search, Insert, Delete; B-Tree index files.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, Database
Management Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 2014.
2. A. Silberschatz, H.F.Korth and S. Sudarshan, Database
System Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Database Systems,

Pearson Education, Sixth Edition, 2013.
2. Peter Rob and Carlos Coronel, Database Systems Design,

Implementation and Management, Cengage Learing,
Seventh Edition, 2009.

(16BT41201) DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF
ALGORITHMS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Data Structures".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Algorithms and
Asymptotic Notations; Disjoint Sets and Graphs; Divide and
Conquer, Greedy Method; Dynamic Programming, Back Tracking;
Branch and Bound.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Algorithm Complexities and Asymptotic notations.
• Algorithm Design techniques-Divide and Conquer, Greedy
Method, dynamic programming, Back tracking, Branch
and Bound.
CO2. Analyze the performance of algorithms with respect to
Time and Space complexities.
CO3. Design the algorithms for solving real world problems.
CO4. Solve sorting and searching problems using Divide and
Conquer method.
CO5. Use dynamic programming and backtracking in finding
shortest paths.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHMS (8 Periods)
Algorithm, Algorithm Specifications-Pseudocode conventions;
Performance Analysis-Space complexity, Time complexity;
Asymptotic Notations - Big Oh, Omega, Theta, Little oh, and
Little omega; Recurrences.
UNIT-II: DISJOINT SETS AND GRAPHS (9 Periods)
Disjoint Sets: Operations, union and find algorithms.
Graphs: Breadth first search and Traversal, Depth first search
and Traversal, Introduction to spanning trees, connected
components and Bi-connected components.
105
UNIT-III: DIVIDE AND CONQUER AND GREEDY METHOD
(10 Periods)
Divide and Conquer: General method, Applications - Analysis
of binary search, Quick sort, Merge sort, Strassen's matrix
multiplication.
Greedy Method: General method, Applications-Job sequencing
with deadlines, knapsack problem, Minimum cost spanning trees,
Single source shortest paths.
UNIT-IV: DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING AND BACK TRACKING
(10 Periods)
Dynamic Programming: General Method, Applications - Matrix
chain multiplication, Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack
problem, All pairs shortest path problem, Travelling sales person
problem.
Back Tracking: General Method, Applications - N Queen problem,
Sum of subsets problem, Graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles.
UNIT-V: BRANCH AND BOUND TECHNIQUES (8 Periods)
General method, Applications - Travelling sales person problem,
0/ 1 knapsack problem; LC Branch and Bound solution, FIFO
Branch and Bound solution.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Satraj Sahni and Rajasekharam, Fundamentals
of Computer Algorithms, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, Second Edition, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. T. Goodrich and R. Tomassia, Algorithm Design:
Foundations, Analysis and Internet Examples, John Wiley
and Sons, 2002.
2. S. Sridhar, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Oxford Press,
2015.
3. Harsh Bhasin, Algorithms: Design and Analysis, Oxford
University Press, 2015.

(16BT41202) JAVA PROGRAMMING
(Common to CSE and IT)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Object Oriented Programming

through C++".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction of Java, Classes and
Objects; Inheritance, Packages, Interfaces; Exception handling,
Multithreading; Event handling, AWT, Collection Classes; Applets,
Servlets.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Object Oriented Programming concepts - classes,
objects, inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation and
abstraction.
• Packages, interfaces, multithreading, exception handling,
event handling.
CO2. Analyze complex engineering problems using object
oriented concepts.
CO3. Design and develop reusable code to provide effective
solutions for real world problems using inheritance and
polymorphism.
CO4. Apply AWT and Applets to create interactive Graphical
User Interfaces.
CO5. Use advanced programming languages to develop web
applications.
CO6. Build Java Applications suitable for societal requirements.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION (10 Periods)
Data types, Variables, Arrays, Operators, Control statements.
Classes and Objects: Concepts of Classes, Objects,
Constructors, Methods, this keyword, Garbage collection,
Overloading Methods and Constructors, Parameter passing,
Access control, Recursion, String Class.
107
UNIT-II: INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACES
(9 Periods)
Inheritance: Inheritance basics, Super keyword, Multi-level
hierarchy, Abstract classes, final keyword with inheritance.
Packages: Definition, Creating and accessing a package,
Understanding CLASSPATH, Importing packages.
Interfaces: Definition, Implementing interfaces, Nested
interfaces, Applying interfaces, Variables in interface and
Extending interfaces.
UNIT-III: EXCEPTION HANDLING AND MULTITHREADING
(8 Periods)
Exception Handling: Concepts of exception handling, Exception
types, Usage of Try, Catch, Throw, Throws and Finally, Built in
exceptions, Creating own exception sub classes.
Multithreading: Java thread model, Creating threads, Thread
priority, Synchronizing threads, Inter-thread communication.
UNIT-IV: COLLECTION CLASSES, THE APPLET CLASS AND
AWT (10 Periods)
Collection Classes: ArrayList Class, LinkedList Class, Hashset
Class, LinkedHashSet Class, TreeSet Class, PriorityQueue Class,
EnumSet Class.
The Applet Class: Types of applets, Applet basics, Applet
architecture, Applet skeleton, Passing parameters to applets.
AWT Control Fundamentals: User interface components,
Layout managers.
UNIT-V: EVENT HANDLING AND SERVLETS (8 Periods)
Delegation event model: Event classes, Event Listener
Interfaces - Mouse and Key; Adapter classes.
Servlets: Life cycle of a servlet, Using Tomcat for Servlet
development, Create and compile the servlet source code,
Servlet API, Javax.Servlet package.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Herbert Schildt, Java the Complete Reference, Oracle Press,
Ninth Edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Sachin Malhotra and Saurab Choudhary, Programming in
Java, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2014.
108
(16BT41203) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Concepts of Software Engineering;
Software Process Models; Conventional and Agile Process
Models; Software Requirements Engineering Process; System
Analysis; Architectural Design; User Interface Design and Re-
engineering; Software Testing; Risk and Quality Management.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Fundamental concepts of software engineering.
• Process models.
• Software development life cycle.
CO2. Analyze software requirements and process models
required to develop a software system.
CO3. Design and develop a quality software product using
design engineering principles.
CO4. Develop software product as per user and societal
requirements.
CO5. Follow standards for software development and quality
management.
CO6. Demonstrate skills in applying risk and quality
management principles for effective management of
software projects.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND SOFTWARE PROCESS
(11 Periods)
A Generic View of Process: The nature of software, Software
engineering- Software engineering layers; The software
process, Software engineering practice, Software myths.
Process Models: A Generic process model, Incremental process
models, Evolutionary Process models; The unified process, Agile

Development-Agility, Agile process, Scrum, Agile modeling (AM),
Agile Unified Process (AUP), The Cleanroom strategy.
UNIT II: REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING AND MODELING
(7 Periods)
Requirements Engineering: Functional and non-functional
requirements, The software requirements document,
Requirements specifications, Requirements engineering
processes, Requirements elicitation and analysis, Requirements
validation, Requirements management.
Requirements Modeling: Data modeling concepts, Flow-
oriented modeling, Case study on requirements modeling for
WebApps.
UNIT III: DESIGN ENGINEERING AND METRICS (8 Periods)
Design Engineering: Design within the context of software
engineering, The Design process, Design concepts, Software
architecture, Architectural styles, Architectural design.
Process and Project Metrics: Metrics in the process and project
domains, Software measurement, Metrics for software quality.
UNIT IV: SOFTWARE TESTING STRA TEGIES AND
APPLICATIONS (9 Periods)
Testing Strategies: A strategic approach to software testing,
Strategic issues, Test strategies for conventional software, Test
strategies for object oriented software, Validation testing, System
testing, The art of debugging.
Testing Conventional Applications: Software testing
fundamentals, Basis path testing, White box and Black box
testing, Object oriented testing methods.
UNIT V: RISK, QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND REENGINEERING
(10 Periods)
Risk and Quality Management: Reactive and proactive risk
strategies, Software risks, Risk Mitigation Monitoring and
Management (RMMM), RMMM plan, Software quality factors,
Defect amplification Model, Formal Technical Reviews (FTR),
Software Quality Assurance (SQA)-Tasks, Goals and metrics;
110
Software reliability.
Reengineering: Introduction, Business Process Reengineering
(BPR), Software reengineering, Restructuring, Reverse
engineering, Forward engineering.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering-A Practitioner's
Approach, McGraw-Hill International Edition, Seventh Edition,
2010.
2. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. K. Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh, Software Engineering,
New Age International Publishers, Third Edition, 2007.
2. Shely Cashman Rosenblatt, Systems Analysis and Design,
Thomson Publications, Sixth Edition, 2006.
111
(16BT40531) DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Database Management

Systems".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on experience on - DDL, DML
commands; Query processing using operators; Joins, Views,
Single Row functions, Group Functions and SET functions; PL/
SQL concepts - Basic Programs, Triggers, Functions, Cursors
and Stored Procedures.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate practical knowledge on creation and
alteration of tables, insertion and Querying of data.
CO2. Analyze and evaluate the databases using SQL DML/
DDL commands.
CO3. Design database schemas for the sales database,
customer database and product database.
CO4. Develop solutions for database problems using stored
procedures, stored functions, cursors and triggers.
CO5. Implement DDL and DML commands in SQL and PL/SQL,
ORACLE to manage data in databases.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge to develop database
applications related to societal issues.
CO7. Demonstrate communication skills, both oral and written
for preparing and presenting reports on databases.
DESCRIPTION OF SALES DATABASE:
ABC is a company operating in the country with a chain of
shopping centers in various cities. Everyday large numbers of
items are sold in different shopping centers. The Sales database
comprises of various tables like CUST, PROD, SALES_DETAIL,
STATE_NAME with the following schemas.

CUSTOMERS
Name Type Remark
CID VARCHAR2(6) PRIMARY KEY
CNAME VARCHAR2(10)
CCITY VARCHAR2(8)
PRODUCTS
Name Type Remark
PID VARCHAR2(6) PRIMARY KEY
PNAME VARCHAR2(6)
PCOST NUMBER(5,2)
PROFIT NUMBER(3)
SALES DETAILS
Name Type Remark
CID VARCHAR2(6) COMPOSITE PRIMARY KEY
PID VARCHAR2(6) COMPOSITE PRIMARY KEY
SALE NUMBER(3)
SALEDT DATE COMPOSITE PRIMARY KEY
STATES
Name Type Remark
CCITY VARCHAR2(8) PRIMARY KEY
STATE VARCHAR2(15)
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Execute: Data Definition Language (DDL) commands
a. Create the tables in sales database.
b. View the structure of the each table.
c. Change the structure of the table like add new column,
change the width of a data type, change the data type of
a column, delete column from the table, rename the column
name and table names.
113
d. Delete all records stored in a table, but the structure of
the table is retained.
e. Remove a table from the database.
2. Execute: Data Manipulation Language (DML)
commands
STATES
CCITY STATE
Mysore Karnataka
Kolkata Westbengal
Pune Maharashtra
Tirupathi Andhrapradesh
Chennai Tamilnadu
CUSTOMERS
CID CNAME CCITY
c1 Gopal Mysore
c2 Haitvik Kolkata
c3 Rohan Pune
c4 Rajini Chennai
c5 Mohan Tirupathi
c6 Sanjay Mysore
c7 samhita Kolkata
SALES DETAILS
PID PNAME PCOST PROFIT
p1 Pen 100.00 10
p2 Pencil 15.50 2
p3 pendrive 950.00 50
p4 DVD 35.00 5
p5 Mouse 500.50 Null
114
PRODUCTS
CID PID SALE SALEDT

c1 p1 10 01-sep-2016
c2 p3 20 18-mar-2017
c5 p5 30 20-dec-2016
c3 p2 45 01-sep-2016
c4 p4 15 01-sep-2016
c7 p3 22 18-mar-2017
c1 p2 23 01-sep-2016
c2 p1 33 14-jul-2017
c3 p5 14 18-mar-2017
c6 p4 10 14-jul-2017
c1 p2 5 18-mar-2017
c4 p2 50 18-mar-2017
c5 p1 20 14-jul-2017
c3 p3 9 01-sep-2016
c6 p5 10 18-mar-2017
c3 p4 8 20-dec-2016
c7 p3 6 01-sep-2016
c1 p5 9 14-jul-2017
a) Write a query to display all customers.

b) Write a query to display pname of all products.
c) Write a query to display cname and ccity of all customers.
d) Write a query to display cname, ccity of all customers
who lives in mysore.
e) Write a query to display cname and ccity of all customers
who live in Kolkata or Chennai.
f) Find the cost of pencil.
g) Display CID as Customer_Id, CNAME as Name for all
customers.
h) Change the name of the product p3 from 'pendrive' to
'modem'.

i) Find the product ids in sales detail table (eliminating
duplicates).
j) Remove the record from sales detail table whose sale
value is 5.
3. Implement table level and Column level constraints like NOT
NULL, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, FOREIGN KEY, CHECK, DEFAULT.
4. Operators
a) Display the sum of pcost and profit of all products.
b) Display the column heading as "Selling Price" instead of
PCOST+PROFIT.
c) Find out what percent of pcost is profit for all products.
d) List the cids of customers who purchased products on
'14-jul-2017'.
e) List only the products whose cost is more than 50.00.
f) List all the customers who are not belongs to 'pune'.
g) Write a query to display the pname and pcost of all the
products where pcost lies between 5 and 25.
h) Write a query to display distinct customer id where
product id is p3 or sale date is '18-mar-2017'.
i) Write a query to display cname, ccity of those customers
whose cid is in c1 or c2 or c4 or c5 (using IN operator).
j) List customers whose name starts with 'h'.
k) Write a query to display all records of prod table in
which first and third character of pname is any character
and second character is 'e'.
l) Write a query to display all cname which includes two 'a'
in the name.
m)List the products with unknown profit.
n) Display the profit of products as zero if unknown.
5. Joins and Views
a) Write a query to display cname, pname, sale, saledt for
all customers.
b) Write a query to display cname who have purchased
Pen.

c) Write a query to display cname, pname, sale for all
customers who sold after '01-sep-2016'.
d) Write a query to display cname,ccity,state of all
customers.
e) Write a query to display cname,ccity of all customers
who belongs to Karnataka.
f) Create a view on product table which includes pid, pname
and pcost of products.
g) Insert a row into the view.
h) Update the rows in a view.
i) Delete the rows from view.
6. Order by, group by and having clauses.
a) Write a query to display pname of all records. Sort all
records by pname. (use order by clause)
b) Write a query to display cname and ccity of all records.
Sort by ccity in descending order.
c) Write a query to display saledt and total sale on the
date.
d) Write a query to display saledt and total sale on the
date labeled as sale of all items.
e) Write a query to display saledt and total sale on the
date sold after 01-sep-2016.
f) Write a query to display saledt and total sale on the
date labeled as sale of all items other than DVD.
g) Write a query to display total number of customers who
purchase pen.
7. Single Row Functions: Date Function, Numeric and Character
Function
a) Write a query to display system date
b) Write a query to display the system date by rounding it
to next month.
c) Write a query to display the system date by rounding it
to next year.
d) Write a query to display the last date of the system

date.
e) Write a query to display the next date of system date
which is Friday.
f) Write a query to display sale date and date after 02
months from sale date.
g) Write a query to display system date, sale date and
months between two dates.
h) Write a query to display the greatest date between sale
date and system date, name it as BIG, also display sale
date and SYSDATE.
i) Write a query to display the least date between sale
date and system date name it as SMALL, also display sale
date and SYSDATE.
j) Write a query to display the product name along with
the rounded value of product cost for product name is
"Pencil".
k) Write a query to display product cost along with MOD
value if divided by 5.
l) Write a query to display cname in uppercase, lowercase,
titlecase from cust table where customer name is "rohan".
m)Write a query to display all concatenated value of cname,
ccity by converting cname into titlecase and ccity into
uppercase.
n) Write a query to display the first 3 characters of cname.
o) Write a query to display the position of 'm' in the cname
of the customer whose name is "samhita".
p) Write a query to display the length of all customer names.
q) PAD # character in left of product cost to a total width
of 5 character position.
8. Group Functions and Set Functions
a) Write a query to display the total count of customer.
b) Write a query to display the minimum cost of product.
c) Write a query to display average value of product cost
rounded to 2nd decimal places.

d) Write a query to display product name with total sale
detail in descending order.
e) Write a query to display product name, sale date and
total amount collected for the product.
f) Write a query to display sale date and total sale date
wise which was sold after "14-jul-2016".
g) Write a query to display the customer name who belongs
to those places whose name is having 'i' or 'p'.
h) Write a query to display customer name who belongs to
a city whose name contains characters 'c' and whose name
contains character 'a'.
i) Write a query to display the customer name who does
not belong to 'pune'.
9. PL/SQL basic programs
a) Write a PL/SQL program to find largest number among
three. (Hint: Use Conditional Statement)
b) Write a PL/SQL program to display the sum of numbers
from 1 to N using for loop, loop…end and while…loop.
10. SQL Cursor based programs
a) Write a PL/SQL program to display the costliest and
cheapest product in PROD table.
b) Write a PL/SQL program which will accept PID and
display PID and its total sale value i.e. sum.
11. Functions
a) Write a function that accepts two numbers A and B and
performs the following operations.
i. Addition
ii. Subtraction
iii. Multiplication
iv. Division
b) Write a function that accepts to find the maximum
PCOST in PROD table.
119
12. Procedures
a) Write a procedure that accepts two numbers A and B,
add them and print.
b) Write procedures to demonstrate IN, IN OUT and OUT
parameter.
13. Triggers
a) Develop a PL/SQL program using BEFORE and AFTER
triggers.
b) Create a row level trigger for the PROD table that would
fire for INSERT or PDATE or DELETE operations performed
on the PROD table. This trigger will display the profit difference
between the old values and new values.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Satish Asnani, Oracle Database 11g: Hands-on SQL and
PL/SQL, PHI Publishers, 2010.
2. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Database Management System
Oracle SQL and PL/SQL, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2009.

(16BT31231) JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Java Programming".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience on Polymorphism;
Inheritance and Interfaces; Exception Handling; Multithreading;
Event Handling; AWT; Applets; Servlets.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on basic concepts of Java
programming.
CO2. Design and develop efficient programs with multitasking
ability and handle exceptions.
CO3. Demonstrate independent problem solving skills in
developing interactive applications.
CO4. Apply object oriented approach to develop user friendly
interface and learn how to communicate with systems
over the network.
CO5. Build Java applications suitable for societal requirements.
CO6. Work effectively as an individual and as a member in
team for case studies implementation.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. a. Write a Program to accept two integers through the
command line arguments and print the sum of the two
numbers.
b. Write a Program to accept a String as a Command line
argument and the program should print a Welcome message.
2. Write a program that displays a menu with options (i) Add
(ii) Sub. Based on the options chosen, read 2 numbers and
perform the relevant operation. After performing the

operation, the program should ask the user if he wants to
continue. If the user presses y or Y, then the program
should continue displaying the menu else the program should
terminate.[Use Scanner class]
3. a. Write a program to print the element of an array that
has occurred highest number of time.
b. Write a program to find greatest number in a 3*3 array.
The program is supposed to receive 9 integer numbers as
command line arguments.
4. a. Create a class "AmountInWords" to convert the amount
into words. (Consider the amount to be not more than
100000.)
b. Write a Program to count tokens- number of words and
characters in a string.
5. Implement any one of the case study with the specifications
given below:
a) Create classes, objects and their properties.
b) Add methods to classes and implement them.
c) Refine the objects by adding constructors and local
variables.
d) Show communication between the objects by calling
instance of one object from another class.
e) Handle Exceptions and Implement relationships like
inheritance.
Case study 1: Banking Application:
The banking application consists of five divisions. They are
customer details, creating a new account, withdrawing money,
loan details and depositing money. The customer details consist
of customer name, address, phone number, account number. To
withdraw money checks the balance in the account and then
get the money. The loan details consist of loan types like home
loans, car loans, education loans etc. To deposit money enter
the account number and give the account to be deposited.
Case study 2: Library Application:
The Library Application consists of Student, faculty and book

details, Issue book, and return book. The student and faculty
details consist of name, ID, Branch and maximum number of
books can be issued to them. The book details consist of ID,
Book name and Author name. To Issue a book to members, the
librarian checks the availability of book and if the book is not
available, then an error message will be displayed. To return
the book, the librarian verifies the validity and if the validity is
expired then the fine amount message will be displayed. The
student and faculty can view the book details issued to them
and also can check the count of remaining books that can be
taken for issue.
6. a. Write a program that correctly implements producer
consumer problem using the concept of inter-thread
communication.
b. Write a program that demonstrates time slicing among
equal priority threads, show that a lower priority thread's
execution is deferred by the time slicing of higher-priority
threads.
7. Develop an Applet that receives an integer in one text
field, and computes its factorial value and returns it in
another text field, when the button named "Compute" is
clicked.
8. Write a Java program that works as a simple calculator.
Use a grid layout to arrange buttons for the digits and for
the +, -, *, % operations. Add a text field to display the
result.
9. Create a Servlet that recognizes first time visitor to web
application and responds by saying "Welcome to new user"
otherwise "welcome back".
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, Java the Complete Reference, Oracle Press,
2. Sachin Malhotra and Saurab Choudhary, Programming in
Java, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2014.
123
(16BT4HS31) SOFT SKILLS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: English Language Laboratory in I B.Tech.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers Body Language;
Assertiveness; Goal Setting; Creative Thinking; Interpersonal
Skills; Team Work; Conflict Management; Etiquette; Report
Writing; Group Discussions; Interviewing Skills.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Acquire knowledge on
• Goal Setting
• Creative Thinking
• Leadership Skills and
• Team Work
CO2. Analyze the situations and develop skills for
• Body Language
• Personality Development and
• Stress Management
CO3. Apply the techniques of soft skills in a problem situation
enhanced through multimedia software.
CO4. Function effectively as an individual and as a member in
diverse teams.
CO5. Communicate effectively in public speaking in formal and
informal forums.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Body Language
2. Assertiveness
3. Goal Setting
4. Creative Thinking
5. Interpersonal Skills
6. Team Work
7. Conflict Management
124
8. Etiquette
9. Report Writing
10. Resume Writing
11. Group Discussions
12. Interviewing Skills
Total Lab Slots: 10
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R. C. Sharma and Krishna Mohan, Business Correspondence
and Report Writing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, Third Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Gopalswamy Ramesh and Mahadevan Ramesh, The Ace of
Soft Skills, Pearson, Noida, 2010.
3. Jeff Butterfeild, Soft Skills for Everyone, Cengage learning,
Delhi, 2011.
4. Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills,
Oxford University Press, Noida, 2012.
SUGGESTED SOFTWARES:
1. ETNL Language Lab Software Version 4.0
2. GEMS - Globarena E- Mentoring System
3. Speech Solutions.
4. English Pronunciation Dictionary by Daniel Jones.
5. Learning to Speak English 8.1, The Learning Company - 4
CDs.
6. Mastering English: Grammar, Punctuation and Composition.
7. English in Mind, Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with
Meredith Levy, Cambridge.
8. Dorling Kindersley Series of Grammar, Punctuation,
Composition etc.
9. Language in Use 1, 2 and 3.
10. Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary - 3rd Edition.
11. Centronix - Phonetics.
12. Let's Talk English, Regional Institute of English South India.
13. Ultimate English Tutor.
125
III B.Tech. - I Semester
(16BT51201) COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND
MULTIMEDIA
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Matrices and Numerical

Methods".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Computer Graphics,
Output Primitives; 2D Geometric Transformations and Viewing;
3D object representation and Visible Surface Detection Methods;
Introduction to Multimedia, Audio and Video; Multimedia Data
Compression.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Graphical interactive devices
• Viewing transformations
• 3-D object representations
• Surface detection methods
• Image, audio, video representations and standards.
CO2. Analyze multimedia compression issues using image, audio
and video compression techniques.
CO3. Design algorithms to generate points, lines, polygons for
2-D, 3-D objects.
CO4. Apply Transformations and Clipping algorithms for 2-D
and 3-D objects, various lossy / lossless coding
techniques on text and images for compression and
decompression.
CO5. Build multimedia applications for societal requirements.
UNIT -I: INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHICS AND OUTPUT
PRIMITIVES (9 Periods)
Introduction: Raster-Scan systems, Random Scan systems,
Graphics monitors, Work stations and Input devices.
Output Primitives: Points and Lines, Line Drawing algorithms,
Mid-point Circle and Ellipse algorithms.
126
Filled area primitives: Scan Line Polygon Fill algorithm,
Boundary-fill algorithms and Flood-Fill algorithms.
UNIT -II: 2-D GEOMETRICAL TRANSFORMS AND 2-D VIEWING
(9 Periods)
2-D Transforms: Translation, Scaling, Rotation, Reflection and
Shear transformations, Homogeneous coordinates, Composite
Transforms, Transformations between coordinate systems.
2-D Viewing: The Viewing Pipeline, Viewing coordinate reference
frame, Window to View-Port coordinate Transformation, Cohen-
Sutherland line clipping algorithms.
UNIT -III: 3-D OBJECT REPRESENTATION AND VISIBLE
SURFACE DETECTION METHODS (9 Periods)
3-D Object representation: Polygon Surfaces, Quadric
surfaces, Spline Representation, Hermite Curve, Bezier Curve
and B-Spline Curves, Bezier and B-Spline Surfaces.
Visible Surface Detection Methods: Classification, Back-Face
detection, Depth-Buffer, Scan-Line, Depth Sorting, BSP-Tree
methods, Area Sub-Division and Octree methods.
UNIT-IV: INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA, AUDIO AND
VIDEO (9 Periods)
Introduction: Definition of Multimedia, Multimedia and
Hypermedia, Multimedia Software tools, Graphics and Image Data
representations-Graphics and Image Data types, File Formats,
Color models in images, Color models in video.
Audio and Video: Definition of sound, Digitization, Nyquist
Theorem, Signal to Noise ratio, Signal to Quantization-Noise
ratio; Types of video signals, Analog video, Digital video.
UNIT-V: MULTIMEDIA DATA COMPRESSION (9 Periods)
Lossless compression algorithms- Introduction, Basics of
Information Theory, Run Length Coding, Variable Length coding,
Dictionary Based coding, Arithmetic coding; Lossy Compression
algorithms- Quantization; Introduction to Transform Coding-DCT,
DFT; Image compression techniques-JPEG standard, JPEG 2000;
Introduction to video compression- Video compression based
on Motion Compensation, MPEG-1, MPEG-2.
Total Periods: 45
127
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics C
version, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2006.
2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia,
Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James D. Foley, Andries van Dam, Steven K. Feiner and
John F. Hughes, Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice
in C, Addison Wesley Professional, Second Edition, 2013.
2. Nigel Chapman and Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia,
Wiley Dreamtech, Second Edition, 2004.

(16BT50501) COMPUTER NETWORKS
(Common to ECE, CSE, IT and CSSE)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A Course on "Operating Systems".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Computer Networks;
The Physical Layer; The Data Link Layer; The Medium Access
Control Sublayer; The Network Layer; The Transport Layer;
The Application Layer.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Functionalities of Various OSI and TCP/IP layers
• 3G Mobile phone networks, 802.11
• TCP,UDP and SMTP
CO2. Analyze the issues related to data link, medium access
and transport layers by using channel allocation and
connection management schemes.
CO3. Design and compute subnet masks and addresses for
networking requirements.
CO4. Solve problems related to Flow control, Error control,
congestion control and Network Routing.
CO5. Apply Network Standards - 802.3 and 802.11 for
developing computer Networks.
CO6. Assess the impact of wired and wireless Networks in the
context of societal applications like VoIP, Multi-user
Network Games, Internet of Things.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION AND PHYSICAL LAYER (9 Periods)
Introduction: Network hardware, Network software, Reference
models - OSI, TCP/IP; Example networks - Internet; Wireless
LANs - 802.11.
Physical Layer: Guided transmission media, Wireless
transmission.
129
UNIT-II: DATA LINK LAYER AND MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL
SUBLAYER (10 Periods)
Data Link Layer: Data link layer design issues, Error detection
and correction-CRC, Hamming codes, Elementary data link
protocols, Sliding window protocols.
Medium Access Control Sublayer: ALOHA, Carrier sense
multiple access protocols, Collision-free protocols, Ethernet, Data
link layer switching-Repeaters, Hubs, Switches, Routers, and
Gateways.
UNIT-III: NETWORK LAYER (10 Periods)
Network layer design issues, Routing algorithms - Shortest path,
Flooding, Distance vector, Link state routing, Hierarchical,
Broadcast, Multicast, Anycast; Congestion control algorithms,
Network layer in the internet - The IP version 4 protocol, IP
addresses, IP version 6, Internet control protocols.
UNIT-IV: TRANSPORT LAYER (9 Periods)
UDP - Segment header, Remote procedure call, Real-time
transport protocols; TCP - service model, Protocol, Segment
header, Connection establishment, Connection release, Sliding
window, Timer management, Congestion control.
UNIT-V: APPLICATION LAYER (7 Periods)
Domain Name System (DNS)-Name space, Domain resource
records, Name servers; Electronic mail-Architecture and services,
User agent, Message formats, Message transfer, Final delivery;
The World Wide Web- Architectural overview, HTTP.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, Computer
Networks, Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking,
Tata McGraw-Hill, Fourth Edition, 2010.
2. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking:
A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Pearson
Education, Second Edition, 2012.

(16BT51501) COMPILER DESIGN
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Theory of Computation".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Lexical analysis; Parsers; Run Time
Environments; Syntax Directed Translation; Type checking; Code
Optimization; Code Generation and Compiler tools.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on the phases involved in design
of compilers.
CO2. Analyze code optimization Techniques.
CO3. Design experiments for implementing parsing techniques.
CO4. Synthesize rules in compiler to demonstrate semantic
attribution during Parsing.
CO5. Use compiler construction tools such as LEX and YACC
for designing a Parser.
CO6. Apply ethical principles for usage of stack and other
storage memory.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO COMPILER AND LEXICAL
ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Structure of a compiler, Interpretation- Interpreters, Recursive
interpreters, Iterative interpreters.
Lexical Analysis: The Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input
Buffering, Specification of Tokens, The Lexical-Analyzer
Generator LEX.
UNIT-II: SYNTAX ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
The Role of the Parser, Eliminating Ambiguity, Eliminating of Left
Recursion and Left Factoring.
Top-Down Parsing: Recursive descent parsing, Non Recursive
Predictive parsing, LL (1) Grammars, A traditional top-down
parser generator-YACC
131
Bottom-Up Parsing: Shift reduce parsing, LR parsers - Simple
LR parser, Canonical LR parser, LALR parser, Using Ambiguous
Grammars.
UNIT-III: SYNTAX DIRECTED TRANSLATION AND TYPE
CHECKING (9 Periods)
Syntax directed definition, S-attributed and L-attributed
definitions, Construction of syntax trees.
Type Checking: Type Expressions, Type Equivalence, Rules for
Type Checking, Type Conversions, Overloading of Functions and
Operators.
UNIT-IV: INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATOR AND RUN TIME
ENVIRONMENTS (9 Periods)
Preprocessing the intermediate code, Preprocessing of
expressions, Preprocessing of if-statements and goto
statements, Preprocessing of routines, Variants of Syntax Trees,
Three Address Code, Boolean expressions, Flow-of-Control
Statements, Control- Flow Translation of Boolean Expressions.
Run time Environments: Storage organization, Stack Allocation
of Space, Access to Nonlocal Data on the Stack.
UNIT-V: CODE OPTIMIZATION AND CODE GENERATION
(9 Periods)
Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs, Optimization of Basic Blocks, The
principal sources of optimization, Introduction to data flow
analysis.
Code Generation: Issues in the Design of a Code Generator,
The Target Language, Simple Code Generator, Peephole
optimization, Register allocation and assignment.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S.Lam, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D.
Ullman, Compilers-Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dick GruneKees van Reeuwijk Henri, Modern Compiler Design,
Springer, Second Edition, 2012.
2. David Galles, Modern Compiler Design, Pearson Education
Asia, 2007.

(16BT51202) OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Software Engineering" and

"Object Oriented Programming through C++".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to UML, Basic structural
modeling; Advanced structural modeling, Class and object
diagrams; Basic behavioral modeling; Advanced behavioral
modeling; Architectural modeling.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on principles of object oriented
analysis and design through UML Diagrams.
CO2. Analyze user requirements and identify suitable structural
and behavioral modeling components.
CO3. Design and develop UML models for real time software
applications.
CO4. Solve real world problems by applying structural and
behavioral modeling techniques.
CO5. Use unified modeling language in preparing blue prints
for software solutions.
CO6. Design and develop UML models to solve societal problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO UML AND BASIC STRUCTURAL
MODELING (11 Periods)
Introduction to UML: Importance of modeling, Principles of
modeling, Object oriented modeling, An overview of UML,
Conceptual model of the UML, Architecture, Software
development life cycle.
Basic Structural Modeling: Classes-Terms and concepts,
Common modeling techniques; Relationships-Modeling simple
dependencies, Single inheritance and structural relationships;
Common mechanisms, Diagrams.

UNIT-II: ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MODELING, CLASS AND
OBJECT DIAGRAMS (7 Periods)
Advanced Structural Modeling: Advanced classes, Advanced
relationships, Interfaces, Types and roles, Packages, Instances.
Class and Object Diagrams: Terms and concepts, Modeling
techniques for class diagram-Modeling simple collaboration,
Logical database schema, Forward and reverse engineering;
Introduction to object diagrams.
UNIT-III: BASIC BEHAVIORAL MODELING (9 Periods)
Basic Behavioral Modeling-I: Interactions-Terms and concepts,
Modeling a flow of control; Interaction diagrams-Terms and
concepts, Modeling flows of control by time ordering and control
by organization, Forward and reverse engineering.
Basic Behavioral Modeling-II: Use cases-Terms and concepts,
Modeling the behavior of the element; Use case Diagrams-Terms
and concepts, Modeling the context of a system, Requirement
of a system, Forward and reverse engineering; Activity Diagrams-
Terms and concepts, Modeling a workflow, modeling an operation,
Forward and reverse engineering.
UNIT -IV: ADVANCED BEHAVIORAL MODELING (7 Periods)
Events and signals-Modeling a family of signals, exceptions;
State machines-Modeling the lifetime of an object; Introduction
to processes and threads, Time and space-Modeling timing
constraints, Distribution of objects and objects that migrate;
State chart diagrams-Modeling reactive objects, Forward and
reverse engineering.
Unit-V: ARCHITECTURAL MODELING (11 Periods)
Component-Terms and concepts, Modeling executables and
libraries, Modeling tables, Files and documents, Modeling an
API; Deployment-Modeling processors and devices, Modeling
the distribution of components; Component diagrams-Modeling
source code, Executable release, Physical database, Adaptable
systems, Forward and reverse engineering; Deployment
diagrams-Modeling an embedded systems, Client/Server system,
Fully distributed systems, Forward and reverse engineering.
Case Studies: Online student course registration system for
university, Hospital Management.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh and Ivar Jacobson, The
Unified Modeling Language User Guide, Pearson Education,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Magnus Penker, Brian Lyons, David Fado and Hans-Erik
Eriksson, UML 2 Toolkit, WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.,
2006.
2. Pascal Roques, Modeling Software Systems Using UML2,
WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd, 2004.

(16BT51203) WEB TECHNOLOGIES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Java Programming".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML);
Features of HTML5; Cascading Style Sheets (CSS); JavaScript;
JQuery; Bootstrap; Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP); MySQL.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on web page design elements,
dynamic content and database interaction.
CO2. Analyze user requirements to develop web applications.
CO3. Design client-server applications using web technologies.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills to develop enterprise
web applications.
CO5. Use HTML, CSS, JavaScript, JQuery, Bootstrap and PHP
technologies for device independent web application
development.
CO6. Apply Web Technologies to develop interactive, dynamic
and scalable web applications for societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: HTML (11 Periods)
Introduction: Fundamentals of HTML, Working with text,
Organizing text in HTML, Working with links and URLs, Creating
tables, Working with images, Canvas, Forms, Frames and
Multimedia.
HTML5: Introduction, HTML5 document structure, Creating
editable content, Checking spelling mistakes, Exploring custom
data attributes, Client-Side storage, Drag and drop feature,
Offline web applications, Web communications, Cross-Document
messaging and desktop notifications.
UNIT-II: CSS AND JAVASCRIPT (8 Periods)
CSS: Introduction, CSS selectors, Inserting CSS in an HTML
document, Backgrounds, Fonts, and Text styles, Creating boxes,

Displaying, Positioning and floating elements, Features of CSS3,
Media queries.
Javascript: Overview of JavaScript, JavaScript functions,
Events, Image maps and animations, JavaScript objects, Working
with browser and document objects.
UNIT-III: JQUERY and BOOTSTRAP (9 Peirods)
JQuery: Introduction, JQuery selectors, Events, Methods to
access HTML elements and attributes, Introduction to AJAX.
Bootstrap: Getting started with Bootstrap, Creating responsive
layouts using Bootstrap CSS - Basic HTML structure for
Bootstrap, Responsive classes, Rendering images, the grid
system, Constructing data entry forms.
UNIT-IV: INTRODUCTION TO PHP (9 Periods)
Introduction, Data types, Variables, Constants, Expressions,
String interpolation, Control structures, Functions, Arrays,
Embedding PHP code in web pages, Object Oriented PHP.
UNIT-V: PHP WEB FORMS AND MYSQL (8 Periods)
PHP Web forms: PHP and web forms, Sending form data to a
server, Working with cookies and session handlers
PHP with MySQL: Interacting with the database, Prepared
statement, Database transactions.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kogent Learning Solutions Inc, HTML 5 Black Book: Covers
CSS3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML, AJAX, PHP and JQuery,
Dreamtech Press, Second Edition, 2016.
2. W. Jason Gilmore, Beginning PHP and MySQL, APress, Fourth
Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Snig Bahumik, Bootstrap Essentials, PACKT Publishing, 2015
(e-book).
2. Thomas A. Powell, The Complete Reference: HTML and
CSS, Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2010.
3. Andrea Tarr, PHP and MySQL, Willy India, 2012.
137
(16BT50341) OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Interdisciplinary Elective-1)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Multi Variable Calculus and

Differential Equations".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to optimization; classical
optimization techniques; classification of optimization problems;
linear programming; transportation and assignment problem; non-
linear programming; un-constrained non-linear programming;
constrained non-linear programming; dynamic programming.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on Optimization techniques
for Linear, Non linear and Dynamic programming problems.
CO2. Analyze and quantify a system architecture or product
design problem for selecting appropriate objective
function, design variables, parameters and constraints.
CO3. Develop mathematical models for real time optimization
problems.
CO4. Conduct investigations on complex problems and make
recommendations based on solutions, analysis and
limitations of models.
CO5. Use optimization techniques for solving complex problems
of real time applications.
CO6. Optimize the resources in organizations for sustainable
development.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT -I: CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (9 Periods)
Introduction, Engineering applications of optimization, tatement
of an optimization problem, Design vector, Design constraints,
Constraint surface, Objective function, lassification of
optimization problems, Single variable optimization, Multi variable
optimization without constraints, Multi variable optimization with
equality constraints - Lagrange multipliers method; Multi variable
optimization with inequality constraint - Kuhn Tucker conditions.

UNIT -II: LINEAR PROGRAMMING (9 Periods)
Introduction, Formulation, Graphical solution, Simplex method,
Big M-method, Two-phase method, Duality principle, Dual simplex
method.
UNIT -III: TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS
(9 Periods)
Transportation problems: Formulation, Initial basic feasible
solution - North-West corner rule, Least cost method, and Vogel's
approximation method; Optimal solution using Modified
distribution method - Unbalanced transportation problem,
Degeneracy.
Assignment problems: Formulation, Solution of assignment
problem and its variants, Traveling salesman problem.
UNIT -IV: NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING (9 Periods)
One dimensional minimization methods, classification - Fibonacci
method, quadratic interpolation method; classification of
unconstrained minimization methods - Powell's method, steepest
descent method (Cauchy's method); classification of constrained
optimization techniques - interior and exterior penalty function
methods.
UNIT -V: DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING (9 Periods)
Multistage decision processes, Concept of sub optimization and
Principle of optimality, Computational procedure in dynamic
programming - calculus method, Tabular method; Linear
Programming problem by dynamic programming approach,
Applications - reliability problem, shortest path problem, and
capital budgeting problem.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and
Practice, New Age International, Third Edition, 2010.
2. A.Ravindran, K.M.Ragsdell, G.V.Reklaitis, Engineering
Optimization: Methods and applications, Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd., Second Edition2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C Mohan and Kusum Deep, Optimization Techniques, New
Age International Publishers, 2010.
2. Hamdy A. Taha, Introduction to Operations Research, PHI,

(16BT50442) MICROPROCESSORS AND
INTERFACING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Digital Logic Design" and

"Computer Organization".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: INTEL 8086 and 8051- Architectures;
Instruction set; Programmable Interfacing Concepts; ADC, DAC,
8255, 8257,8259 ,8279,8251, Advanced peripheral Interfacing;
Applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on
• Internal Hardware details of Intel 8086, 8051 and
programming devices like 8255, 8257, 8259, 8279 and
8251.
• Interfacing various peripherals to build standalone
systems.
CO2: Analyze various peripherals and interfacing techniques.
CO3: Design application based Microcomputer system using
8086 and 8051.
CO4: Solve problems by providing microcomputer-based real
time solutions.
CO5: Apply programming tools, appropriate techniques and
resources to complex engineering activities for
microprocessor and microcontroller based systems with
understanding of limitations.
C06: Solving societal problems by applying concepts of
microprocessors and microcontrollers.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I - INTEL 8086 ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING
(9 Periods)
E vol u t ion of Microprocessors, Arch it ectu re of 80 8 6
microprocessor, Register organization, Physical Memory
140
Organization, Signal description of 8086, General Bus Operation
Minimum and Maximum mode operation of 8086, Timing diagram,
Addressing modes.
UNIT II - ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING WITH 8086
AND INTERRUPTS (10 Periods)
Instruction set of 8086, Assembler directives and Operators;
Interrupts and Interrupt service routines, Interrupt Cycle of
8086, Non Maskable interrupt, Maskable interrupt (INTR),
Interrupt Programming, Passing Parameters to procedures,
MACROS.
UNIT III-BASIC PERIPHERALS AND THEIR INTERFACING
WITH 8086 (8 Periods)
Semiconductor memory Interfacing, Dynamic RAM interfacing,
Interfacing I/O ports, Programmable Input-Output Port (PIO)
8255, Modes of operations of 8255, Interfacing analog to digital
and digital to analog converters, stepper motor interfacing.
UNIT IV - SPECIAL PURPOSE PROGRAMMABLE PERIPHERAL
DEVICES (9 Periods)
Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A; The keyboard/Display
Controller 8279-Architecture, Signal Description, Modes of
operations; Programmable Communication Interface 8251 USART;
DMA Controller 8257, DMA Transfers and Operations.
UNIT V - INTRODUCTION TO 8051 MICROCONTROLLER
(9 Periods)
Microprocessors Vs Microcontrollers, The 8051 Architecture:
Introduction, 8051 Microcontroller Hardware, input/output pins,
Ports and circuits, External Memory, Counters and Timers,
Serial Data Input / Output, Interrupts; Addressing Modes,
Instruction set of 8051, simple programs on arithmetic operations
using 8051.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.K. Ray and K.M.Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessors
and Peripherals- Architecture, Programming and Interfacing,
TMH, 2002.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller-Architecture,
Programming and Applications, Third Edition, Cengage
learning, 2004.
141
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Douglas V.Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing:
Programming and Hardware, Revised Second Edition, TMH.
2. Yu-cheng Liu, Glenn A. Gibson, Microcomputer systems:
The 8086/8088 Family Architecture, Programming and
Design, PHI, 2006.
3. Mazidi and Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems, PHI, 2000.

(16BT60404) IMAGE PROCESSING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fundamentals of image processing;
Image transforms; Image enhancement techniques in spatial
and frequency domains; Restoration techniques; Image
segmentation techniques; Image compression techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Image Fundamentals
• Image Enhancement and Restoration Techniques
• Image Segmentation and Compression Techniques
• Color image processing
CO2. Analyze different images using various processing
techniques.
CO3. Design and Develop various image processing algorithms
to process the images in various Real Time Applications.
CO4. Solve problems related to images for feasible and optimal
solutions in the core area of Image Processing.
CO5. Apply appropriate techniques to complex engineering
activities in the field of image processing.
CO6. Understand the impact of the image processing for
societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS (10 Periods)
Fundamental steps in Image Processing, Image sampling and
quantization, some basic relationships between pixels, Arithmetic
operations, Logical operations, Spatial operations.
IMAGE TRANSFORMS: 2D-DFT and properties, Walsh Transform,
Hadamard Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar-Transform,
Slant Transform, Hotelling Transform.
143
UNIT-II: IMAGE ENHANCEMENT (11 Periods)
Basic Intensity transformation functions, Histogram processing,
Fundamentals of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing spatial filters,
Sharpening spatial filters, Combining spatial Enhancement
methods.
Basics of filtering in frequency domain, Correspondence between
filtering in the spatial and frequency domains, Image smoothing
using frequency domain filters, Image sharpening using frequency
domain filters, Homomorphic filtering.
UNIT-III: IMAGE RESTORATION (7 Periods)
Image degradation/Restoration model, Noise models, Restoration
in the presence of Noise only-spatial filtering - mean, order-
statistic and adaptive filters. Estimating the degradation function,
Inverse filtering, Weiner filtering, Constrained least squares
filtering.
UNIT-IV: IMAGE COMPRESSION (8 Periods)
Classification of redundancy in Images, Image Compression
models, Run length coding, Arithmetic coding, Dictionary based
compression, bit-plane coding, Transform based coding, Fidelity
Criteria, Image compression standards.
UNIT-V: IMAGE SEGMENTATION AND COLOR IMAGE
PROCESSING (9 Periods)
Detection of discontinuities- Point, line and edge Detection.
Thresholding- global thresholding, adaptive thresholding. Region
based Segmentation. Color image fundamentals - RGB, HSI
models, conversions, Pseudo Color Image Processing, Color
transformations.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, Digital Image
Processing, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2008
2. S.Sridhar, Digital Image Processing, Oxford University,
Second Edition, 2016
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William K. Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Wiley and
Sons, Third Edition, 2002.
2. Anil K.Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image processing,
Prentice Hall, 2007.
144
(16BT60503) WIRELESS NETWORKS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Computer Networks".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Generations of Wireless Networks; Voice
and Data Processing; Wireless Network Topology; GSM; TDMA;
CDMA; Wireless LANs; Wireless WANs; Wireless PAN.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Wireless Medium Access methods.
• Network Topology
• Wireless LAN, HIPERLAN
• GSM, CDMA, GPRS
CO2. Analyze the network topologies in Wireless Networks.
CO3. Design solutions for network communications at physical
and transport layers.
CO4. S ol ve compl ex probl ems relat ed t o n et work
communications and wireless networks.
CO5. Apply GSM, CDMA, GPRS and Bluetooth to create Home
Access Networks and wireless Personal Area Network.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge to solve problems using
societal applications like health care devices, Internet
of Things.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: OVERVIEW OF WIRELESS NETWORKS AND
WIRELESS MEDIUM ACCESS ALTERNATIVES (9 Periods)
Overview of Wireless Networks: Different generations of
wireless networks.
Wireless Medium Access Alternatives: Fixed assignment
access for voice-oriented networks - Frequency Division Multiple
Access (FDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Code
Division Multiple Access (CDMA); Random access for data-
145
oriented networks - Access methods for wireless LANs;
Integration of voice and data traffic.
UNIT-II: NETWORK PLANNING AND WIRELESS NETWORK
OPERATIONS (9 Periods)
Network Planning: Wireless network topologies - Infrastructure
of network topology, Ad hoc network topology; Cellular topology,
Cellular concept, Cellular hierarchy; Cell fundamentals.
Wireless Network Operations: Mobility management - Location
management, Handoff management, Mobile IP; Security in
wireless networks - Security requirements for wireless networks,
Overview of network security, Identification schemes.
UNIT-III: INTRODUCTION TO WIRELESS LANS AND IEEE
802.11 Wireless LANS (9 Periods)
Introduction to Wireless LANs: Historical overview of the LAN
industry, Wireless home networking-Home Access Networks
(HAN), Needs of HAN, HAN technologies.
IEEE 802.11 WLANs: IEEE 802.11 - Overview of IEEE 802.11,
Reference architecture, Layered protocol architecture; The PHY
Layer - FHSS, DSSS, DFIR, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b; MAC
sublayer - General MAC frame format; MAC management sublayer
- Registration, Handoff, Security.
UNIT-IV: GSM TECHNOLOGY, CDMA TECHNOLOGY AND
MOBILE DATA NETWORKS (10 Periods)
GSM Technology: GSM - Reference architecture; Mechanisms
to support a mobile environment - Registration, Call
establishment, Handoff, Security.
CDMA Technology: CDMA - IS-95 CDMA forward channel, IS-
95 CDMA reverse channel, Packet and frame formats in IS-95.
Mobile Data Networks: GPRS - Reference architecture in GPRS,
Mobility support in GPRS, Protocol layers in GPRS; SMS - Overview
of SMS Operation; Mobile application protocols - Wireless
application protocol, i-Mode.
UNIT-V: WIRELESS ATM, HIPERLAN AND WIRELESS PAN
(8 Periods)
Wireless ATM and HIPERLAN: Wireless ATM - Reference model,
Protocol entities, PHY and MAC layer alternatives, Mobility
support; HIPERLAN - HIPERLAN-1, Requirements and architecture,
146
PHY and MAC layers; HIPERLAN-2 - Architecture and reference
model, PHY layer, DLC layer, Convergence layer, Security, Overall
comparison with 802.11.
Wireless PAN: IEEE 802-15 WPAN, Home RF - Architecture;
Bluetooth - Overall architecture, Protocol stack, Physical
connection, Security.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kaveh Pahlavan and Prashant Krishna Murthy, Principles of
Wireless Networks, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks,
2. C. Sivaram Murthy and B.S. Manoj, Ad-hoc Wireless
Networks Architectures and Protocols, Pearson Education,
147
(16BT51231) CASE TOOLS AND COMPUTER
NETWORKS LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Object Oriented Analysis and

Design", "Computer Networks" and "Java Programming".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Modeling case studies -Online Ticket
Reservation system; Point of sales; Hands-on Experience on
data link Framing methods; CRC; Routing algorithms; Congestion
Control Algorithms; Substitution Techniques and Network
Simulation using NS-2.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• UML architecture
• Routing algorithms
• Error detection and correction techniques.
CO2. Analyze real world problems and study the applicability
of UML design.
CO3. Apply Unified Modeling Language to design software and
design routing algorithms Shortest path using Dijkstra's,
and Distance vector.
designing and developing software solutions.
CO5. Use NS-2 tool for simulating computer network
processes.
CO6. Build network models and UML models suitable for societal
needs.
team for mini-project implementation.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
Case studies given below should be Modeled using Visual Modeling
tools in different views i.e. Use case view, logical view,
component view, Deployment view.

1. Case Study : Online Ticket Reservation for Railways
Problem Statement:
Computer play an integral part of the day in today's life. It
makes the entire job easier and faster, every job is computerized
so as the ticket reservation we can book over the online ticket
reservation system. During the booking of the ticket reservation
passenger has to select origin, date of journey, destination,
class of train etc. The reservation counter keeps track of
passenger's information. Thus the system will have all the details
about the trains and facilities provided by them. There are
various trains with the different level of convenience for the
passengers. The whole database will be maintained by database
administrator. There are varieties of trains where the passengers
can select the train according to the convenience for their
destination journey. The journey could be within the state or
across the India. Each train has the three types of classes i.e.
Sleeper class, First class and the AC compartment. Design the
application for the above problem description.
2. Case Study : A Point of Sale (PoS) System
Problem Statement:
A POS System is a computerized application used to record
sales and handle payments; it is typically used in a retail store.
It includes hardware components such as a computer and bar
code scanner, and software to run the system. It interfaces to
various service applications, such as a third-party tax calculator
and inventory control. These systems must be relatively fault
tolerant; that is, even if remote services and temporarily
unavailable they must still be of capturing sales and handling at
least cash payments. A POS system must support multiple and
varied client - side terminals and interfaces such as browser,
PDA's, touch - screens.
3. Case Study : Recruitment Procedure for Software Industry
Problem Statement:
In the software industry the recruitment procedure is the
basic thing that goes in the hand with the requirement as
specified by the technical management team. HR first gives an
advertisement in leading Newspapers, Journals, Weeklies and
Websites. The job seekers can apply for it through by Post or
by e-mail to the company. The technical skill and the
149
experience of the candidates are reviewed and the short listed
candidates are called for the interview. There may be different
rounds for interview like the written test, technical interview,
and HR interview. After the successful completion of all rounds
of interview, the selected candidates' names are displayed.
Meanwhile HR gives all the details about the salary, working
hours, terms and conditions and the retirement benefit to the
candidate.
4. Case Study : Online Auction Sales
Problem Statement:
The online auction system is a design about a website where
sellers collect and prepare a list of items they want to sell and
place it on the website for visualizing. To accomplish this purpose
the user has to access the site. Incase it's a new user he has
to register. Purchaser's login and select items they want to buy
and keep bidding for it. Interacting with the purchasers and
sellers through messages does this. There is no need for
customer to interact with the sellers because every time the
purchasers bid, the details will be updated in the database. The
purchaser making the highest bid for an item before the close
of the auction is declared as the owner of the item. If the
auctioneer or the purchaser doesn't want to bid for the product
then there is fixed cutoff price mentioned for every product. He
can pay that amount directly and own the product. The
purchaser gets a confirmation of his purchase as an
acknowledgement from the website. After the transition by going
back to the main menu where he can view other items.
5. Case Study : Two Floor Elevator Simulator
Problem Statement:
The elevator has the basic function that all elevator systems
have, such as moving up and down, open and close doors, and
of course, pick up passengers. The elevator is supposed to be
used in a building having floors numbered from 1 to MaxFloor,
where the first floor is the lobby. There are car call buttons in
the car corresponding to each floor. For every floor except for
the top floor and the lobby, there are two hall call buttons for
the passengers to call for going up and down. There is only one
down hall call button at the top floor and one up hall call button
in the lobby. When the car stops at a floor, the doors are opened
150
and the car lantern indicating the current direction the car is
going is illuminated so that the passengers can get to know the
current moving direction of the car. The car moves fast between
floors, but it should be able to slow down early enough to stop
at a desired floor. When an elevator has no requests, it remains
at its current floor with its doors closed.
In order to certificate system safety, emergency brake will be
triggered and the car will be forced to stop under any unsafe
conditions.
6. Case Study : Home Appliance Control System
Problem Statement:
A home appliance control system (HACS) is a system which
provides various services to remotely operate on home
appliances, such as microwave oven, TV, and garage door etc
through remote devices such as mobile phone, desktop and
palm-top. A home appliance control system (HACS) is a system
which is controlled by a remote system such as a mobile phone
or a palm-top, and at the same time controls, monitors and
coordinates home appliances such as air conditioner, microwave
oven, garage doors, TV set, VCR, audio controller, indoor/outdoor
lights, water sprinkler, home security system, bath tub controller,
etc. In order to activate home appliances and to allow for
different ways of cooking, the HACS needs mechanisms for
communication between the different devices in the system,
and for coordination among the various processes running on
such devices. The system administrator of the HACS system
has the ability to add a new appliance or delete an existing
one. The system administrator has the ability to add a new
remote device and configure it with HACS or delete an existing
one when it is not used. Also the system administrator can
create an account for a new user or delete existing account if
it is no longer used.
7. Implement the following data link layer framing
methods:
a. Character Count.
b. Character stuffing.
c. Bit stuffing.
8. Design a program to compute checksum for the given frame
151
1101011011 with the generator Polynomial of CRC 12, CRC 16
and CRC CCIP. Display the actual bit string transmitted.
Suppose the third bit from the left is inverted during
transmission. Show that this error is detected at the
receivers end.
9. Implement Dijkstra's algorithm to compute the Shortest path
through the following graph.
10. Design a program to obtain routing table for each node

using distance vector routing algorithm by considering the
given subnet with weights indicating delay between nodes.
11. Write a java program to implement RPC (remote procedure

call).
12. a. Explain the Installation procedure of NS-2 on Windows
using VMware.
b. Creation of Link between nodes and transmission of data
between nodes using NS-2.
13. Mini project-1:Implement Dijkstra's algorithm to compute
the Shortest path using NS-2.
14. Mini project-2: A program to obtain Routing table for each
node using Distance vector routing Algorithm using NS-2.
152
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Grady Booch, James Rum Baugh and Ivar Jacobson, The
Unified Modeling Language User Guide, Pearson Education,
2. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brian Lyons and David
Fado, UML 2 Toolkit, WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Andrew S.Tanenbaum and David J.Wetherall, Computer
Networks, Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2012.
4. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data communication and Networking,
Tata McGraw-Hill, Fourth Edition, 2006.
153
(16BT51232) COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND
MULTIMEDIA LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Computer Graphics and

Multimedia" and "Java Programming".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands on experience in developing
graphics, Animating Flash Movies and Developing Applications
using a Flash Tool.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on creation of 2D, 3D objects
and compression techniques.
CO2. Analyze real world problems and identify solutions based
on computer graphics and multimedia concepts.
CO3. Design and develop various algorithms for graphics, user
authoring applications and animation movies.
CO4. Demonstrate independent problem solving in developing
multimedia applications.
CO5. Apply various programming principles to implement
graphics and to animate interactive flash movies for
presenting multimedia content.
CO6. Build multimedia applications suitable for societal
requirements.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Write a program for the implementation of Bresenham's line
drawing algorithm.
2. Write a program to implement Bresenham's circle drawing
algorithm.
3. Write a program to implement Bresenham's ellipse drawing
algorithm.
154
4. Write a program to implement DDA line drawing algorithm.
5. Write a program to implement 2D Transformation.
6. Write a program to implement Window Viewport Mapping.
7. Write a program to implement Cohen-Sutherland 2D Clipping.
8. Write a program to convert between color models.
9. Write a program to implement text compression algorithm
10. Write a program to implement image compression algorithm
11. Case study1: Create an animation using flash tool.
12. Case study2: Apply basic operations on image using Adobe
Photoshop.
Note: 1 to 10 programs can be implemented using C
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, Java the complete reference, TMH,
Seventh Edition, 2007.
2. Macromedia Flash8 tutorial, http://www.teacherclick.com/
flash8.
3. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics C
version, Prentice-Hall, Second Edition, 2006.
155
(16BT51233) WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Web Technologies".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience on HTML, HTML5,
CSS, JavaScript, JQuery, Bootstrap, PHP and MySQL.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On Successful completion of this course, students will be able
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on web page design elements,
dynamic content and database Interaction.
CO2. Analyze user requirements to develop web applications.
CO3. Design client-server applications using web technologies.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills to develop enterprise
web applications.
CO5. Use HTML, CSS, JavaScript, JQuery, Bootstrap and PHP
technologies for device independent web application
development.
CO6. Apply web technologies to develop interactive, dynamic
and scalable web applications for societal needs.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Design the following static web pages of an online book
store web application.
a. Home Page:

b. Catalogue Page:
The catalogue page should display the following details of
available books.
i. Snap shot of cover page ii. Title of the text book
iii. Author name iv. Publisher
v. Price vi. More details link.
Logo Name of the Book Store
Latest
Home Best Sellers Contact Us Search
Arrivals
Computers
Electronics
Electrical HTML5 Black Book
Bio-Tech Kogent Learning Solutions
More Details
Dreamtech Press
Rs. 570/-
Beginning PHP and

MySQL
4th Edition
More Details
W Jason Gilmore
Apress
Rs. 520/-
c. Registration Page:
Design the Registration page with the following fields and navigate
it with create an account link.
i. First Name ii. Last Name
iii. Gender iv. Date of Birth
v. Username vi. Password
vii. Confirm Password viii. Address
ix. Postal Code x. Mobile No.
xi. Email-Id
2. a. Design a web page to store username and password
information using the local storage concept.
b. Design a web page to store employee information including
Name, Emp. Id, Department, Salary and Address on a client's
machine using a real SQL database.
3. Apply the following styles to all web pages of online book
store web application.
a. Fonts and Styles: font-family, font-style, font-weight
and font-size.
b. Backgrounds and colors: color, background-color,
background-image and background-repeat.
c. Text: text-decoration, text-transformation, text-align and
text-indentation, text-align
d. Borders: border, border-width, border-color and border-
style
e. Styles for links: A: link, A: visited, A:active, A:hover
f. Selectors, Classes, Layers and Positioning elements.
4. Write a JavaScript/JQuery code to validate the following
fields of the Registration web page.
a. First Name/Last Name - should contain only alphabets
and the length should not be less than 8 characters.
b. Username - It should contain combination of alphabets,
numbers and underscore. It should not allow spaces and
special symbols.
c. Password - It should not less than 8 characters in length
and it contains one uppercase letter and one special symbol.
d. Date of Birth - It should allow only valid date; otherwise
display a message stating that entered date is invalid. Ex.
29 Feb. 2009 is an invalid date.
e. Postal Code: It must allow only 6 digit valid number.
f. Mobile No. - It should allow only numbers and total number
of digits should be equal to 10.
g. e-mail id - It should allow the mail id with the following
format: Ex. mailid@domainname.com
5. Design a web page with the following features using HTML5,
JavaScript and JQuery
a. Displaying of images with Custom animated effects
b. Playing of selected video from the list of videos
c. Showing the animated text in increasing and decreasing
font size
d. Changing the size of the area in a web page using DIV
tag
e. Hiding and Showing elements in a web page.
6. Design a web page with the following features using Bootstrap
and Media Query.
a. Components
b. Responsive tables
c. Responsive images and videos

7. a. Deploy and navigate web pages of online book store using
WAMP/XAMPP web server.
b. Write a PHP program to read user name and favorite color
from the HTML form. Display the name of the user in green
color and sets user favorite color as a background for the
web page.
8. Write a PHP code to read the username and password entered
in the Login form of the online book store and authenticate
with the values available in cookies. If user enters a valid
username and password, welcome the user by username
otherwise display a message stating that, entered details
are invalid.
9. Write a PHP code to read user details entered through the
registration web page and store the same into MySQL
database.
10. Write a PHP code for storing books details like Name of the
book, author, publisher, edition, price, etc into MySQL
database. Embed a PHP code in catalogue page of the online
book store to extract books details from the database.
11. a. Mini Project - 1: Design a web application for selling
products online with the following features.
Mobile website option - The online store should be built on a
responsive design template and its features need to be available
to all users, at any time, from anywhere and in any device.
Image options - The photos should also be taken from different
points of view to give you a clearer idea of the product. Image
options should include viewing angles, zoom, multiple images,
and more.
Detailed product description - The description should often
include the important details, such as the expiration date, size
dimensions, weight, manufacturers date, and practical uses must
be included in a good product description.
Order Tracking - The customers should be able to track their
ordered products by logging into an account created upon
registration.
Payment Options - An online website should allow credit card/
debit card/net banking for payment.
b. Mini Project - 2: Design a social website with the following
features
Build Profile - Members allow to build their profiles.

Upload content - The Social Networking Sites allow members to
upload text messages, photographs, audio and video files. All
posts are arranged in descending order with the last post coming
first.
Build conversations - Content posted by members can be
browsed and commented upon by all members who form part of
the community. Content can also be tagged from third party
sites on subjects that interest the group.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kogent Learning Solutions Inc, HTML 5 Black Book: Covers
CSS3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML, AJAX, PHP and JQuery,
Dreamtech Press, Second Edition, 2016.
2. W. Jason Gilmore, Beginning PHP and MySQL, APress, Fourth
Edition, 2011.
3. Snig Bahumik, Bootstrap Essentials, PACKT Publishing, 2015.
(e-book).

III B.Tech. - II Semester
(16BT3HS02) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTANCY
(Common to ME, CSE, IT and CSSE)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Managerial Economics; Demand and
Elasticity of Demand; Production Functions; Markets and Pricing
Policies; Basic concepts of Accounting (Journal, Ledger and
Trial balance); Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and
Balance sheet with simple adjustments; Computerized
Accounting.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Acquire knowledge on:
• Tools and concepts of Micro Economics.
• Basic Principles and concepts of Accountancy.
• Provides life skills for effective utilization of scarce
resources.
• Financial Accounting.
• Significance of Economics and Accountancy
CO2. Develop skills in managerial decision making of an
organization.
CO3. Apply the Economic theories i.e., Demand, Production,
Cost, Markets and Price.
CO4. Develop effective communication in Business and
Accounting transactions.
CO5. Ascertain the profitability and soundness of an
organization.
CO6. Practice Financial Accounting.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS,
DEMAND ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Definition, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics. Demand:
Determinants of demand - Demand function - Law of demand,
161
assumptions and exceptions - Elasticity of demand - Types of
elasticity of demand - Demand forecasting and methods of
demand forecasting.
UNIT - II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS
(9 Periods)
Production Function: Isoquants and Isocosts - Input-output
relationship - Law of returns. Cost Concepts: Total, Average
and Marginal Cost - Fixed vs. Variable costs - Opportunity Costs
Vs Outlay Costs- Separable Costs Vs Joint Costs, Urgent Costs
Vs Postponable Costs- Avoidable Costs Vs Unavoidable Costs -
Break Even Analysis (BEA) - Assumptions, Merits and demerits -
Determination of Break Even Point (Simple problems).
UNIT - III: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETS AND PRICING

(9 Periods)
Market Structure: Types of Markets - Features of perfect
competition - Monopoly and monopolistic competition - Price
and Output determination in perfect competition, monopoly and
monopolistic Markets.
Pricing : Objectives and policies of pricing - Sealed bid pricing -
Marginal cost pricing - Cost plus pricing - Going rate pricing -
penetration Pricing -skimming Pricing - Block pricing - Peak load
pricing - Cross subsidization.
UNIT - IV: INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
AND CAPITAL (9 Periods)
Accountancy: Introduction - Concepts - Conventions - Double
Entry Book Keeping - Journal -
Ledger - Trial Balance (Simple problems).
Capital : Significance - Types of capital - Sources of Capital.
UNIT - V: FINAL ACCOUNTS - COMPUTERIZATION OF
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (9 Periods)
Introduction to Final Accounts - Trading account - Profit and
Loss account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments (Simple
problems).
Computerization of Accounting System: Manual Accounting
Vs Computerized Accounting - Advantages and Disadvantages
of Computerized Accounting.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.R. Aryasri, Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis,
Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, Third Edition, 2007.
2. R.Cauvery, U.K. Sudhanayak, M. Girija and R. Meenakshi,
Managerial Economics, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Varshaney and Maheswari, Managerial Economics, Sultan
Chand and Sons, New Delhi, Nineteenth Edition, 2005.
2. Ms. Samba Lalita, Computer Accounting Lab Work, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana, 2009.
3. S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang, Financial Accounting, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana, Sixth Edition, 2002.

(16BT61501) DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA
MINING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Database Management

Systems".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Data Mining Fundamentals; Data
Preprocessing; Operational Database Systems and Data
Warehouses; Mining Frequent Patterns; Classification and
Prediction; Clustering; New Trends and Research Frontiers.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate Concepts of knowledge in data warehousing
and data mining.
CO2. Analyze using data mining techniques to find useful and
potential Knowledge.
CO3. Design Data Warehouse for OLAP applications for
deployment.
CO4. Evaluate the usage of association mining techniques on
complex data objects.
CO5. Select appropriate techniques to measure the interesting
patterns from heterogeneous databases.
CO6. Apply appropriate evolutionary data mining algorithms
to find solutions of Real time Applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: DATA WAREHOUSING AND ONLINE ANALYTICAL
PROCESSING (9 Periods)
Data Warehouse, Operational Database Systems versus Data
Warehouses, A Multi tired Architecture, A Multidimensional Data
Model, Stars, Snowflakes and Fact Constellations: Schemas,
Role of Concept hierarchies, Measures, OLAP Operations, From
online Analytical processing to Multidimensional Data Mining,
Indexing OLAP Data.

UNIT II: DATA MINING AND DATA PREPROCESSING
(8 Periods)
Introduction to Data Mining, kinds of data, kinds of patterns,
major issues in Data Mining, Data Pre-processing, Data Cleaning,
Data Integration , Data Reduction, Data Transformation and
Discretization.
UNIT III: ASSOCIATIONS AND CLASSIFICATION
(10 Periods)
Basic Concepts , Frequent itemset Mining Methods, pattern
evaluation methods- From Association Mining to Correlation
Analysis ,Classification, Decision Tree Introduction, Bayesian
Classification Methods, Rule Based Classification, Prediction:
Linear Regression.
UNIT IV: CLUSTER ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Cluster Analysis: Types of Data in Cluster Analysis, A
Categorization of Major Clustering Methods, Partitioning Methods
-k-Means and K-Medoids , Hierarchical methods-Agglomerative
and divisive method, Density-Based Method-DBSCAN, Grid-Based
Method-STING, Outlier Analysis.
UNIT V: DATA MINING TRENDS (9 Periods)
Mining Complex Data Types: Mining sequence data, Mining
other kinds of data: Spatial, Text, Multimedia and Web data,
Data Mining Trends.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian Pei, Data Mining:
Concepts and Techniques, Elsevier, Third Edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay, Insight into Data
mining Theory and Practice, Easter Economy Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. G. K. Gupta, Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies,
Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3. Tan P.N, Steinbach M.and Kumar V., Introduction to Data
Mining, Addision-Weseley, 2006.

(16BT61201) CLOUD COMPUTING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Computer Networks" and

"Operating Systems".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Virtualization, Virtualization
Technologies; Cloud Computing Fundamentals, Deployment
Models; Cloud Computing Architecture; Cloud Computing
Mechanisms; Cloud Security, Cloud Disaster Recovery; Working
with Clouds; and Case Studies.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on services, architecture, types
of infrastructural models, disaster recovery an d
virtualization.
CO2. Analyze the issues in cloud computing Data, Network
and Host security.
CO3. Apply API development skills in web applications for Cloud
deployment.
CO4. Use research based knowledge to build cloud applications.
CO5. Use advanced programming languages to access cloud
services.
CO6. Build cloud environment suitable for societal requirements.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUALIZATION AND
TECHNOLOGIES (9 periods)
Introduction to Virtualization: Definition, Objectives,
Characteristics, Benefits of virtualization, Taxonomy of
virtualization technologies, Pros and cons of virtualization.
Virtualization Technologies: VMware, Hyper-V, Zen and virtual
iron.

UNIT II: FUNDAMENTAL CLOUD COMPUTING AND MODELS
(9 Periods)
Cloud Computing: Origin and influences, Basic concepts and
terminology, Goals and benefits, Risks and challenges.
Cloud Models: Roles and boundaries, Cloud characteristics,
Cloud delivery models, Cloud deployment models.
UNIT III: CLOUD COMPUTING MECHANISMS AND
ARCHITECTURE (9 Periods)
Cloud-Enabling Technology: Broadband networks and internet
architecture, Data center technology, Virtualization technology,
Web technology, Multitenant technology, Service technology.
Cloud Architectures: Architecture - Workload distribution,
Resource pooling, Dynamic scalability, Elastic resource capacity,
Service load balancing, Cloud bursting, Elastic disk provisioning,
Redundant storage.
UNIT IV: CLOUD SECURITY AND DISASTER RECOVERY
(9 Periods)
Cloud Security: Data, Network and host security, Cloud security
services and cloud security possible solutions.
Cloud Disaster Recovery: Disaster recovery planning, Disasters
in the cloud, Disaster management, Capacity planning and cloud
scale.
UNIT V: CLOUD CASE STUDIES (9 Periods)
Case Studies: Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) - Salesforce.com,\
Facebook; Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) - Google App Engine,
MS-Azure and IBM Bluemix; Infrastructure-as-a- Service (IaaS)
- Amazon EC2, Amazon S3 and Netflix.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomas Erl and RicardoPuttini, Cloud Computing- Concepts,
Technology and Architecture, Pearson, 2013.
2. Ivanka Menken and Gerard Blokdijk, Cloud Computing
Virtualization Specialist Complete Certification Kit - Study
Guide Book, Lightning Source, 2009.
167
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley India Pvt Ltd,
2011.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and Andrzej Goscinski,
Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms, John Wiley and
Sons, 2011.
3. John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, Cloud
Computing Implementation, Management and Security, CRC
Press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2010.

(16BT60441) PATTERN RECOGNITION
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Importance of pattern recognition;
Baye's Decision Theory; Linear and non linear classifiers; Feature
selection based on statistical hypothesis testing; Feature
Generation; KL Transform; SVD; ICA; Clustering of features
and clustering algorithms.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Apply the knowledge of engineering fundamentals on:
• Classifying the features and patterns.
• Feature selection and generation.
• Clustering patterns of objects.
CO2. Analyze numerical and analytical problems of features
and patterns of object using pattern recognition
algorithms.
CO3. Design and develop algorithms to optimize classification
of patterns, feature selection and generation and
clustering of objects.
CO4. Interpretation and synthesis the features of objects to
validate the performances of pattern recognition
algorithms.
CO5. Apply appropriate techniques and algorithms to identify
patters of objects with an understanding of limitations.
CO6. Use pattern recognition techniques for societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION TO PATTERN RECOGNITION
(10 Periods)
Importance of pattern recognition, Features, Feature Vectors
and Classifiers, Supervised, Unsupervised and Semi Supervised
Learning, Classifiers based on Baye's Decision Theory - Baye's
169
decision theory, Discriminant Functions and decision surfaces,
Bayesian classification for Normal Distributions, Estimation of
Unknown probability density functions, The Nearest Neighbor
Rule.
UNIT - II: LINEAR CLASSIFIERS (9 Periods)
Linear Discriminant functions and Decision Hyperplanes, The
perceptron Algorithm, Least Squares Method- Mean Square Error
Estimation, Stochastic Approximation and the LMS Algorithm,
Sum of Error Squares Estimation Least Squares Method; Mean
Square Estimation Revisited- Mean Square Error Regression;
Support Vector Machine- Separable classes, Nonseparable
classes.
UNIT - III: NON LINEAR CLASSIFIERS (9 Periods)
The XOR problem, The two layer perceptron, Three layer
perceptrons, The Back propagation Algorithm, The cost function
choice, choice of the network size, A simulation example,
Networks with weight sharing, generalized linear classifiers,
polynomial classifiers, Radial basis Function Networks.
UNIT - IV: FEATURE SELECTION AND GENERATION
(9 Periods)
Feature Selection- Pre processing, The peaking phenomenon,
Feature selection based on statistical hypothesis testing, ROC
curve, class separability measures, feature subset selection;
Feature Generation - Basis Vectors and Images, The KL Transform,
The Singular Value Decomposition, Independent Component
Analysis, Non negative Matrix Factorization, Regional features,
Features for shape and size characterization.
UNIT-V: CLUSTERING (8 Periods)
Introduction, Types of Features, Definitions of Clustering,
Proximity Measures-Proximity Measures between Two Points,
Proximity Functions between a Point and a Set, Proximity
Functions between Two Sets; Categories of Clustering
Algorithms, Sequential Clustering Algorithms, A Modification of
BSAS, A Two-Threshold Sequential Scheme Refinement Stages
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Sergios Theodoridis, Konstantinos Koutroumbas, Pattern
Recognition, Academic Press, Second Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Richard Duda, Peter E Hart, David G Stork, Pattern Classifi-
cation, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 2001.
2. Christopher M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning, Springer Publications 2006.

(16BT70402) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(Interdisciplinary Elective - 2)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Digital Logic Design" and

"Computer Organization".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Embedded system design approaches;
MSP430 Architecture; Instruction Set; On-Chip Resources;
Programming; Communication with peripherals; Internet of Things
related Issues.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Apply knowledge on:
• MSP430 Architecture, Pin out, Instruction set
• High level programming
• Usage of On-chip resources like ADC, DAC, Timers
• Internet of Things related issues
CO2. Analyze various designing issues regarding:
• Usage of on chip resources
• Low power modes
• Communication support
CO3. Design embedded systems using MSP430 series
microcontrollers to suit market requirements.
CO4. Solve engineering problems and arrive at solutions in
desi gni n g embedded syst ems t o su pport
interconnectivity.
CO5. Apply techniques, program skills, On-Chip resources to
design networked embedded systems with an
understanding of limitations.
CO6. Reason out and practice professional engineering to deliver
efficient and cost effective embedded based products
to society.

DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(9 Periods)
Embedded Systems - Definition, Approaches, Applications,
Anatomy of microcontroller, Memory, Software; MSP430
Introduction- Pin out, Functional Block diagram, Memory, CPU,
Memory mapped input and output, Clock generator; Exceptions-
Interrupts and Resets.
UNIT - II: ARCHITECTURE OF MSP430 (9 Periods)
CPU, Addressing Modes, Constant Generator and Emulated
Instructions, Instruction Set, Example programs, Reflections on
CPU and Instruction set, Resets, Clock System.
UNIT - III: FUNDAMENTALS FOR PROGRAMMING
(9 Periods)
Development Environment, C Programming Language, Assembly
Language, Programming and Debugging, Sample programs- Light
LEDs in C, Read input from a switch; Automatic Control-Flashing
light by delay, use of subroutines, using Timer_A; Header files
and issues, Functions, Interrupts and Low power modes.
UNIT - IV: TIMERS, MIXED SIGNAL SYSTEMS AND
COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)
Timers - Watchdog Timer, RTC, Measurement in capture mode;
Mixed-Signal Systems- Comparator_A, ADC10 Architecture and
operation, ADC12, Sigma-Delta ADC Architecture and operation,
DAC; Communication- Communication Peripherals in MSP430,
SPI, Inter-integrated Circuit Bus, Asynchronous communication
with the USCI_A.
UNIT - V: HARDWARE SOFTWARE CO-DESIGN AND INTERNET
OF THINGS (9 Periods)
CO- Design Issues: Co-design Models, Architectures,
Languages, a Generic Co-design Methodology.
IOT: Introduction, Origins, Drivers and Applications, IOT

Communication Models - Device to Device, Device to Cloud,
Device to Gateway, Back end Data Sharing Model; IPV6 and
IOTs', IOT Issues, Security Issues-challenges; Privacy
Considerations, Interoperability/Standards.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John H. Davies, MSP430 Microcontroller Basics, Newnes
Publications, 2008.
2. Karen Rose, Scott Eldridge, Lyman Chapin, The Internet of
Things: An Overview: Understanding the Issues and
Challenges of a More Connected World, Internet Society,
Oct. 2015.
3. Jorgen Staunstrup, Wayne Wolf, Hardware / Software co-
design Principles and Practice, Springer, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chris Nagy, Embedded Systems Design using the TI MSP30
Series, Newnes Publications, 2003.
174
(16BT60502) SOFT COMPUTING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Concepts on Soft Computing
Techniques; Artificial Neural Networks; Supervised Learning;
Unsupervised Learning; Fuzzy logic; Genetic Algorithms.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Artificial Neural Networks
• Supervised Learning Networks
• Unsupervised Learning Networks
• Fuzzy sets, relations and measures
• Genetic Operators
CO2. Analyze neural network architectures, Fuzzy systems
and Genetic algorithms.
CO3. Design soft computing solutions for real life computational
problems.
CO4. Use soft computing techniques to solve complex
computational problems.
CO5. Create algorithms using soft computing techniques.
to societal issues like Business Intelligence, Forecasting.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING AND
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS (8 Periods)
Soft Computing: Neural Networks, Application Scope of Neural
Networks, Hybrid Systems, Soft Computing, Applications of Soft
Computing.
175
Artificial Neural Networks: Fundamentals, Evolution, Basic
Models, Terminologies, Hebb Network.
UNIT-II: SUPERVISED LERANING NETWORKS (10 Periods)
Perceptron Networks: Theory, Perceptron Learning Rule,
Architecture, Flowchart for Training Process, Perceptron Training
Algorithm for Single and Multiple Output Classes, Perceptron
Network Testing Algorithm.
Back-Propagation Networks: Theory, Architecture, Flowchart
for Training Process, Training Algorithm, Learning Factors of Back-
Propagation Networks, Testing Algorithm for Back-Propagation
Networks.
UNIT-III: UNSUPERVISED LEARNING NETWORKS
(9 Periods)
Unsupervised Learning Networks: Fixed Weight Competitive
Nets, Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps, Learning Vector
Quantization, Counter-propagation Networks, Adaptive Response
Theory Network.
UNIT-IV: FUZZY LOGIC (10 Periods)
Classical Sets and Fuzzy Sets: Classical Sets- Operations,
Properties, Function Mapping; Fuzzy Sets- Operations,
Properties.
Classical Relations and Fuzzy Relations: Cartesian Product
of Relation, Classical Relations, Fuzzy Relations, Tolerance and
Equivalence Relations, Non-interactive Fuzzy Sets.
UNIT-V: FUZZY SYSTEMS AND GENETIC ALGORITHMS
(8 Periods)
Fuzzy Arithmetic and Fuzzy Measures: Fuzzy Arithmetic,
Extension Principle, Fuzzy Measures, Measures of Fuzziness.
Genetic Algorithms: Genetic Operators, Working Principle,
Fitness Function, Reproduction.
Total Periods: 45
176
TEXT BOOK:
1. S. N. Sivanandan and S. N. Deepa, Principles of Soft
Computing, Wiley India, Second Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun and Eiji Mizutani,
Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, Prentice-Hall India, 2003.
2. S. Rajasekaran and G. A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks,
Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis and
Applications, PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2011.
177
(16BT61202) AD-HOC AND WIRELESS SENSOR
NETWORKS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Ad-hoc Wireless Networks, MAC
Protocols; Routing Protocols; Transport Layer Protocols; Quality
of Service and Energy Management; Wireless Sensor Networks.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Ad-hoc and sensor networks
• MAC Protocols and Routing Protocols
• TCP over Ad-hoc wireless networks
• QoS in Ad-hoc wireless networks.
• Sensor networks.
CO2. Analyze the issues in MAC, Routing and Transport Layer
in Ad-hoc and wireless sensor networks.
CO3. Apply routing and energy management techniques in Ad-
hoc wireless networks.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills in the implementation
of secured and optimum QoS wireless networks.
CO5. Use routing algorithms in ad-hoc wireless networks.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I- AD-HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS AND MAC
PROTOCOLS (9 Periods)
Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction to ad-hoc wireless
networks, Issues in ad-hoc wireless networks, ad-hoc wireless
Internet.
MAC Protocols for Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction,
Design issues, Design goals, Classification of MAC protocols,

Contention-based protocols-MACAW (A Media Access Protocol
for Wireless LANs), Busy tone multiple access protocols,
Distributed packet reservation multiple access protocol,
Distributed priority scheduling and medium access in ad-hoc
Networks.
UNIT II - ROUTING PROTOCOLS FOR AD-HOC WIRELESS
NETWORKS (10 Periods)
Routing in Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction, Design
issues, Classification of routing protocols, Table driven routing
Protocols-DSDV; On-Demand routing protocols-DSR, AODV;
Hybrid routing protocols-ZRP; Hierarchical routing protocols-
Hierarchical state routing protocol; Power-Aware routing
protocols.
Multicast Routing in Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction,
Design issues, Operation, Classification of multicast routing
protocols, Tree-Based multicast routing Protocols-Bandwidth-
efficient multicast routing protocol, Multicast routing protocol
based on Zone routing; Mesh-Based multicast routing protocols-
On-demand multicast routing protocol.
UNIT III -TRANSPORT LAYER PROTOCOLS FOR AD-HOC
WIRELESS NETWORKS (8 Periods)
Introduction, Design issues, Design goals of a transport layer
protocol for ad-hoc wireless networks, TCP over ad-hoc wireless
networks- Traditional TCP, Feedback-based TCP; Security in
ad-hoc wireless networks, network security requirements, Issues
and challenges in security provisioning, Network security attacks,
Key management, Secure routing in Ad hoc wireless networks.
UNIT IV - QUALITY OF SERVICE AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT
IN AD-HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS (10 Periods)
Quality of Service in Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction,
Issues and challenges in providing QoS in ad-hoc wireless
networks, classification of QoS solutions.
Energy Management in Ad-hoc Wireless Networks:
Introduction, Need for energy Management in ad-hoc wireless
179
networks, Classification of energy management Schemes, Battery
management schemes, Transmission power management
schemes, System power management schemes.
UNIT V - WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS (8 Periods)
Introduction, Sensor network architecture, Data dissemination,
Data gathering, MAC protocols for sensor networks, Location
discovery, Quality of a sensor network.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B.S.Manoj, Ad-hoc Wireless
Networks - Architectures and Protocols, Pearson Education,
2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. K. Toh, Ad-hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and
Systems, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Charles E. Perkins, Ad-hoc Networking, Pearson Education,
2008.

(16BT30503) PYTHON PROGRAMMING
(Program Elective - 1)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Object Oriented Programming

through C++"
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Data types and Expressions; Control
Statements; Strings; Text Files; Lists; Dictionaries; Functions;
Objects and their use; Exception Handling; Design with Classes;
Graphical User Interface.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Data Types, Variables, Expressions
• Control statements, Strings and Text files.
• Lists, Dictionaries and Functions.
• Objects and Design with classes
• Exception Handling and GUI
CO2. Analyze complex computational problems.
CO3. Design solutions for real life computational problems.
CO4. Solve complex problems using python scripting
constructs.
CO5. Implement python scripts using Integrated Development
Environment.
CO6. Apply Python programming knowledge to solve problems
related to societal applications like Medical and Weather
Forecasting.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT- I: INTRODUCTION, DATA TYPES AND EXPRESSIONS
(8 Periods)
Introduction: Computer science, Computer algorithms, Computer
software, The Python programming language, First program in
Python.

Data Types and Expressions: Literals, Variables and Identifiers,
Operators, Expressions and Data types.
UNIT- II: CONTROL STRUCTURES, LISTS, DICTIONARIES AND
SETS (8 Periods)
Control Structures: Control structures, Boolean expressions,
Selection control and Iterative control.
Lists: List structures, Lists in Python, Iterations over lists,
Assigning and copying lists, List comprehensions.
Dictionaries, Tuples and Sets: Dictionary types in Python,
Implementation of Dictionary, Tuples, Set data type - the Set
data type in Python, Implementation of sets.
UNIT-III: DESIGN WITH FUNCTIONS, STRINGS AND TEXT
FILES (9 Periods)
Program routines, Functions, Recursion-Recursive functions,
Recursive problem solving, Iteration Vs Recursion, A case study
of Towers of Hanoi using recursion; Using text files, String
processing, Exception handling, A Case study on cigarette Use/
Lung cancer Correlation program.
UNIT-IV: OBJECTS AND THEIR USE, OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING (9 Periods)
Objects and Their Use: Software objects, Turtle graphics-
Creating a turtle graphics window, The default turtle, Fundamental
turtle attributes and behavior, Additional turtle attributes,
Creating multiple turtles.
Object Oriented Programming: Encapsulation, Inheritance,
and Polymorphism.
UNIT-V: GUI PROGRAMMING (11 Periods)
Tkinter Overview - tkinter pragmatics, Documentation,
Extensions, structure; tkinter coding alternatives, adding buttons
and callbacks-lambda, bound method, callable class object,
Binding events; adding multiple widgets, Reusable GUI
Components with classes, Dialogs, Entry, check buttons and
Radio buttons, Scales, Menus.
Total Periods: 45
182
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using
Python: A Computational Problem-Solving Focus, Wiley India
Edition, 2016.
2. Mark Lutz, Programming Python, O'Reilly Publications, Fourth
Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Kenneth Lambert and B.L. Juneja, Fundamentals of Python,
Cengage Learning, Third Edition, 2012.

(16BT61203) ADVANCED DATABASES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Database Management Systems"

and "Computer Networks".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Parallel Databases; Object based
Databases; Distributed Databases; Distributed Transaction
Management; Emerging Database Technologies and Applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Parallel databases.
• Object based and Object Relational databases.
• Distributed databases, horizontal and vertical data
fragmentations.
• Mobile databases, Geographic Information Systems,
Genome Data Management, Multimedia Database and
NoSQL.
CO2. Demonstrate skills in Query optimization, Data
Fragmentation, Transaction Management and Con-
currency Control for Distributed Transactions.
CO3. Design Parallel, Object-Oriented, Object-Relational and
NoSQL databases.
CO4. Solve Concurrency Problems in Distributed Transactions.
CO5. Use database techniques for Mobile, Geographic
Information Systems, Genome Data Management, and
Multimedia Data.
CO6. Create databases as per societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: PARALLEL DATABASES (9 Periods)
Introduction, I/O Parallelism, Inter query parallelism, Intra query
parallelism, Intra operation parallelism, Interoperation parallelism,
184
Query optimization, Design of parallel systems, Parallelism on
multi-core processors.
UNIT-II: OBJECT-BASED DATABASES (9 Periods)
Overview, Complex data types, Structured types and inheritance
in SQL, Table inheritance, Array and multi set types in SQL,
Object-identity and reference types in SQL, Implementing O-R
features, Persistent programming languages, Object-Relational
mapping, Object-Oriented versus Object-Relational.
UNIT-III: DISTRIBUTED DATABASES (9 Periods)
Features of distributed versus centralized databases, Reference
architecture for distributed databases, Types of data
fragmentation, Integrity constraints in distributed databases,
Distributed database design.
UNIT-IV: DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT AND

CONCURRENCY CONTROL (9 Periods)
Distributed Transaction Management: Framework for transaction
management, Supporting atomicity of distributed transactions,
Concurrency control for distributed transactions, Architectural
aspects of distributed transactions; Concurrency Control:
Foundation of distributed concurrency control, Distributed
deadlocks, Concurrency control Based on timestamps.
UNIT-V: EMERGING DATABASE TECHNOLOGIES AND

APPLICATION (9 Periods)
Mobile database, Geographic information systems, Genome data
management, Multimedia database; NoSQL-An overview of
NoSQL, Characteristics of NoSQL, NoSQL storage types.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. Silberschatz, H. F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, Database
System Concepts, Tata McGraw hill, Sixth Edition, 2010.
2. Stefand Ceri and Giuseppe Pelagatti, Distributed Databases
Principles and Systems, McGraw hill, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ramea Elmasri and Shamkant B.Navathe, Fundamentals of
Database Systems, Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2007.
2. Gaurav Vaish, Getting Started with NoSQL, Packt Publishing,
2013 (e-book).

(16BT61204) SEMANTIC WEB
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Semantic web fundamentals; Semantic
web technology; Ontology web language; Swoogle; Semantic
web services.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
• Semantic web search
• RDF and SWOOGLE
• Semantic web services
• RDFS and OWL
CO2. Analyze layers of web architecture for describing web
content.
CO3. Design semantic web search engine for capturing
information on the current web.
CO4. Select RDF and SWOOGLE for search engine usage.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO SEMANTIC WEB (9 Periods)
The world of the semantic web: WWW, Internet usage, Meta
data, Search engine for traditional web and semantic web.
UNIT-II: SEMANTIC WEB TECHNOLOGY (9 Periods)
Resource Description Framework (RDF), Rules of RDF,
Aggregation-Distributed information, core elements of RDFS,
Ontology and taxonomy, Inferencing based on RDF schema,
RDF tools.
UNIT-III: WEB ONTOLOGY LANGUAGE -OWL (8 Periods)
Web ontology language (OWL), Define Classes: Localize global

properties, Set operators and enumeration, Define properties;
Ontology matching and distributed information, OWL ontology
Header, Camera ontology in OWL, Three faces of OWL.
UNIT-IV: SWOOGLE (10 Periods)
Swoogle Architecture, FOAF, Semantic markup, Issues, Prototype
system, Design of semantic web search engine, Discovery and
indexation strategy, Need for Semantic Web services.
UNIT-V: SEMANTIC WEB SERVICES (9 Periods)
Semantic web services and applications, OWL-S: Upper ontology,
WSDL-S, OWL-S to UDDI mapping, Design of the search engine
and implementations.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Liyang Yu, Introduction to the Semantic Web and Semantic
web services, Chapman and Hall/CRC, Taylor and Francis
group, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Johan Hjelm, Creating the Semantic Web with RDF, Wiley,
2001
2. Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen, A Semantic Web
Primer, MIT Press, 2004.

(16BT61503) SOFTWARE PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Software Engineering".

CO URSE DESCRIPTION : Con vent i onal Soft ware
Management;Evolution of Software Economics; Improving
Software Economics; Lifecycle Phases; Artifacts of the Process;
Workflow of the Process; Checkpoints of the Process; Software
Economics; Iterative Process Planning; Project Organization and
Responsibilities; Project Control and Project Instrumentation;
Agile Overview.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on software effort estimation
techniques, Agile life cycle, project control and instru-
mentation.
CO2. Analyze the major and minor milestones, artifacts, metrics
from management and technical perspectives.
CO3. Design and develop software products using conventional
and modern principles of software project management.
CO4. Effectively implement project management through
appropriate planning of Work flows and Work Breakdown
Structures of the process.
CO5. Select appropriate techniques to evaluate progress of
software project in terms of milestones and check points.
CO6. Apply appropriate ethical principles to be followed in
management of software economics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT (9 Periods)
Software management: The Waterfall Model, Conventional
Software Management Performance. Evolution of Software
Economics: Software Economics, Pragmatic Software Cost
Estimation.
189
Improving Software Economics: Reducing Software Product
Size, Improving Software Processes, Improving Team
Effectiveness, Improving Automation, Achieving Required Quality.
UNIT - II: LIFE CYCLE PHASES (9 Periods)
Conventional and Modern Software Management: Principles
of Modern Software Engineering, Principles of Modern Software
Management, Transitioning to an Iterative Process.
Life Cycle Phases: Engineering and Production Stages,
Inception, Elaboration, Construction, Transition Phases.
UNIT - III: ARTIFACTS, ARCHITECTURES AND WORKFLOWS
(9 Periods)
Artifacts of The Process: The Artifact Sets, Management
Artifacts, Engineering Artifacts.
Model Based Software Architectures: Architecture-
Management Perspective, Technical Perspective.
Workflows of the Process: Software Process Workflows,
Iteration Workflows.
UNIT - IV: CHECKPOINTS, PROCESS PLANNING AND PROJECT
ORGANIZATION (9 Periods)
Checkpoints of a process: Major Milestones, Minor Milestones,
Periodic Status Assessments.
Iterative Process Planning: Work Breakdown Structures,
Planning Guidelines, The Cost and Schedule Estimating Process
Project Organizations and Responsibilities: Line of Business
Organizations, Project organizations, Evolution of Organizations.
UNIT - V: PROJECT CONTROL AND AGILE MANAGEMENT
(9 Periods)
Project control and process Instrumentation: The Seven
Core Metrics, Management Indicators, Quality Indicators.
Agile Management: An Agile Overview, Role of a project
manager, Benefits of Agile.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Walker Royce, Software Project Management, Pearson
Education, Third Edition, 1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michele Sliger and Stacia Broderick, The Software Project
Manager's Bridge to Agility, Addison-Wesley, 2008.
2. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project
Management, Tata McGraw- Hill Edition, 2006.

(16BT6HS01) BANKING AND INSURANCE
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Origin of Banking; Functions of Banking;

Role & Functions of RBI; Bank-Customer Relationship; Deposit
and Loan Services of Banks; Banking Procedures; Electronic
Payment Mechanisms; Business Models; Concepts of Risk and
Uncertainty; Fundamentals of Insurance; Principles of
Insurance; Essentials of Insurance Contracts; Insurance players
in India.

students will be able to:
CO1. Demonstrate Knowledge in
· Tools and concepts of Banking and Insurance.
· Basic Principles and concepts of Insurance and
Banking.
· e-fund transfers, e-payments and e-business
models.
CO2. Develop skills in providing solutions for
· Online banking and e – payments...
· Risk Management through insurance benefits the
society at large.
· Money management by leveraging on technology,
banking and insurance services.
CO3. Exhibit conceptual soundness about banking and
insurance, this would contribute to More employment
opportunities.
CO4. Provide life skills for effective utilization of Banking and
Insurance facilities.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO BANKING (9 Periods)
Origin and growth of banking, meaning and functions of banking,
importance of banking, Reserve Bank of India; functions,
monetary policy, open market operations.

UNIT-II:BANK-CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP (9 Periods)
Debtor-creditor relationship, anti-money laundering, deposit
products or services, payment and collection of cheques.
Accounts – Types of accounts, procedure for opening and
closing an account. Loans and Advances- principles of lending,
types of loans.
UNIT-III:BUSINESS MODELS AND ELECTRONIC PAYMENT

SYSTEM (9 Periods)
Features, types of e-payment system, e-cash,NEFT, RTGS,
Credit cards, Electronic purses and Debit cards.Business models-
B2B, B2C, C2C, and B2G.
UNIT-IV:INTRODUCTION TO RISK AND INSURANCE

(9 Periods)
Concept of risk, risk Vs uncertainty. Insurance definition,
Insurance as risk mitigation mechanism, elements of insurance.
UNIT-V:INSURANCE OVERVIEW (9 periods)

Principles of insurance, insurance types, LIC & GIC insurance
contract- nature, elements, functions, IRDA, Insurance Players
in India.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.V. Ranganadha Chary, R.R. Paul,Banking and Financial
system, Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi, 2ndedition.
2. P.K.Gupta,Insurance and Risk Management, Himalaya
Publishing House, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Diwan, Praq and Sunil Sharma, Electronic Commerce-A
Man ager’s Gu i de t o E -Busi ness , Van i ty Books
International, Delhi,2002.
2. Kalakota Ravi and Whinston Andrew B, Frontiers of
Electronic Commerce, Pearson Education India, New
Delhi, 1996.
3. Schneider, Grey P, Electronic Commerce, Course
Technology, Cengage Learning, 8th edition, New Delhi,
2008.
193
(16BT6HS02) BUSINESS COMMUNICATION AND
CAREER SKILLS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Nature and scope of communication;
Corporate communication; Writing business documents; Careers
and resumes; Interviews.
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge in
· Corporate Communication
· Main Stages of Writing Messages
· Career Building
CO2. Analyze the possibilities and limitations of language in
· Communication Networks
· Crisis Management/Communication
CO3. Design and develop the functional skills for professional
practice inBusiness Presentations & Speeches
CO4. Applywritten and oral communicationtechniques in
preparing and presenting various documents in technical
writing.
CO5. Function effectively as an individual and as a member
in diverse teams.
CO6. Communicate effectively with the engineering community
and society in formal and informal situations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF COMMUNICATION
(9 Periods)
Introduction: Functions of Communication – Roles of a Manager
– Communication Basics –Communication Networks – Informal
Communication – Interpersonal Communication –Communication
Barriers.
UNIT-II: CORPORATE COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)

Introduction: What is Corporate Communication? – Corporate
Citizenship and Social Responsibility – Corporate Communication
Strategy – Crisis Management/Communication – Cross-Cultural
Communication.
194
UNIT-III: WRITING BUSINESS DOCUMENTS (9 Periods)
Introduction: Importance of Written Business Communication,
Types of Business Messages – Five Main Stages of Writing
Business Messages – Business Letter Writing – Effective Business
Correspondence – Common Components of Business Letters –
Strategies for Writing the Body of a Letter.
UNIT-IV: CAREERS AND RESUMES (9 Periods)

Introduction – Career Building – Business Presentations and
Speeches – Resume Formats – Traditional, Electronic and Video
Resumes – Sending Resumes – Follow-up Letters – Online
Recruitment Process.
UNIT-V: INTERVIEWS (9 Periods)

Introduction – Fundamental Principles of Interviewing – General
Preparation for an Interview – Success in an Interview – Types
of Interviewing Questions – Important Non-verbal Aspects –
Types of Interviews – Styles of Interviewing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Meenakshi Raman and Prakash Singh, Business
Communication, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Neera Jain and Sharma Mukherji, Effective Business
Communication, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Education, Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Courtland L.Bovee et al., Business Communication
Today, Pearson, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Krizan, Effective Business Communication, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi, 2010.
4. R.K. Madhukar, Business Communication, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
195
III B.Tech. – II Semester
(16BT6HS03) COST ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Scope, Objectives and Elements ofcost

Accounting; Cost Sheet and Tender quotations; Variance
Analysis: Material variances, Labor variances; Meaning and
Scope, Liquidity, Profitability Ratios: concept of Risk and Return
on Investment.

CO1. Acquire Knowledge in
· Elements of Costing.
· Basic concepts of Financial Management.
· Risk and Return
· Significance of Cost Accountancy
· Behavioral Finance
CO2. Develop skills in
· Material, Labor, Overheads control.
· Excellence and ability to minimize the cost of the
organization
CO3. Develop effective Communication in Cost control and
Financial Management.
CO4. Providesolutions for effective investment decisions.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO COST AND COST ACCOUNTING

(9 Periods)
Cost and Cost Accounting, Scope, Objectives, Advantages and
disadvantages – Cost Accounting vs. Management Accounting
– Elements of Costing – Installation of costing system – Material
Control, Labour Control, Overhead Control.
UNIT-II: COST SHEET AND PREPARATION OF COST SHEET

(9 Periods)
Analysis of Cost – Preparation of cost sheet, estimate, tender
and quotation (Simple problems) – Importance of Costing while
pricing the products.
196
UNIT-III: STANDARD COSTING AND VARIANCE ANALYSIS
(9 Periods)
Introduction to Standard Costing & Variances – Variance
Analysis: Material variances, Labour variances (Simple Problems).
UNIT-IV: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND

RATIO ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Financial Management-Meaning and Scope, Liquidity,
Profitability, Financial Statement Analysis through ratios (Simple
Problems).
UNIT-V: INTRODUCTION TO INVESTMENT AND BEHAVIORAL

FINANCE (9 Periods)
Investment-Meaning and Definition- concept of risk and returns-
Investment Alternatives- Introduction to Behavioral Finance –
Anomalies –Key Concepts –Anchoring – Mental Anchoring-
Confirmation and Hindsight Bias-Gambler’s Fallacy-Herd Behavior-
Over Confidence-Overreaction and Availability Bias-Prospect
Theory.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang,Cost Accounting, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana, Sixth Edition, 2002.
2. I.M. Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., Tenth Edition, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Institute of Company Secretaries of India, Cost
and Management Study Material, New Delhi.
2. James C Van Horne, Financial Management and Policy,
Prentice-Hall of India/Pearson, Twelveth Edition, 2001.
197
(16BT6HS04) ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Entrepreneur

Development; Idea generation and formation of Business Plan;
Micro and Small Enterprises; Institutional Finance and Support
to Entrepreneur; Woman Entrepreneurship.

CO1. Acquire Knowledge in
· S ch emes an d i n st it u t i on s en cou ragi n g
entrepreneurship.
· Basic Principles and concepts of Accountancy.
· Significance of entrepreneurship.
CO2. Develop skills in providing solutions for
· Personal excell en ce th rough fi nancial an d
professional freedom.
· Women entrepreneurship serving as contrivance
in societal development
CO3. Develop critical thinking and evaluation ability.
CO4. Widens knowledge and build up attitude towards trouble
shooting.
CO5. Demonstrate business acumen.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP
DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)
Concept ofEntrepreneurship – Growth of Entrepreneurship in
In di a - Fact ors affect in g en trepren eu rshi p growth -
Characteristics of an Entrepreneur – Functions of Entrepreneur
– Need for an Entrepreneur – Entrepreneurial Decision Process
– Types of Entrepreneurs – Distinction between an Entrepreneur
and a manager.

UNIT-II: IDEA GENERATION AND FORMULATION OF
BUSINESS PLANS (9 Periods)
Sources of Ideas – Methods of idea generation – Steps in
Setting up of a Small Business Enterprise – Formulation of
Business Plan – Contents of Business Plan – Significance –
Common Errors in Business Plan Formulation, The role of
incubation centers for promoting Entrepreneurship, Start-up –
New Guidelines.
UNIT-III: MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISES (9 Periods)

Meaning and Definition – Micro and Macro units – Essentials –
Features – Characteristics– Scope of Micro and Small Enterprises
– Objectives of Micro Enterprises – relationship between Micro
and Macro Enterprises- Problems of Micro and Small Enterprises.
UNIT-IV: INSTITUTIONAL FINANCE (9 Periods)

Institutional Finance – Need-Scope-Services - Various
Institutions offering Institutional support: – Small Industries
Development of Bank of India (SIDBI), State Industrial
Development Corporations (SIDCs)– Small Industries
Development Organisation (SIDO) – Small Industries Service
Institutes (SISIs) – District Industries Centres (DICs) – National
Institute of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development
(NIESBUD) – Technical Consultancy Organizations (TCOS). Micro
Units Development and Refinance Agency Bank (MUDRA).
UNIT-V:WOMEN AND RURAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP

(9 Periods)
Concept of Women entrepreneur - Functions of Women
entrepreneurs - Growth of women entrepreneurship in India -
Challenges of Women entrepreneurs- Programmes supporting
women entrepreneurship – Rural Entrepreneurship – Meaning,
Need for Rural ent repreneursh i p, Probl ems of ru ral
entrepreneurship, Role of NGOs, Role of BharatiyaMahila Bank
for encouraging Women Entrepreneurs.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dr.S.S.Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand
and Company Ltd, Revised edition, 2012.
2. MadhurimaLall&ShikhaSahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel
Books India, 2ndedition 2008.
199
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Nandan, H., Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2013, New Delhi, Third Edition 2013.
2. Vasanth Desai, The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial
Development and Management, Himalaya Publishing
House, Fourth Edition, 2009.
3. BholanathDutta, Entrepreneurship Management – Text
and Cases, Excel Books, First Edition 2009.
200
III B. Tech. – II Semester
(16BT6HS05) FRENCH LANGUAGE (La Langue
Francais)
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Oral communications; Basic grammar;

advancedgrammar;basic writing; Business French (La Francais
Commercial)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
· Process of communication
· Modes of listening
· Paralinguistic features
· Skimming and Scanning
· Elements of style in writing
CO2. Analyze the possibilities and limitations of language,
understanding
· Barriers to Communication
· Barriers to Effective Listening
· Barriers to Speaking
· Formal and metaphorical language
CO3. Design and develop language skills for professional
practice.
CO4. Apply basic writing skills in writing Emails and
understanding wide range of technical terminologies.
CO5. Understand French culture and civilization.
CO6. Communicate effectively with the native French in day
to day situation.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: ORAL COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)

Introduction - Language as a Tool of Communication, French
alphabets, Phonetics and pronunciation, making contacts, giving
information, Arranging things, Expression of feelings.

UNIT-II: BASIC GRAMMAR (9 Periods)
Introduction –Articles, -Er ending Verbs, Nouns, Numbers,
Gender, Pronouns, Sentence structure – Case study.
UNIT-III: ADVANCED GRAMMAR (9 Periods)
Introduction -Adjectives, Prepositions, Introduction to tenses
– Present tense, past tense and future tense, Active and
Passive voice.
UNIT-IV: BASIC WRITING (9 Periods)
Introduction -Introduction to written communication, Pre-
writing, Creating context for writing and Data collection, fill in
forms, Write greeting cards, Invitations and Short personal
announcements, Short text to describe photos and pictures.
UNIT-V: BUSINESS FRENCH (La Francais Commercial)
(9 Periods)
Introduction - E-mail writing, Letter writing, Learning technical
vocabulary and its application.
Case study of influential French companies, Learning computer/
desktop/new age- media vocabulary, Introduction to how to
present a topic, Fixing an Appointment.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Annie Berther, Alter Ego, Hachette Publications, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. RegineMerieux, Yves Loiseau, Connexions, Goyall
Publishers, 2011.
2. DelphineRipaud, Saison, French and Euroean Inc., 2015.

(16BT6HS06) GERMAN LANGUAGE (Deutsch
alsFremdsprache)
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Oral communication;Basic grammar;

Advanced grammar; Basic writing; Berufsdeutcsch (Business
German)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
· Process of communication
· Modes of listening
· Paralinguistic features
· Skimming and Scanning
· Elements of style in writing
CO2. Analyze the possibilities and limitations of language,
understanding
· Barriers to Communication
· Barriers to Effective Listening
· Barriers to Speaking
· Formal and metaphorical language
CO3. Design and develop language skills for professional
practice.
CO4. Apply basic writing skills in writing Emails and
understanding wide range of technical terminologies.
CO5. UnderstandGerman culture and civilization.
CO6. Communicate effectively with the native German in day
to day situation.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: ORAL COMMUNICATION (9 Periods)

Introduction - Language as a Tool of Communication, German
alphabets, Phonetics and pronunciation, making contacts, giving
information, Arranging things, Expression of feelings.
203
UNIT-II: BASIC GRAMMAR (9 Periods)
Introduction –Articles, Verbs, Nouns, Numbers, Gender, Pronouns,
Sentence structure – Case study.
UNIT-III: ADVANCED GRAMMAR (9 Periods)

Introduction -Adjectives, Prepositions, Introduction to tenses
– Present tense, past tense and future tense, Active and
Passive voice, Introduction to Case- Akkusativ, Nominativ,
Dativ&Genetiv Case.
UNIT-IV: BASIC WRITING (9 Periods)

Introduction -Introduction to written communication, Pre-
writing, Creating context for writing and Data collection, fill in
forms, Write greeting cards, Invitations and Short personal
announcements, Short text to describe photos and pictures.
UNIT-V: BERUFSDEUTCSCH (BUSINESS GERMAN)

(9 Periods)
Introduction - E-mail writing, Letter writing, Learning technical
vocabulary and its application.
Case studies of influential German companies, Learning
computer/desktop/new age- media vocabulary, Introduction to
how to present a topic, Fixing an Appointment.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Heuber,Tangram Aktuelleins, HeuberVerlagPublications,
2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Anta Kursisa, Gerhard Newner,Sara vicenta, Fir fuer
Deutsch 1 und Deutsch 2,HeuberVerlag Publications,
2005.
2. Herman Funk,Studio D A1, Cornelsen GOYAL SAAB
Publication, 2011.
204
(16BT6HS07) INDIAN CONSTITUTION
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Elements, functions and functionaries

according to Indian Constitution, understanding forbetter
professional practice and good citizenry.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Gain knowledge in
· Parliamentary proceedings, laws, legislature,
administration and its philosophy Federal system and
judiciary of India.
· Socials problems and public services like central
civil services and state civil services
· Indian and international political aspects and
dynamics.
CO2. Develop etiquette and professional behavior in line with
the constitution of India for becoming a responsible
citizen.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY (8 Periods)

Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution, preamble and
its Philosophy.
UNIT-II: UNION GOVERNMENT (8 Periods)

Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President
and Council of Ministers, Composition of parliament, Constitution
Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament.
UNIT-III:FEDERAL SYSTEM (14 Periods)

Centre-State relations, Directive Principles of State Policy,
Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations, Features
of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union
and States, Powers, Functions and Position of Governors,
Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers, Composition
and powers of the State Legislature.
205
UNIT-IV:JUDICIARY AND PUBLIC SERVICES (10 Periods)
The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court, All India
Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services
and Training of Civil Services.
UNIT-V: INTERNATIONAL POLITICS (5 Periods)

Foreign Policy of India, International Institutions like UNO, WTO,
SAARC and Environmentalism.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Briji Kishore Sharma, Introduction to the Constitution of
India, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mahendra Pal Singh,V. N. Shukla’s, Constitution of India,
Eastern Book Company, 2011.
2. Pandey J. N, Constitutional Law of India - Central Law
Agency, 1998.

(16BT6HS08) INDIAN ECONOMY
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction; Time Value of Money;

Elementary Economic Analysis; Value analysis, Value Engineering;
Economic Planning.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1. Acquire the knowledge in
· Micro and Macro Economics.
· Traditional and Modern methods of Capital Budgeting.
· Five year plans and NITI Aayog.
CO2. Analyze
· Capital Budgeting.
· Value Analysis and Value Engineering.
· Economic analysis
· Law of supply and demand
CO3. Understand the nuances of project management and
finance
DETAILED SYLLABUS:

Economics- Flow in an Economy, Law of Supply and Demand;
Micro and Macro Economics; Relationship between Science,
Engineering, Technology, and Economic Development;Concept
of Engineering Economics-Types of Efficiency, Definition and
Scope of Engineering Economics.
UNIT-II: TIME VALUE OF MONEY (12 Periods)

Concepts and Application; Capital Budgeting-Traditional and
Modern Methods; Simple and Compound Interest, Cash Flow
Diagram, Principle of Economic Equivalence; Evaluation of
Engineering Projects – Present Worth Method, Future Worth
Method, Annual Worth Method, Internal Rate of Return Method,
Cost-benefit Analysis in Public Projects; Depreciation Policy-
Depreciation of Capital Assets, Causes of Depreciation, Straight
Line Method and Declining Balance Method.
207
UNIT-III: ELEMENTARY ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (9 Periods)
Economic Analysis – Meaning, Significance, Simple Economic
Analysis; Material Selection for a Product, Substitution of Raw
Material; Design Selection for a Product;Material Selection-
Process Planning, Process Modification.
UNIT-IV: VALUE ENGINEERING (6 Periods)

Introduction- Value Analysis, Value Engineering,Functions, Aims;
Value Analysis vs. Value Engineering; Value Engineering
Procedure- Advantages, Application Areas.
UNIT-V: ECONOMICPLANNING (9 Periods)

Introduction- Need For Planningin India,Five year plans(1951-
2012), NITI Aayog(from 2014 onwards); Inclusive Growth-
Meaning, Significance, Need for inclusive growth in India,
Strategy for more inclusive growth, Challenges and Prospects;
Employment and Inclusive Growth in India, Role of engineers in
sustaining inclusive growth.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. PanneerselvamR ,Engineering Economics, PHI Learning
Private Limited, Delhi, Second Edition,2013.
2. Jain T.R., V. K.Ohri, O. P. Khanna. Economics for
Engineers, VK Publication, First Edition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. DuttRudar&Sundhram K. P. M., Indian Economy, S. Chand,
New Delhi, Sixty Second revised Edition, 2010.
2. Misra, S.K. & V. K. Puri., Indian Economy: Its
Devel opmen t E xperi ence, Himalaya Pu bli shi ng
House, Mumbai Thirty Second Edition, 2010.

(16BT6HS09) INDIAN HERITAGE AND CULTURE
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Basic traits of Indian Culture; Humanistic Reforms under Jainism
and Buddhism; Culture in the medieval period; Socio Religious
reforms in Indian Culture; Reform movements for harmonious
relations.

CO1. Acquaint knowledge in
· Human aspirations and values in Vedic culture.
· Cultural aspects of Buddhism and Jainism
· Unification of our country under Mourya’s and Gupta’s
administrations
· Socio Religious aspects of Indian culture
· Reform movements and harmonious relations.
CO2. Apply ethical principles and reforms as models for the
upliftment of the societal status in the present cultural
contexts
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: BASIC TRAITS OF INDIAN CULTURE (9 Periods)

Meaning and definition and various interpretations of
culture.Culture and its features.The Vedic and Upanishadic
culture and society.Human aspirations and values in these
societies.Chaturvidhapurushardhas, Chaturashrma and
Chaturvarna theory.
UNIT-II: HUMANISTIC REFORMS UNDER JAINISM AND

BUDDHISM (9 Periods)
Salient features of Jainism - contributions of Jainism to Indian
culture. Contributions of Aachaarya and Mahaapragya.Buddhism
as a h u man i st i c cu l t u re.Th e fou r n obl e t ru t h s of
Buddhism.Contributions of Buddhism to Indian culture.
209
UNIT-III: CULTURE IN THE MEDIEVAL PERIOD (9 Periods)
Unifications of India under Mouryas and Guptas and their cultural
achievements. Cultural conditions under satavahanas.
Contributions to pallavas and cholas to art and cultural
achievements of vijayanagara rulers.
UNIT-IV: SOCIO RELIGIOUS REFORMS IN INDIAN CULTURE

(9 Periods)
Western impact on India, Introduction of western education,
social and cultural awakening and social reform movements of
Rajaramohan Roy – DayanandhaSaraswathi- Anne Besant.
(theosophical society)
UNIT-V: REFORM MOVEMENTS FOR HARMONIOUS

RELATIONS (9 Periods)
Vivekananda, Eswar Chandra vidyasagar and Veeresalingam-
emancipation of women and struggle against caste. Rise of
Indian nationalism. Mahatma Gandhi- Nonviolence and
satyagraha and eradication of untouchability.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. ValluruPrabhakaraiah, Indian Heritage and Culture,
Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd. Delhi, First Edition,
2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. L. P. Sharma, History of Ancient India, Konark Publishers,
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. L. P. Sharma, History of Medieval India, Konark Publisher,
3. L. P. Sharma, History of Modern India, Konark Publishers,
4. The Cultural Heritage of India Vol-I, II, III, IV, V, The
Ramakrishna Mission Institute of Culture, Calcutta.
210
(16BT6HS10) INDIAN HISTORY
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction; Ancient India; Classical

and Medieval era; Modern India; India after independence.

CO1. Gain knowledge on evolution and history of India as a
nation
CO2. Analyze social and political situations of past and current
periods
CO3. Practice in career or at other social institutions morally
and ethically
DETAILED SYLLABUS:

Elements of Indian History; History Sources: Archaeology,
Numismatics, Epigraphy & Archival research; Methods used in
History; History & historiography; sociological concepts-
structure, system, organization, social institutions, Culture and
social stratification (caste, class, gender, power), State& Civil
Society.
UNIT-II: ANCIENT INDIA (9 Periods)

Mohenjo-Daro civilization; Harappa civilization; Mauryan Empire.
UNIT-III: CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL ERA (12 Periods)

Classic Era (200 BC - 1200 AD); Hindu - Islamic Era (1200 -
1800 AD).
UNIT-IV: MODERN INDIA (6 Periods)

Age of Colonialism (17th - 19th centuries); First war of Indian
Independence;Freedom Struggle (1857-1947).

UNIT-V:INDIA AFTER INDEPENDENCE (1947-) (10 Periods)
The Evolution of the Constitution and Main Provisions;
Consolidation of India as a Nation; Politics in the States; Indian
economy; Modernization and globalization, Secularism and
communalism, Nature of development, Processes of social
exclusion and inclusion, Changing, Nature of work and
organization.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. K. Krishna Reddy, Indian History, Tata McGraw-Hill,
Twenty First reprint,2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. G uh a, Ramach andra, I ndi a after Gan dhi , Pan
Macmillan,2007.
2. Thapar, Romila, Early India, Penguin, 2002.

(16BT6HS11) PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Self-esteem & Self-Management;

Developing Positive Attitudes; Self-Motivation & Self-
Management; Getting Along with the Supervisor; Workplace
Success.

· Self-Management
· Planning Career
CO2. Analyze the situations based on
· Attitudes
· Thinking strategies
CO3. Design and develop the functional skills for professional
practice in
CO4. Function effectively as an individual and as a member in
diverse teams.
CO5. Communicate effectively in public speaking in formal and
informal situations.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: SELF-ESTEEM AND SELF-IMPROVEMENT

(9 Periods)
Know Yourself – Accept Yourself; Self-Improvement: Plan to
Improve - Actively Working to Improve Yourself.
Case study: 1
UNIT-II: DEVELOPING POSITIVE ATTITUDES (9 Periods)

How Attitudes Develop – Attitudes are Catching – Improve
Your Attitudes.
Case study: 2
213
UNIT-III: SELF-MOTIVATION AND SELF-MANAGEMENT
(9 Periods)
Show Initiative – Be Responsible Self-Management; Efficient
Work Habits – Stress Management – Employers Want People
Who can Think – Thinking Strategies.
Case study: 3
UNIT-IV: GETTING ALONG WITH THE SUPERVISOR

(9 Periods)
Know your Supervisor – Communicating with Your Supervisor –
Special Communications With Your Supervisor – What Should
You Expect of Your Supervisor? – What Your Supervisor Expects
of You - Moving Ahead Getting Along with Your Supervisor.
Case study: 4
UNIT-V: WORKPLACE SUCCESS (9 Periods)

First Day on the Job – Keeping Your Job – Planning Your
Career – Moving ahead.
Case study: 5
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Harold R. Wallace and L. Ann Masters, Personality
Development, Cengage Learning, Delhi, Sixth Indian
Reprint 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Stephen R. Covey, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective
People, Free Press, New York, 1989.
3. K. Alex, Soft Skills, S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi,
Second Revised Edition 2011.
4. Stephen P. Robbins and Timothy A. Judge, Organizational
Behaviour, Prentice Hall, Delhi, Sixteenth Edition 2014.

(16BT6HS12) PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Philosophy and

Engineering Education; Philosophical methods and their
implications in engineering; Philosophical education in India;
Values and Engineering education; Outcome based education.

CO1. Acquire knowledge in
· Philosophy of Engineering education.
· Philosophical Methods.
· Knowledge acquiring methods.
· Engineering education and responsibilities.
CO2. Understand the impact of Outcome Based Education for
effective educational outcomes
CO3. Apply reasoning to assess societal issues with the
contextual knowledge of engineering education and
responsibilities.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I:INTRODUCTION TOPHILOSOPHY AND ENGINNERING

EDUCATION (9Periods)
Concept , Significance, and Scope of Philosophy in Engineering
– Aims of Engineering Education – relationship between
philosophy and engineering education – speculative, normative
and critical approaches of philosophy in engineering.
UNIT -II:PHIL OSO PHICA L ME T HO DS A N D T HEIR

IMPLICATIONS INENGINEERING (9Periods)
Introduction to Philosophical approaches: Idealism, Naturalism,
Pragmatism, Realism and Existentialism; Significance and Scope
in Engineering Education.
215
UNIT-III: PHILOSOPHICAL EDUCATION IN INDIA
(9 Periods)
Different branches of philosophy- meaning, Epistemology: nature
and scope; Knowledge acquiring methods;Kinds and instruments
of knowledge; Re-shapingof educational thoughts by Indian
thinkers: Rabindranath Tagore, Sri Aurobindo Gosh, Mahatma
Gandhi,Jiddu Krishnamurthy and Swamy Vivekananda.
UNIT-IV:VALUES AND ENGINEERING EDUCATION

(9 Periods)
Introduction; Engineering educationand responsibilities:
health,social, moral, ethics aesthetic;Value: crisis and strategies
forinculcation;
Case study: Engineering Solutions given by Mokshagundam
Visvesvaraya.
UNIT-V:OUTCOME-BASED EDUCATION (9 Periods)

Institutional visioning;educational objectives; programme
outcomes, curriculum,stakeholders, infrastructure and learning
resources; governance and management, quality in education.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ganta Ramesh, Philosophical Foundations of Education,
Neelkamal Publications, First Edition,2013.
2. CarlMicham,Thinking through technology(The Paths
between Engineering and Philosophy), University of
Chicago Press, First Edition,1994.
3. Louis L Bucciarelli,Engineering Philosophy,Delft University
Press,First Edition, 2003.
4. NBA/ABET Manuals.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Louis L Bucciarelli, Philosophy of Technology and
Engineering Sciences, North Holland, First Edition, 2009
(e-book).
2. S amu el Fl orman , E xi st en t i al pl easu res of
education, Martins’s Griffin S.T. publication, First Edition,
1992.

(16BT6HS13) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction; Public Policy; Good

Governance; E-Governance; Development Administration.

CO1. Acquireknowledge in
· Public Policy.
· Good Governance.
· E-governance.
· Development Administration.
CO2. Analyze the possibilities and limitations ofexisting policies
through Good Governance perspective.
CO3. Design and develop solutions in e-governance modelsto
find and provide opportunities in e-governance.
CO4. Adopt principles ofe-governance in addressing the
existing issues and challenges in e-governance sector.
CO5. Un derst and t he si gni fican ce of Admi nistrati ve
Development in finding professional engineering solutions
by probing
· Bureaucracy.
· Role of civil society.
DETAILEDSYLLABUS:

Public and Private Administration- Differences and Similarities,
Meaning, Scope; Importance of Public Administration in Modern
Era; Public Administration and its implications in the field of
Engineering.
Case Study: Unique Identification Authority of India
(UIDAI):Aadhaar Project: Challenges Ahead.
UNIT-II: PUBLIC POLICY (9 Periods)

Meaning and Scope; Policy Formulation in India; Policy making
process; Policy Implementation.
217
Engineering and Public Policy,Social, ethical, Monetary and fiscal
policies; policy implications of engineering;The engineer’s role
in Public Policy.
Case Study:NITI Aayog: Demonetization and Aftermath of
Demonetization – Cashless transactions.
UNIT-III: GOOD GOVERNANCE (9 Periods)

Significance; Objectives;Concepts;Reforms;Organization and its
basic problemsAdministrative and Governance reforms in India;
Sustainable and Inclusive growth in India;Engineering and
Sustainable Environment-Role of Engineers; Right to information
Act.
Case Study: Strategies in Good Governance: A Case Study of
Karnataka, Kerala and Orissa.
UNIT-IV: E-GOVERNANCE (9 Periods)

Meaning, Significance, Issues in E-governance; E-governance
Models, Problems an d Opport un it ies; Appl icat ion of
DataWarehousing and Data Mining in Governance; Engineers
role in re-engineering E-governance.
Case Study: e-Housing System for Bhavana Nirman
Dhanasahayam Online disbursement of housing assistance in
Kerala.
UNIT-V: DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION (9 Periods)

Introduction; Development Administration-Administrative
Development- Sustainable Development -Significance-
Objectives; Bureaucracy - Personnel administration and human
resources development; Role of civil society-Citizens and
administration;Development and Engineering: Issues Challenges
and Opportunities.
Case Study: Neeru-Chettu (Water-Tree) of Andhra Pradesh.
Case Study: TPDDL of Delhi and Odisha.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. M.P. Sharma, B.L. Sadana, HarpreetKaur,Public
A dmi n i st rat i on in Th eory an d Pract i ce,
KitabMahal, Mumbai, First Edition,2014.
2. CSR Prabhu, E., Governance – concepts and case
studies, PHI, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. SurendraMunshi, Bijupaul Abraham, Good Governance,
Democrat ic soci et i es an d G lobali zat i on, S age
publications, New Delhi, First Edition, 2004.
2. R.K.Sapru, Public Policy,Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, First Edition, 2001.

(16BT60112) BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND
REPAIR
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Durability of buildings, Failure and repair
of buildings, Material Techniques for repair, Maintenance of
buildings, Conservation and recycling.

CO1. Acquire basic knowledge on durability and serviceability,
failures, repair and rehabilitation of buildings.
CO2. Analyzefailures, repair and rehabilitation techniques.
CO3. Solve complex building maintenance problems through
proper investigations and interpretation.
CO4. Use modern tools and techniques for various repairs
and rehabilitation of structures.
CO5. Provide solutions for building maintenance and repair
problems considering health and safety.
CO6. Consider environmental sustainability in building
maintenance and repair.
CO7. Maintain ethical standards for quality in repairs and
rehabilitation of structures.
CO8. Evaluate specifications and perform cost analysis of
building components while repair and rehabilitation.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: DURABILITY AND SERVICEABILITY OF BUILDINGS

(10 Periods)
Life expectancy of different types of buildings; Effect of
environmental elements such as heat, dampness, frost and
precipitation on buildings; Effect ofchemical agents on building
materials, Effect of pollution on buildings, Effect of fire
onbuilding; Damage by biological agents like plants, trees, algae,
fungus, moss, insects, etc.; Preventive measures on various
aspects, Inspection, Assessment procedure for evaluating for
damaged structures, Causes of deterioration, Testing
techniques.

UNIT-II:FAILURE AND REPAIR OF BUILDINGS (10 Periods)
Building failure – Types, Methodology for investigation;
Diagnostictesting methodsandequipment, Repair of cracks
inconcrete and masonry, Materials for Repair,Methods of repair,
Repair and strengthening of concrete buildings, Foundationrepair
and strengthening, Underpinning, Leakage of roofs and repair
methods.
UNIT-III: TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR (8 Periods)

Rust eliminators and polymers coating for rebars during repair,
Foamed concrete, Mortar and dry pack, Vacuum concrete,
Gunite and shotcrete, Epoxy injection, Mortar repairs for cracks,
Shoring and underpinning.
UNIT-IV: MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS (9 Periods)

Reliability principles and its applications in selection of systemsfor
building, Routine maintenance of building, Maintenance cost,
Specifications formaintenance works, Dampness-Damp proof
courses, Construction details for prevention ofdampness;
Termite proofing, Fire protection, Corrosion protection.
UNIT-V: CONSERVATION AND RECYCLING (8 Periods)

Performance of construction materials and components in
service, Rehabilitation of constructed facilities, Conservation
movement, Materials and methodsfor conservation work,
Recycling of old buildings and its advantages, Examples.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dennison Campbell, Allen and Harold Roper, Concrete
Structures – Materials, Maintenance and Repair,
Longman Scientific and Technical, UK, 1991.
2. Allen, R.T. L., Edwards, S.C. and J. D. N. Shaw,TheRepair
of Concrete Structures, Blackie Academic & Professional,
UK, 1993.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Peter H. Emmons, Concrete Repair and Maintenance,
John Wiley and Sons Publications, 2002.

2. Building Constructionunder Seismic Conditions in the
Balkan Region, UNDP/UNIDO Project Rer/79/015,Volume
5, Repair and Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete,
Stone and Brick Masonry Buildings, United Nations
Industrial Development Organisation, Vienna.
3. Shetty, M. S., Concrete Technology, S. Chand and
Company.
4. Smith, P. and Julian, W., Building Services, Applied
Science Publications, London, 1976.
5. SP: 25, BIS;Causes and Prevention of Cracks in Buildings.
6. Champion, S., Failure and Repair of Concrete Structures,
John Wiley and Sons Publications, 1961.
7. Perkins, P. H., Repair, Protection and Water Proofing of
Concrete Structures, E& FN Spon, UK, 3rdEdition, 1997.
221
(16BT60113) CONTRACT LAWS AND
REGULATIONS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Construction contracts; Tenders;

Arbitration; Legal requirements; Labour regulations.

CO1. Demonstrate basic Knowledge on construction contracts,
tenders, arbitration, legalrequirements and labour
regulations.
CO2. Analyze contracts and tenders.
CO3. Address the legal issues in contracts and tenders.
CO4. Follow laws and regulations in the preparation of
contracts and tenders.
CO5. Prepare contract and tender documents as per the
standards.
CO6. Consider project schedule, cost, quality and risk in the
preparation of contracts and tenders.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I:CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (9 Periods)

Indian contracts act, Elements of contracts, Types of contracts,
Feat ures, Suitability, Design of con tract documents,
International contract document and laws, Standard contract
document, Law of torts.
UNIT-II: TENDERS (9 Periods)

Prequalification, Bidding, Accepting; Evaluation of tender from
technical, contractual and financial points of view; Two cover
system, Preparation of the documentation, Contract formation
and interpretation, Potential contractual problems, Price
variation clause, Comparison of actions and laws, Subject
matter, Violations.

UNIT-III: ARBITRATION (9 Periods)
Arbitration, Comparison of actions and laws, Agreements,
Appointment of arbitrators, Conditions of arbitration, Powers
and duties of arbitrator, Rules of evidence, Enforcement of
award, Arbitration disputes, Dispute review board.
UNIT-IV: LEGAL REQUIREMENTS (9 Periods)

Legal requirements for planning, Property law, Agency law, Tax
laws – Income tax, Sales tax, Excise and custom duties, Local
government approval, Statutory regulations, Insurance and
bonding, Laws governing purchase and sale, Use of urban and
rural land, Land revenue codes, EMD, Security deposits,
Liquidated damages.
UNIT-V:LABOUR REGULATIONS (9 Periods)

Social security, Welfare legislation; Laws relating to wages,
bonus and industrial disputes; Labour administration, Insurance
and safety regulations, Workmen’s compensation act, Maternity
benefit act, Child labour act, Other labour laws.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. SubbaRao,G.C.V., Law of Contracts I & II, S. Gogia&
Co., Eleventh Edition, 2011.
2. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts,McGraw Hill,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kishore Gajaria, GT Gajaria’s Law Relating to Building
an d E n gi n eeri n g Con t ract s i n I n di a , Lexi s
Nexis Butterworths India, Fourth Edition, 2000.
2. Patil, B. S,Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates,
University Press (India) Private Ltd., Fourth Edition, 2015.
3. Joseph T. Bockrat h , Con t ract s an d t h e Legal
Environment for Engineers and Architects, McGraw Hill
Education, Seventh Edition, 2010.
4. AkhileshwarPathak, Contract Law, Oxford University
Press, 2011.
223
(16BT60114) DISASTER MITIGATION AND
MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PREREQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Disasters; Earthquakes; Floods;

Cyclones; Droughts; Landslides; Disaster management.

CO1. Demonstrateknowledge on disasters, their vulnerability
and mitigation measures.
CO2. Analyze disasters and their vulnerability.
CO3. Design strategies for effective disaster mitigation.
CO4. Address pre and post disaster issues for better
preparedness and mitigation measures, through proper
analysis and interpretation.
CO5. Use appropriate methods in disaster mitigation and
management.
CO6. Use historical data of disasters to inform the people
over preparedness and mitigation measures.
CO7. Solve disaster related issues considering environment.
CO8. Consider economical issues in disaster management.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: DISASTERS (09 Periods)

Types of disasters - Natural disasters; Impact of disasters on
environment, infrastructure and development; Concepts of
hazards and vulnerability analysis, Hazard Assessment, Guidelines
for hazard assessment and vulnerability analysis, Basic principles
and elements of disaster mitigation.
UNIT-II: EARTHQUAKES (09 Periods)

Introduction to earthquake, Intensity scale (MSK–64), Seismic
activity in India, Seismic zones of India, Earthquakes in A.P.,
Action plan for earthquake disaster preparedness, Elements at
risk, Recovery and rehabilitation after earthquake, Earthquake
resistant design and construction of buildings; Tsunami – Onset,
Types and causes,Warning, Elements at risk, Typical effects,
Specific preparedness and mitigation strategies.

UNIT-III: FLOODS, CYCLONES AND DROUGHTS
(11 Periods)
Floods and Cyclones: Onset, Types, Warnings; Elements at
risk, Typical effects, Indian floods and cyclones, Hazard zones,
Potential for reducing hazards, Mitigation strategies and
community based mitigation.
Droughts: Onset, Types and warning; Causes, Impact, Early
warning and response mechanisms, Mitigation strategies,
Droughts in India.
UNIT-IV: LANDSLIDES (08 Periods)

Onset, Types and warning; Causes, Elements at risk, Indian
landslides, Hazards zones, Typical effects, Mitigation strategies
and community based mitigation.
UNIT-V: DISASTER MANAGEMENT (08 Periods)

Disaster management organization and methodology, Disaster
management cycle, Disaster management in India – Typical
cases; Cost–benefit analysis with respect to
various disaster management programs implemented by NGOs

and Government of India.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. V. K. Sharma, Disaster Management, Medtech Publishing,
2. Anand S. Arya, AnupKaranth, and AnkushAgarwal,
Hazards, Disasters and Your Community: A Primer for
Parliamentarians, GOI–UNDP Disaster Risk Management
Programme, Government of India, National Disaster
Management Division, Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi,
Version 1.0, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Donald Hyndman and David Hyndman, Natural Hazardsand
Disasters, Cengage Learning, Third Edition, 2011.
2. Disaster Management in India,AStatus Report, Ministry
of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, May, 2011.
3. Rajendra Kumar Bhandari, Disaster Education and
Management: A Joyride for Students, Teachers, and
Disaster Managers, Springer India, 2014.
4. R. B. Singh, Natural Hazards and Disaster Management,
Rawat Publications, 2009.
225
III B.Tech - II Semester
(16BT60115) ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
AND CONTROL
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fundamentals ofair pollution;Dispersion

of pollutants; Effects and control of air pollution; Water
pollution;Soil pollution and control; Municipal solid waste
management.

CO1. Demonstrateknowledge on air, water, soil pollution and
their control and solid waste management.
CO2. Analyze causes and effects of air, water and soilpollution
and their remedial measures.
CO3. Recommend suitable solutionsto complex environmental
pollution problems.
CO4. U se appropri at e remedi al t ech n i qu e t o sol ve
environmental pollution problems.
CO5. Understand the effects of environmental pollutionon
human health and vegetation.
CO6. E n cou rage su st ai n abl e devel opmen t t h rou gh
implementation of pollution control measures.
CO7. Maintain IS Codes for environmental quality control.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION (8 Periods)

Air Pollution:Scope, Significance, Classification, Sources – Line,
Area, Stationary, Mobile; Effects of air pollutants on man,
material and vegetation; Global effects of air pollution; Air
pollution meteorology - Lapse rate, Inversion, Plume
pattern;Dispersion of air pollutants - Dispersion models and
applications; Ambient air quality standards.
Noise Pollution: Sound pressure, Power and intensity,Impacts
of noise, permissible limits of noise pollution, measurement of
noise.
226
UNIT-II: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTIONCONTROL (10 Periods)
Self-cleansing properties of the environment,Dilution method,
Control at source, Process changes and equipment modifications,
Control of particulates–Types of equipment, Design and operation
–Settlingchambers,Centrifugal separators, Bag house filters, Wet
scru bbers, E lect rost at i c preci pi t at ors; Con t rol of
gaseouspollutants – Adsorption, Absorption, Condensation,
Combustion; Control of air pollution from automobiles, Control
of noise pollution.
UNIT-III: WATER POLLUTIONAND CONTROL (10 Periods)

Water pollution – Sources, Causes, Effects; Surface and
groundwater quality – Physical, Chemical, Biological; Drinking
water quality standards, Water purification – Processes,
Engineered systems – Aeration, Solids separation, Settling
operations, Coagulation, Softening, Filtration, Disinfection;
Wastewater – Sources, Causes, Effects, Treatment and disposal
– Primary, Secondary, Tertiary; Case studies.
UNIT-IV: SOIL POLLUTION AND CONTROL (8 Periods)

Soil pollutants, Sources of soil pollution, Causes, Effectsand
control of soil pollution, Diseases caused by soil pollution,
Methods to minimize soil pollution, Effective measures to control
soil pollution, Case studies.
UNIT-V: MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

(9 Periods)
Types of solid waste, Composition of solid waste, Collection
and transportation of solid waste, Methods of disposal –
Opendumping, Sanitary landfill, Composting, Incineration,
Utilization - Recovery and recycling, Energy Recovery.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peavy, H. S, Rowe, D. R., and Tchobanoglous, G.,
Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Inc., 1985.
2. C.S.Rao, Environmental Pollution Control Engineering,
New Age International Pvt. Ltd., Second Edition, 2007.
3. Ibrahim A. Mirsa, Soil Pollution: Origin, Monitoring &
Remediation, Springer, UK, Second Edition, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M.N. Rao and H.V.N. Rao, Air Pollution, Tata McGraw–Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., Ninteenth Edition, 2010.
2. Daniel Vallero, Fundamentals of Air Pollution, Academic
Press (Elsevier), Fifth Edition, 2014.
3. S.M.Khopkar,Environmental Pollution Monitoring and
Control, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., Second Edition,
2007.
4. V. M. Domkundwar, Environmental Engineering,
DhanpatRai & Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.

(16BT60116) PLANNING FOR SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
CO URSE DE SCRIPTION: S ustain abl e devel opment ;

Environmental impact;Sustainable Policies; Governance; Theories
and strategies; Media and education for sustainability.

CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on sustainable development,
environmental impact, sustainable policies, governance,
systems and strategies, media and education for
sustainability.
CO2. Analyze theories, environmental impact, policies,
systems and strategies for sustainable development.
CO3. Develop suitable methods and systems for sustainable
development.
CO4. Use appropriate techniquesin solving issues related to
sustainable development.
CO5. Provide solut ions to problems associated with
sustainable development considering society.
CO6. Consider environment while planning sustainable
development.
CO7. Communicate effectively on sustainable development
issues through media and education.
CO8. Consider economical issues while planning for sustainable
development.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)

Definition and concepts of sustainable development,
Capitalization of sustainability - National and global
context;Millennium development goals, Emergence and evolution
of sustainability and sustainable development, Theories of
sustainability, Case studies.

UNIT-II: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT (9 Periods)
Climate change – Science, Knowledge and sustainability;
Unforeseen environmental impacts on development, Challenges
of sustainable development, Centrality of resources in sustainable
development, Case studies.
UNIT-III: SUSTAINABLE POLICIES AND GOVERNANCE

(9 Periods)
Governance - Democracy and Eco–welfare; Global civil society
and world civil politics, Civic environmentalism, Policy responses
to sustainable development, Economics of sustainability, Social
responsibility in sustainability, National action, ISO 14001:
Environmental management system.
UNIT-IV: SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS AND STRATAGIES

(9 Periods)
Need for system innovation, Transition and co–evolution,
Theories and methods for sustainable development, Strategies
for eco–innovation, Ecological foot print analysis, Socio
ecological indicators – Eco labels; Policy programmes for system
innovation, Case studies.
UNIT-V: MEDIA AND EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABILITY

(9 Periods)
Role of emerging media, Remarkable design and communication
art, Activism and the public interest, Education for sustainability,
Participation in decision making, Critical thinking and reflection,
Case studies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John Blewitt, Understanding Sustainable Development,
Earth Scan Publications Ltd., 2ndEdition, 2008.
2. Jennifer A. Elliot, An Introduction to Sustainable
Development, Earth Scan Publications Ltd., 4thEdition,
2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Peter Rogers, Kazi F Jalal and John A Boyd, An
Introduction to Sustainable Development, Earth Scan
Publications Ltd., 2006.
2. Simon Dresner, The Principles of Sustainability, Earth
Scan Publications Ltd., Second Edition, 2008.
3. Peter Bartelmus, Environment Growth and Development:
The Concepts and Strategies of Sustainability, Routledge,
4. Gabriel Moser, Enric Pol, Yvonne Bernard, MiriliaBonnes,
Jose Antonio Corraliza and Maria Vittoria Giuliani, People
Places and Sustainability, Hogrefe& Huber Publishers,

(16BT60117) PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Engineering ethics; Professional ideals

and virt ues; Engin eerin g as social experimentati on;
Responsibilities and rights; Global issues.

CO1. Demonstrate the principles of ethics, importance of
professional values and social responsibility.
CO2. Analyze the problems in the implementation of moral
autonomy and use ethical theories in resolving moral
dilemmas.
CO3. Develop suitable strategies to resolve problems arise in
practicing professional ethics.
CO4. Provide solutions to complex problems associated with
professional ethics by proper analysis and interpretation.
CO5. Use appropriate theories in resolving issues pertain to
professional ethics.
CO6. Understand the impact of professional ethics on society
and address the limitations of codes of ethics.
CO7. Practice engineering with professionalism, accountability
and ethics.
CO8. Function as a member, consultant, manager, advisor and
leader in multi-disciplinary teams.
CO9. Write reports without bias and give instructions to follow
ethics.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: ENGINEERING ETHICS (9 Periods)

Scope and aim of engineering ethics, Senses of engineering
ethics, Variety of moral issues, Types of inquiry, Moral dilemmas,
Moral autonomy-Kohlberg’s theory, Gilligan’s theory, Consensus
and controversy.

UNIT-II:PROFESSIONAL IDEALS AND VIRTUES (8 Periods)
Theories about virtues, Professions, Professionalism,
Characteristics, Expectations, Professional responsibility,
Integrity, Self-respect, Sense of responsibility, Self-interest,
Customs and religion, Self-interest and ethical egoism, Customs
and ethical relativism, Religion and divine command ethics, Use
of ethical theories, Resolving moral dilemmas and moral
leadership.
UNIT-III:ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION

(10 Periods)
Engineering as experimentation, Similarities to standard
experiments, Learning from the past and knowledge gained,
Engineers as responsible experimenters, Conscientiousness,
Moral autonomy and accountability, The challenger case, Codes
of ethics and limitations, Industrial standards, Problems with
the law of engineering.
UNIT-IV: RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS (9 Periods)

Collegiality and loyalty, Respect for authority, Collective
bargaining, Confidentiality, Conflict of interests, Occupational
crime, Rights of engineers, Professional rights, Whistle-blowing,
The BART case, Employee rights and discrimination.
UNIT-V: GLOBAL ISSUES (9 Periods)

Multinational corporations, Professional ethics, Environmental
ethics, Computer ethics, Engineers as consultants, Witnesses,
Advisors and Leaders, Engineers as Managers, Managerial ethics
applied to Engineering Profession, moral leadership.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in
Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, Third Edition, 2007.
2. Govindarajan, M., NataGovindarajan, M., Natarajan, S.
and Senthilkumar, V. S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice
Hall of India, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S. Kannan and K. Srilakshmi, Human Values and
Professional Ethics, Taxmann Allied Services Pvt Ltd.,
2009.
2. Edmund G. Seebauer and Robert L. Barry, Fundamental
of Ethics for Scientists and Engineers, Oxford University
Press, 2001.
3. Charles F. Fledderman, Engineering Ethics, Pearson
231
(16BT60118) RURAL TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Rural technology; Non conventionalenergy; Community
development; IT in rural development.

CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on technologies for rural
development.
CO2. Analyze various technologies available which are
appropriate for rural development.
CO3. Carryout feasibility study on the public and private
partnership for rural development.
CO4. Develop and u se latest tech nologies for rural
development.
CO5. Address health and safety issues while choosing
technologies for rural development.
CO6. Educate the rural populace on the positive impacts of
bio-fertilisers and usage of agro machinery in agriculture.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I:RURAL TECHNOLOGY (9 Periods)

India - Technology and rural development, Pre and post-
independence period,Rural India Life, Indian farmer, Role of
science and technology in rural development, Rural technology
and poverty eradication, Rural business hubs, Technology in
improving rural infrastructure,Various organizations related to
innovation, Issues of technology transfer - CAPART, NABARD,
CSIR, NIF.
UNIT-II: NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY (9 Periods)

Definition of energy, Types of alternative sources of energy,
Sources of non-conventional energy – Solar energy: Solar
cooker,Solar heater; Biogas, Recycling and management,Wastes
conservation, Assessment and production of biomass products
and their utilization.
232
UNIT-III: TECHNOLOGIES FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT
(9 Periods)
Food an d agro based t ech n ologi es, Tissu e cu l t ure,
Nursery,Building and construction technologies, Cultivation and
processing of economic plants, Cottage and social industries.
UNIT-IV: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)

Water conservation, Rain water Harvesting, Drinking water,
Environment and Sanitation, Bio fertilizers, Medical and aromatic
plants, Employment generating technologies–Apiculture,
Pisciculture and Aquaculture.
UNIT-V:IT IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT (9 Periods)

Role of information technology (IT) in rural areas, Impact of IT
in rural development, Need and necessity of technology,
Corporate social responsibilities, Private sector participation
(Activities in different spheres: Employment, Education, Health,
Agriculture and service sectors) and SaansadAdarsh Gram
Yojana (SAGY), Village adoptionschemes.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1 . M.S.V irdi , S ustain abl e Ru ral Techn ologi es , Daya
Publishing House, 2009.
2. S.V. Prabhathand, P. Ch. Sita Devi, Technology and
Rural India, Serials Publications, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 . R. Ch akravart h y and P.R.S . Murth y, I nformat ion
Techn ology an d Rural Development, Pacific Book
International, 2012.
2. Shivakanth Singh, Rural Development Policies and
Programmes, Northern Book Centre, 2002.
3. L.M.Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management,
S. Chand & Sons, Eighth edition, 2014.
4. Venkata Reddy, K., Agriculture and Rural Development -
Gandhian Perspective, Himalaya Publishing House, 2001.
233
(16BT60308) GLOBAL STRATEGY AND
TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to strategic management;

Strategic management process; Principles of good strategy;
Globalization strategies; Research and Development strategies;
Technology Management and Transfer; Elements of Transfer
Process; Corporate Governance in the Indian scenario.

CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on Strategic management,
Research & development strategies, Technology
management and transfer, Globalization and Corporate
governance.
CO2. Identify and analyze crucial problems in strategic
man agemen t t o i mprove performan ce of t h e
organizations.
CO3. Develop the products and production process by using
research and development strategies.
CO4. Conduct investigations on the impact of globalization in
current scenario in the context of corporate governance.
CO5. Appraise the resources and capabilities of the firm in
terms of their ability to confer sustainable development.
CO6. Apply ethics in strategic decision making.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (9 Periods)

Introduction, Classes of decisions, Levels of strategy, Core
competence, Strategic intent and stretch, Approaches to
strategy making, Roles of different strategists, Strategic
management- Process, Benefits, Limitations; Ethics in strategic
decision making, Principles of good strategy, Strategic
Management in India.
234
UNIT-II: RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES
(9 Periods)
Concept, Evolution of R&D Management, R&D as a business,
R&D as competitive advantage, Elements of R & D strategies,
Integration of R & D, Selection and implementation of R & D
strategies, R & D trends.
UNIT-III: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND TRANSFER

(9 Periods)
Technology Management: Introduction, Technology -
Definition, Components, Classification Features; Technology
Management- Concept, Nature; Drivers of Management of
Technology-Significance, Scope, Responding to technology
challenges.
Technology Transfer: Introduction, Definition, Classification,
Significance, Elements of process, Types of Technology Transfer,
Package, Modes of Transfer, Routes, Channels and Effectiveness
of Technology Transfer.
UNIT-IV: GLOBALISATION (9 Periods)

Definition, Stages, Essential conditions for globalization,
Globalization strategies, Competitive advantage of Nations,
Factors affecting Globalization, Globalization of Indian business.
UNIT-V: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE: THE INDIAN SCENARIO

(9 Periods)
Emergence of corporate governance in India- Landmarks,
Models, Codes and status in India, Role and Responsibilities of
Regulators, The Board of Directors; Corporate Governance-
Specific issues in India, Family owned Business, Corporate
Governance and the Indian ethos.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Francis Cherunilam, Strategic Management, Himalaya
Publishing House, Third Edition, 2002.
2. C.S.G.Krishnamacharyulu and Lalitha Ramakrishnan,
Management of Technology, Himalaya Publishing House,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. White and Bruton, The Management of Technology and
Innovation: A Strategic Approach, Cengage Learning,
First Edition, 2007.
2. S.K.Man dak, Ethics i n Business and Corporate
Governance, TMH, Second Edition, 2012.
235
(16BT60309) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RIGHTS AND MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Protection of ideas; innovation and

artistic endeavors; Acts and procedure related to patents,
trademarks, copy right, design registration, trade secrets and
cyber laws; Infringement; Commercialization of intellectual
property rights; Case studies in each.

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on intellectual property rights,
patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and
commercialization of intellectual property.
CO2. Analyse the commercial significance of discoveries and
developments and to assist in bringing these into public
use.
CO3. Investigate and ensure smooth transition from concept
to final product by following National & International
Laws of Intellectual Property.
CO4. Utilize the various policies and procedures related to
patents, trademarks and copyrights relating to IPR.
CO5. Safeguard, review and manage the intellectual property
so that it may receive adequate and appropriate legal
protection against unauthorized use.
CO6. Follow ethical standards in capacity building and work
as a platform for development, promotion, protection,
compliance, and enforcement of intellectual property
and knowledge.
CO7. Prepare documents and fill applications needed for filing
a patent, design, copyright and trade mark.
236
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: OVERVIEW OF INTELLECTUALPROPERTY RIGHTS

(9 Periods)
Introduction, Intellectual Property vs. Conventional Property,
and importance of intellectual property rights (IPRs), types of
intellectual property, International Treaties for protection of
IPR-Paris Convention, World Intellectual Property Organization
(WIPO), World Trade Organization (WTO), Trade Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIP) Agreement,
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade(GATT).
UNIT-II: TRADEMARKS (9 Periods)

Introduction, Functions and kinds of trademarks, Trade Mark
Registration Process, Post registration procedures, Trade Mark
maintenance, Transfer of rights, Inter parties Proceedings,
Infringement and Dilution of Ownership of Trade Mark, Trade
Mark claims, International Trade Mark Law.
UNIT-III: PATENTS (9 Periods)

Introduction, Rights under Patent Law, Patent Application
Process, Terms and Maintenance of Patents Requirements,
Patent Ownership and Transfer, Licensing of Patent Rights, Sole
and Joint Inventors, Disputes over Inventorship, Patent
Infringement, International Patent Law, Patent Cooperation
Treaty (PCT), Patent Law Treaty (PLT), Substantive Patent
Law Treaty (SPLT).
UNIT-IV: COPY RIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, CYBER LAWS

(9 Periods)
Copy Rights: Introduction, nature and scope, subject matter,
Rights afforded by copyright law, Copyrights ownership, transfers
and duration, Copyright registration process.
Trade Secrets: Introduction, Determination of Trade Secret
Status, Employer-Employee Relationships, Protection of
submissions.
Cyber laws: E-commerce and cyber laws, cybercrime and
legislation- need, objective and scope; IT Act 2000, Information
Technology and Information Security.
UNIT-V: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (9 Periods)
Industrial Design: Introduction, Indian Law related to
registration of Industrial Designs, Essential requirements for
registration of a design in India, International Agreements –
Hague System; Conflicts related to registration of design.
237
Commercialization of Intellectual Property Rights:
Competition and Confidentiality Issues, Antitrust Laws,
Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights, Technology, Transfer
Agreements, Intellectual Property Issues in the Sale of Business,
Legal Auditing of Intellectual Property, Due Diligence of
Intellectual Property Rights in a Corporate Transaction.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property: The Law of
Trademarks, Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets,
Cengage Learning, Fourth Edition, 2016.
2. KompalBansal and ParikshitBansal, Fundamentals of
Intellectual Property for Engineers, BS Publications, First
Edition, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Prabuddha Ganguli, Intellectual Property Rights-
Unleashing the Knowledge Economy, McGraw Hill
Education, Sisth reprint, 2015.
2. P. Narayanan, Intellectual Property Law, Eastern Book
Company, Third Edition, 2013.
3. R.Radha Krishnan, S. Balasubramanian, Intellectual
Property Rights: Text and Cases, Excel Books, First
Edition, 2008.

(16BT60310) MANAGING INNOVATION AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Evolution of entrepreneurship from

economic theory Managerial and entrepreneurial competencies;
Concepts of Shifting Composition of the Economy Purposeful
Innovation & Sources of Innovative Opportunity; The Innovation
Process; Innovative Strategies; Entrepreneurial Motivation;
Entrepreneurs versus inventors; Ethics and International
E nt repren eu rsh i p; St rat egi c I ssues i n I n ternati onal
Entrepreneurship; Problem solving Innovation and Diversification.

CO1. Demonstrate the principles of business innovation and
entrepreneurship for establishing industrial ventures.
CO2. Analyze business plans for potential investors and
stakeholders and effectively answer probabilistic
questions on the substance of plan.
CO3. Develop a comprehensive and well planned business
structure for a new venture.
CO4. Conduct investigation on complex problems, towards the
development of Project.
CO5. Apply modern statistical and mathematical tools to
design projects and subsequent work procedures.
CO6. Apply ethics in constructive innovation framework.
CO7. Exhibit professionalism by employing modern project
management and financial tools.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION (7 Periods)

Introduction, Levels of innovation, Purposeful innovation and
the sources of innovative opportunity, The innovation process,
Innovative strategies, Strategies that aim at introducing and
innovation, Dynamics of ideation and creativity – Inbound,
Outbound; Context and process of new product development,
Theories of outsourcing.
239
UNIT-II: PARADIGMS OF INNOVATION (11Periods)
Systems approach to innovation, Innovation in the context of
developed economies and Emerging economies, Examining
reverse innovation and its application, Performance gap,
Infrastructure gap, Sustainability gap, Regulatory gap,
Preference gap, organizational factors effecting innovation at
firm level.
UNIT-III: SOURCES OF FINANCE AND VENTURE CAPITAL

(7 Periods)
Importance of finance, Comparison of venture capital with
conventional development capital, Strategies of venture funding,
Investment phases, Investment process, Advantages and
disadvantages of venture capital, Venture capital developments
in India.
UNIT-IV: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INNOVATION AND

ENTREPRENEURSHIP (11 Periods)
Introduction to Entrepreneurship, Evolution of entrepreneurship
from economic theory, Managerial and entrepreneurial
competencies, Entrepreneurial growth and development,
Concepts, Ethics and Nature of International Entrepreneurship,
Intellectual property – forms of IP, Patents, Trademarks, Design
registration, Copy rights, Geographical indications, Patent
process in India.
UNIT-V: OPEN INNOVATION FRAMEWORK AND PROBLEM

SOLVING (9 Periods)
Concept of open innovation approach, Difference between open
innovations and Cloud innovation approaches, Limitations and
Opportunities of open innovation framework, Global context of
strategic alliance, Role of strategic alliance, Problem
Identification and Problem Solving, Innovation and Diversification.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vinnie Jauhari, SudhanshuBhushan, Innovation
Management, Oxford University Press, First Edition,
2014.
2. Drucker, P. F., Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Taylor
& Francis, Second Edition, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert D Hisrich, Claudine Kearney, Managing Innovation
and Entrepreneurship, Sage Publications, First Edition,
2014.
2. V.K.Narayanan, Managing Technology and Innovation for
Competitive Advantage, Pearson India, First Edition,
2002.

(16BT60311) MATERIALS SCIENCE
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PREREQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Structure and Bonding in metals;

Steels, Cast Irons and Non Ferrous alloys; Material Selection
for conductors, Insulators and semiconductors; Strengthening
mechanisms of metals; Plastics and Ceramics as Insulators; AC
and DC properties of Insulators; Semiconductors and Magnetic
materials; Composite materials in Electrical and Electronics
engineering; Material Selection and manufacturing of Optical
fibers.

CO1. Demonstrate the knowledge on concepts of fundamental
science and engineering principles relevant to materials.
CO2. Analyze the structures of various types of Ferrous, Non-
ferrous alloys influencing various engineering applications.
CO3. Conduct investigations to select suitable materials with
desired properties for engineering applications.
CO4. Use phase diagrams to interpret the data regarding
microstructure of materials.
CO5. Consider health and safety issues while providing
materials to real time applications.
CO6. Use composite materials that reduce material waste in
design and manufacturing for sustainability.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO MATERIAL SCIENCE

(07 Periods)
Structure of metals: Bonds in Solids, Crystallization of metals,
Grain and grain boundaries, Effect of grain boundaries on the
properties of metals / alloys, Determination of grain size
measurement.
Constitution of alloys: Necessity of alloying, Types of solid
solutions, Hume rothery rules, Intermediate alloy phases.

UNIT-II: CAST IRONS, STEELS AND NON-FERROUS METALS
(12 Periods)
Structure and properties of Grey cast iron, Spheroidal cast
iron, White Cast iron, Malleable Cast iron, Alloy cast irons,
Classification of steels, structure and properties of plain carbon
steels, Structure and properties of Copper and its alloys,
Aluminum and its alloys.
UNIT-III: ELECTRIC CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS

(12 Periods)
Type of materials selected for conductors, Insulators and
semiconductors, Introduction to ceramics - Bonding and
microstructure, DC properties of ceramic materials, AC properties
of ceramic materials, mechanical properties, Ceramics as
Conductors, Insulators and capacitors; Introduction to Plastics
- DC properties, AC properties, Mechanical properties.
UNIT-IV: SEMICONDUCTORS AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS

(09 Periods)
Fabrication of Semiconductors, Producing a silicon wafer-
Lithography and Deposition packaging of semiconductors
materials; Types of magnetic materials, Measuring magnetic
properties, Application of soft magnetic materials in
Electromagnets and relays, AC transformers, Generators and
motors.
UNIT-V: ADVANCED MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS

(05 Periods)
Composites - Fiber reinforced metal matrix, Ceramic matrix,
Polymer matrix, Properties and applications of composites;
Ceramics - Alumina, Zirconia, Silicon Carbide, SiAlONs, Reaction
Bonded Silicon Nitride (RBSN); Glasses- properties and
applications, manufacturing of optical fibers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kodgire V D, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest
Publishing House, Pune, Thirty First Edition, 2011.
2. Ian. P.Jones, Material Science for Electrical and
Electronic Engineers, Oxford University Press, First
Edition, 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. V. Raghavan, Physical Metallurgy: Principles and
Practices, PHI, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2006.
2. William. D. Callister, Materials Science & Engineering-An
Introduction, John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi, Sixth
Edition, 2002.

(16BT70412) GREEN TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles of green engineering; Green

communications; Green energy; Green computing; Green
construction; Green manufacturing.

CO1. Deploy conceptual knowledge in green technologies
pertaining toengineering practice.
CO2. Analyze various green technologies for engineering
practice.
CO3. Provide green solutions to engineering problems.
CO4. Apply various green techniques in the engineering
practice.
CO5. Consider health and safety issues while providing green
solutions to the society.
CO6. Understand issues related to environment sustainability.
CO7. Apply ethical standards for environmental sustainability
in the engineering practice.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: PRINCIPLES OF GREEN ENGINEERING AND GREEN

COMMUNICATIONS (9 Periods)
Principles of Green Engineering:
Introduction, Definition of green engineering, Principles of green
engineering.
Green Communications:
Introduction, Origin of Green Communications, Energy Efficiency
in Telecommunication systems, Telecommunication system model
and energy Efficiency, Energy saving concepts, Quantifying
energy efficiency in ICT, Energy efficiency metrics of green
wireless networks, Embodied energy of communication devices-
Introduction, The extended energy model, Embodied/Operating
Energy of a BS in Cellular network- A Case study; Energy efficient
standards for wireline communications.
243
UNIT-II: GREEN ENERGY (9 Periods)
Introduction, adverse impacts of carbon emission, control of
carbon emission– methods, greenhouse gas reduction – methods,
Energy sources and their availability, Green energy for sustainable
development. Green energy sources – Solar energy, Wind
energy, Fuel cells, Biofuels, Wave and Geothermal energy
(Principle of generation only).
UNIT-III: GREEN IT (9 Periods)

The importance of Green Information technologies, Strategizing
Green Initiatives, Implementation of Green IT, Information
Assurance, Communication and Social Media, Regulating Green
IT- Laws, Standards and Protocols; RoHS, REACh, WEEE,
Legislating for GHG Emissions and Energy Use of IT Equipment,
Non-regulatory Government Initiatives, Industry Associations
and Standard Bodies, Green Building Standards, Green Data
Centres, Social Movements and Greenpeace, Conclusions.
UNIT-IV: GREEN CONSTRUCTION (9 Periods)

Green Building: Definition, Typical features, Benefits, Requisites
for green building construction, Sustainability, Concept of
REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLE, RETHINK, REPLENISH AND REFUSE
(6 R’s), Sustainable construction focus point – Site selection,
Planning, Water, Energy, Material, Indoor air quality, Construction
procedures.
Indian Green Building Council: Introduction to IGBC green
homes, Benefits of IGBC, IGBC green home rating system,
Introduction to USGBC, LEED rating system, Procedure to get
IGBC certification, GRIHA Rating.
UNIT-V: GREEN MANUFACTURING (9 Periods)

Introduction, background, definition, motivation and barriers
to green manufacturing, Impact of manufacturing in
environmental ecology, Need for green manufacturing,
Advantages and Limitations, green manufacturing strategies,
Green manufacturing and sustainability, Sustainability tools;
Waste stream mapping and application, Green manufacturing
through clean energy supply, green lean manufacturing, green
packaging and supply chain.
Total Periods: 45
244
TEXT BOOKS:
1. KonstantinosSamdanis, Peter Rost, Andreas Maeder,
MichelaMeo, Christos Verikoukis, Green Communications:
Principles, Concepts and Practice,John Wiley & Sons,
2015.
2. Soli J. Arceivala, Green Technologies for a better future,
McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2014.
3. San Murugesan, G.R. Gangadharan, Harnessing Green
IT – Principles and Practices, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
2008.
4. Tom Woolley, Sam Kimmins, Paul Harrison and Rob
Harrison, Green Building Handbook, Volume 1, E & FN
Spon, an imprint of Thomson Science & Professional.
5. IGBC Green Homes Rating System Version 1.0 – A bridged
reference guide.
6. J Paulo Davim, Green Manufacturing: Processes and
Systems, Springer, 2012.
7. David A Dornfeld, Green Manufacturing: Fundamentals
and Applications, Springer, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Athanasios V Alavanidis, ThomaisVlachogianni, Green
Chemistry and Green Engineering, SynchronaThemata,
2012.
2. G.D. Rai, Non-conventional Energy Sources, Khanna
Publishers, Delhi, Fifth Edition,2011.
3. Marty Poniatowski, Foundation of Green Information
Technology, Prentice Hall, 2009.
4. R. K. Gautham, Green Homes, BS publications, 2009.
245
(16BT70413) INTRODUCTION TO
NANOSCIENCE AND NANOTECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the concept

ofn an o;Descri pt i on of n an omat eri al ;Nan ost ru ct u re
characterization tools;Classification of nanomaterials;Fabrication
of nanomaterial;Different applications of nanostructures and
nanomaterials.

· Nanoscale technology.
· Difference between micro and nanotechnology
· Classification of Nanostructure and Nanomaterial
· Fabri cat i on of variou s n an omat eri al s an d
nanostructures.
CO2. Analyze numerical and analytical problems in
· Nanomaterial size by using Scanning Electron
Microscope and X-Ray diffraction
CO3. Design and fabricate devices based on nanostructures
like
· Nano solar cell
· Nano cantilever
· Nano bio-sensor
CO4. Synthesize nano particle of different materials to solve
the problems related to fabrication of nanostructures.
CO5. S el ect appropri at e t ech n i qu e for fabri cat i on
ofnanostructures and Nano composites.
CO6. Apply ethical standards and legal issues while using
ch emi cal su bst an ces i n fabri cati on of n ew
nanostructures.
246
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY

(8 Periods)
Introduction – Scientific revolutions, Time and length scale in
structures, Definition of a nanosystem; Dimensionality and size
dependent phenomena - Surface to volume ratio Fraction of
surface atoms, Surface energy and surface stress, surface
defects, Properties at nanoscale (optical, mechanical, electronic,
and magnetic).
UNIT-II:IDENTIFICATION AND CHARACTERIZATION TOOLS

FOR NANOMATERIALS AND NANOSTRUCTURE (10 Periods)
Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscopy (FESEM),
Environmental Scanning ElectronMicroscopy (ESEM) High
Resolution, Transmission Electron Microscope (HRTEM), Scanning
Tunneling Microscope(STM), Surface enhanced Raman
spectroscopy (SERS), Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy,
Focused Ion Beam Photoelectron Spectroscopy, X-ray
Ph ot oel ect ron S pect roscopy (XPS ), A uger el ect ron
spectroscopy (AES), Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy
(RBS), X-Ray Diffraction, Intensities in X-Ray Scattering Particle
Size Effect.
UNIT-III:CLASSIFICATION OF NANOMATERIALS(10 Periods)

Classification based on dimensionality, Quantum Dots,Wells and
W i res-I I I -V Nan opart i cl es, E l ect ron i c S t ru ct u re of
Nanosemiconductor, Carbon based nanomaterials (buckyballs,
nanotubes, graphene), Metal based nano materials (nanogold,
nanosilver and metal oxides), Nanocomposites, Nanopolymers,
Nanoglasses, Nano ceramics, Biological nanomaterials, Fulrene-
discovery and early years,.
UNIT -IV: SO ME FABRICA T IO N T E CHN IQUE S O F

NANOMATERIALS AND NANOSTRUCTURES (9 Periods)
Chemical Methods:Metal Nanocrystals by Reduction,
Solvothermal Synthesis, Photochemical Synthesis,Sonochemical
Routes, Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD), Metal Oxide Chemical
Vapor Deposition (MOCVD), Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapour
Deposition Technique(PECVD), Hydrothermal Method, Sol-Gel.
PhysicalMethods:Ball Milling, Electrodeposition, Spray
Pyrolysis, Flame Pyrolysis, DC/RF Magnetron Sputtering,
Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE) Thermal Evaporation Method.
UNIT-V:APPLICATIONS (8 Periods)
Solar energy harvesting, Catalysis,Molecular electronics and
printed electronics Nanoelectronics, Polymers with aspecial
247
architecture, Liquid crystalline systems, Linear and nonlinear
optical and electro-optical properties, Applications in displays
and other devices, Nanomaterials for data storage, Photonics,
Plasmonics, Chemical and biosensors, Nanomedicine and
Nanobiotechnology, MESFET.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pradeep T., A Text book of Nan osci en ce an d
Nanotechnology, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2012.
2. Hari Singh Nalwa, Nanostructured Materials and
Nanotechnology, Academic Press, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Nabok A., Organic and Inorganic Nanostructures, Artech
House, 2005.
2. Dupas C., Houdy P., Lahmani M, Nanoscien ce:
Nanotechnologies and Nanophysics, Springer - Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, 2007.
3. S.M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Second
Edition, 2001.
248
(16BT60505) ENGINEERING SYSTEM ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Systems Process; Technologies for

Systems; System Development Life Cycle; System Analysis
and Modeling; Levels of Management; Project Management;
Systems Implementation and Importance of UML Prototyping;
Maintaining and Managing the Systems Output Process.

· Systems Process and System Design
· Systems Analysis and Modeling
· System Development Life Cycle
· Design Management and Maintenance Tools.
CO2. Analyzesystem Process and estimate the given models
by using case tools.
CO3. Design and develop a model to the organizational
systems.
CO4. Solve complex problems related to engineering systems
and produce accurate results
CO5. Apply object oriented techniques for modeling dynamic
systems.
CO6. Contribute towards societal issues and responsibilities
in designing, modeling and developing of organizational
systems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:

Systems, Types of systems, Integrating technologies for
systems, Need for system analysis and design, Role of the
systems analyst, System development life cycle, CASE tools
for analysis and design.
249
UNIT-II: ANALYSIS AND MODELING ORGANIZATIONAL
SYSTEM (9 Periods)
Organization as system, System analysis, Depicting systems
graphically, Use case modeling, Levels of management,
Organizational culture.
UNIT-III: PROJECT MANAGEMENT (10 periods)

Project initiation, Problem in organization, Determining
feasibilities, Ascertaining hardware and software needs,
Identifying, Forecasting, Comparing costs and benefits, Activity
planning and control, Managing the project.
UNIT-IV: OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN USING

UML (8 Periods)
Introduction, Object modeling, Dynamic modeling, functional
modeling, packages and other UML artifacts, the importance of
using UML for modeling.
UNIT-V: DESIGNING EFFECTIVE OUTPUT (9 Periods)

Output design objectives, Relating output content to output
method, Realizing how output bias affects users, Designing
output for display, Case studies-Designing a web site
management, Online exam management, Online portal design.
Total Periods:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kenneth E. Kendall and Julie E. Kendall,System Analysis
and Design, Pearson Education, Ninth Edition, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dennis, Wixom and Roth,Systems Analysis and Design,
John Wiley, Fifth Edition, 2012.
2. Shelly and Rosenblatt,Systems Analysis and Design,
Cengage Learning, Ninth Edition, 2012.
250
III B.Tech.- II Semester
(16BT71011) MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Overview of Micro Electro Mechanical

Systems (MEMS); scaling laws; working principles of
microsensors and microactuators; materials; microfabrication
processes; packaging of Microsystems.

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on MEMS devices, scaling laws,
microsensors and microactuators
CO2. Analyze the properties of materials and identify its
suitability for MEMS devices.
CO3. Design MEMS devices that meet desired specifications
and requirements.
CO4. Analyze and synthesize the information to provide
effective solution to engineering problems with MEMS
devices.
CO5. Use modern techniques in micro manufacturing process.
CO6. Develop efficient and cost effective MEMS based
products for society.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: OVERVIEW OF MEMS AND SCALING LAWS

(9 periods)
MEMS and Microsystems, Microsystems and microelectronics,
miniaturization, applications of MEMS in the automotive industry
and in other industries.
Scaling laws of miniaturization: Introduction to scaling,
scaling in: geometry, rigid- body dynamics, electrostatic forces,
electromagnetic forces, Electricity, Fluid mechanics, Heat
transfer.
251
UNIT-II: WORKING PRINCIPLES OF MICROSYSTEMS
(9 periods)
Microsensors,acoustic wave sensors, biomedical and biosensors,
chemical sensors, pressure sensors, thermal sensors.
Microactuation: actuation using thermal forces, shape-memory
alloys, piezoelectric crystals, electrostatic forces. MEMS with
microactuators, microgrippers, micromotors, microvalves,
micropumps.Microaccelerometers, microfludics.
UNIT-III:MATERIALS FOR MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS

(9 periods)
Substrate and wafers, silicon as a substrate material, silicon
compounds, silicon piezoresistors, gallium arsenide, quartz,
piezoelectric crystals, polymers, carbon nano tube (CNT),
development of CNTs, application of CNTs.
UNIT -IV: ME MS FA BRICA T ION PRO CESS AN D

MICROMANUFACTURING (9 periods)
Photolithography, ion implantation, diffusion, oxidation, chemical
vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, deposition by
epit axy, et chi n g, bu l k mi croman ufact uri n g, su rface
micromanufacturing, LIGA process.
UNIT-V: MEMS PACKAGING (9 periods)

Introduction to microsystem packaging, objectives and general
considerations in packaging design, three levels of microsystem
packaging, interfaces in microsystem packaging, packaging
technologies, three-dimensional packaging, selection of
packaging materials, signal mapping and transduction, Design
case: Pressure sensor packaging.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems, Design and
Manufacture, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.,
2002.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. G.K.Ananthasuresh, K.J.Vinoy,Micro and Smart Systems,
Wiley India, 2010.
2. NitaigourPremchand Mahalik, MEMS, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

(16BT61205) CYBER SECURITY AND LAWS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES:—
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Cyber Crimes and Indian IT Act; Cyber Offenses; Tools and
Methods used in Cyber Crime; Phishing ad Identity Theft; Indian
and Global Perspective on Cyber Crimes and Cyber Security;
Organizational Implications on Cyber Security; IPR Issues; Cyber
Crime and Terrorism; Cyber Crime Illustrations

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge in Cyber security, Cybercrimes
and its related laws in Indian and Global Act.
CO2. Analyze the legal perspectives and laws related to
cybercrimes in Indian context.
CO3. Apply security and privacy methods in development of
modern applications and in organizations to protect
people and to prevent cybercrimes.
CO4. Solve Cyber security issues using privacy policies.
CO5. Use antivirus tools to minimize the impact of cyber
threats.
CO6. Follow security standards for the implementation of
Cyber Security and laws.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO CYBER CRIMES AND OFFENSES

(9 Periods)
Cyber Crimes: Introduction, Definition, Origin, Cybercrime and
information security, Cyber criminals, Classifications of
cybercrimes, The legal perspectives and Indian perspective,
Cybercrime and Indian ITA 2000, Global perspective on
cybercrimes.
Cyber Offenses: Introduction, Criminals planning on attacks,
Social engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and crimes,
Botnets.

UNIT-II: TOOLS AND METHODS USED IN CYBER CRIME AND
PHISHING AND IDENTITY THEFT (9 Periods)
Introduction, Proxy servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password
cracking, Key loggers and Spywares, Virus, Worms and
Ransomware, Trojan horses and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS
and DDoS attacks.
Phishing and Identity Theft: Introduction, Phishing, Identity

Theft (ID Theft).
UNIT-III: CYBER CRIMES AND CYBER SECURITY-LEGAL

PERSPECTIVES (8 Periods)
Introduction, Cyber laws in Indian context, The Indian IT act,
Challenges to Indian law and Cybercrime scenario in India,
Consequences of not addressing the weakness in IT act, Digital
signatures and the Indian IT Act, Cyber Crime and Punishment,
Cyber law, Technology and Students in India scenario.
UNIT -IV: CYBER SECURIT Y-ORGAN IZAT IO NA L

IMPLICATIONS (10 Periods)
Introduction, Web threats for organizations – evils and perils,
Security and privacy implications from cloud computing, Social
Media Marketing-Security risks and Perils for organizations,
Social computing and associated challenges for organizations,
Protecting people’s privacy in organization, Organizational
guidelines for internet usage, Safe computing and Usage policy,
Incident handling and Best practices.
UNIT-V: CYBER CRIME AND TERRORISMAND ILLUSTRATIONS

(9 Periods)
Cyber Crime & Terrorism: Introduction, Intellectual property
in the cyber space, The ethical dimension of cybercrimes, The
psychology, Mindset and skills of hackers and cyber criminals,
Sociology of cyber criminals, Information warfare.
Cyber Crime Illustrations: Indian banks lose millions of rupees,

Justice vs. Justice, Parliament attack, The Indian case of online
gambling, Bank and credit card related frauds, Purchasing goods
and services scam, Nigerian 419 scam.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Nina Gobole and SunitBelapure, Cyber Security:
Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and
Legal Perspectives, Wiley India, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Prashant Mali, Cyber Law and Cyber Crimes, Snow White
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2013.

(16BT61505) BIO-INFORMATICS
(Open Elective)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: —
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduction to Bioinformatics; Biology and Information;
Sequence alignment and dynamic programming; Biological
Database; Homology Modeling; Structure Prediction; Molecular
Dynamics.

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on concepts of biological
databases, Genome and proteome.
CO2. Analyze biological sequences for Homology Modeling.
CO3. Apply clustering methods for Phylogenetic trees.
CO4. Solve bio sequencing problems using dynamic
programming.
CO5. Select and apply appropriate techniques and tools to
structure Prediction.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: NUCLEIC ACIDS, PROTEINS AND AMINO ACIDS

(8 periods)
Bioinformatics - Definition, Nucleic acid structure, Protein
structure, the central dogma, Physico-chemical properties of
the amino acids and their importance in protein folding,
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
UNIT-II: INFORMATION RESOURCES FOR GENES AND

PROTEIN (10 periods)
Database file formats, Nucleic acid sequence databases, Protein
sequence databases.
Sequence Alignment Algorithm
Pair wise sequence alignment – The problem, Pair wise sequence
alignment – Dynamic programming methods, The effect of
scoring parameters on the alignment, Multiple sequence
alignment.
255
UNIT-III: PREDICTION OF THE THREE-DIMENSIONAL
STRUCTURE OF A PROTEIN AND HOMOLOGY MODELING
(9 Periods)
Secondary Structure Prediction, Basic Principles, The Steps of
Comparative Modeling, Accuracy of Homology Models, Manual
versus Automatic Models, SNPs, Motifs.
UNIT-IV: PHYLOGENETIC METHODS (10 periods)

Phylogenetic trees, choosing sequences, Distance matrices and
clustering methods, Calculation of distances in the neighbor-
joining method, Bootstrapping, Tree optimization criteria and
tree search methods, The maximum-likelihood criterion,
Calculating the likelihood of the data on a given tree, The
parsimony criterion.
UNIT-V: NEW FOLD MODELING (8 periods)

Estimating the Energy of a Protein Conformation, Energy
Minimization, Molecular Dynamics, The “Omics” Universe-
Transcriptomics, Proteomics, Interactomics, Structural
Genomics, Pharmacogenomics.
Total Periods:45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Paul G. Higgs and Teresa K. Attwood, Bioinformatics
and Molecular Evolution Blackwell Publishing, 2005.
2. Anna Tramontano, Introduction to Bioinformatics
Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hooman H. Rashidi and Lukas K. Buehler, Bioinformatics
Basics, Applications in Biological Science and Medicine,
CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Second Edition, 2005.
2. Rastogi S. C., NamitaMendiratta and ParagRastogi,
Bioinformatics: Methodsand Applications: Genomics,
Proteomics and Drug Discovery, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
256
III B.Tech. - II semester
(16BT61231) CLOUD COMPUTING LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Cloud Computing".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience on creating virtual

machines on Windows and Linux platforms; Development of
service based web applications and their deployment.

CO1. Demonstrate hands-on experience on Virtualization
models and Cloud Environment.
CO2. Analyze the given experiment and relate to existing cloud
architectures.
CO3. Apply API development skills in web applications for cloud
deployment.
developing dynamic web applications.
CO5. Use advanced programming languages to access cloud
services.
CO6. Bu il d su i t abl e cl ou d en viron men t for soci et al
requirements.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Create VM's with given set of configuration on Hyper-V
Ubuntu 14LTs files with 2GB RAM and 200GB Hard Disk
through Infrastructure Services (IaaS).
2. Create Virtualization on VMware Windows 7 OS with
4GB RAM and 500GB Hard Disk" through Infrastructure
as a Service (IaaS).
257
3. Develop a simple web application for student details
and operative using Salesforce.com in Cloud Platform
under Software as Service (SaaS).
4. Develop a simple web application for personal Homepage,
Attributes, Controllers, GUI, Visual Page, Forms, and
Templates under Software as Service (SaaS).
5. Develop a web application for performing calculator
operations. Deploy this application on Salesforce.com
Cloud Platform under Software as Service (SaaS).
6. Develop a web application on IBM Bluemix Cloud Platform
for executing application using Eclipse under Platform
as a Service.
7. Create virtual machine instance with given set of
configuration on Amazon web Services (AWS) under
Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).
8. Create virtual machine instance with set of configuration
on Amazon S3 (Simple Storage Service) in Amazon Web
Service (AWS) under Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).
9. Develop a web application on IBM Bluemix Cloud Platform
for implementing IoT application.
10. Develop a calculator web based application on MS-Azure
Platform i.e. Platform as a Service (PaaS).
11. Develop a student home page web based application on
MS-Azure Platform i.e. Platform as a Service (PaaS)
Cloud.
12. Develop a mobile app on Google App Engine for uploading
a resume into a website, collaborated with Drop box.
The resume should be encrypted. (PaaS)
13. Develop a service call to run on Drop box resumes for
picking the resumes of given skill set. (PaaS)
i. 6+ years of Exp in Java Development.
ii. 10 years of experience in Automation Testing.
258
iii. 15+ years of Managerial experience with technical
background.
iv. 5-7 years of on-site experience in .NET support and
programming.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd, 2011.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and Andrzej Goscinski,
Cloud computing principles and paradigms, John Wiley
and Sons, 2011.
3. Thomas Erl and RicardoPuttini, Cloud Computing-
Concepts, Technology and Architecture, Pearson, 2013.
4. John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, Cloud
Computing implementation, Management and Security,
CRC Press, Taylor and Francis group, 2010.

(16BT61232) KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Data Warehousing and Data

Mining".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience on Data

preprocessing techniques; Mining frequent patterns;
classification and clustering techniques using Weka and R Studio
tools.

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on: preprocessing techniques,
Descriptive and predictive mining tasks.
CO2. Identify suitable algorithms to mine knowledge from real-
time databases.
CO3. Classify and predict the information for forecasting
applications.
CO4. Demonstrate independent decision making skills for
business analysis applications.
CO5. Apply Weka and R tools to extract interesting patterns
from large databases.
CO6. Prepare analytical reports suitable for societal
requirements.
CO7. Work effectively as an individual and member of a team
to implement mini-project.
I. Experiments on Weka:
1. Create a dataset using ARFF and CSV formats and load
into the Weka Explorer.
2. Perform the following preprocessing filters on 'Weather'
dataset.
(i) Add (ii) Remove (iii) Discretize
(iv) Replace Missing values (v) Normalize

3. List all the categorical attributes and the real-valued
attributes separately in 'German credit' data set.
4. Generate strong Association rules by using Apriori
algorithm on 'German_credit' dataset with Min_Sup=60%
and Min_Conf=80%.
5. (i) Implement the Classification using Decision Tree
algorithm on 'Weather' dataset.
Draw the confusion matrix and report the model with
accuracy.
(ii) Implement Bayesian Classification and analyze the
results on 'iris' Dataset.
6. (i) Implement Simple Linear Regression on an 'Employee'
dataset.
(ii) Demonstrate the simple k-Means clustering algorithm
on 'iris' dataset.
7. (i) Rank the performance of j48, PART and oneR
Algorithms on 'Weather' dataset using Experimenter.
(ii) Perform an experiment using 'Knowledge Flow' in Weka
3.8.1 tool.
II. Experiments using R Studio
8. Create an EMP Dataset in R studio and perform the
following functions
(i) Display the EMP dataset with all rows and columns
(ii) Perform few manipulations and display the updated
dataset
9. Perform an exploratory data analysis using R Studio.
10. (i) Perform Association rule mining by using Apriori
Algorithm on Sales Dataset.
(ii) Train the Decision Tree on 'Weather' Dataset and
report the Decision Tree and
cross-validation results. Convert the Decision Trees into
"if-then-else rules".
11. Implement simple linear regression using R Studio.
12. Mini-project: Implement all data mining functionalities
on the following real datasets after performing data
preprocessing filters.
(i) Supermarket (ii) Weather (iii) Airlines
(iv) Breast Cancer (v) Forest fires
261
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ian. H. Witten and Eibe Frank, Data Mining: Practical
Machine Learning Tools and Techniques, Elsevier
Publication, Second Edition, 2005.
2. Joseph Adler, R in a Nutshell, O'Reily Publishers, 2010.
3. Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar and Michael Steinbach,
Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education, 2006.
4. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts
and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Second
Edition, 2006.

(16BT61233) SEMINAR
- 100 100 - - - 2
PRE-REQUISITES: All the courses of the program up to

III B. Tech. – I Semester.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Identification of topic for the seminar;

Literature survey; Performing critical study and analysis of the
topic identified; Preparation of report and presentation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Completion of the seminar work enables a successful student
to demonstrate:
CO1. Demonstrate in-depth knowledge on the seminar topic.
CO2. Analyze critically, the concepts relevant to the seminar
topic.
CO3. Understand methodology relevant to seminar topic.
CO4. Undertake investigation of issues related to seminar topic
providing valid conclusions.
CO5. Use techniques and tools to consolidate the solutions
relevant to the seminar topic.
CO6. Comprehend societal issues in the context of seminar
topic.
CO7. Understand ethical issues in the context of seminar topic.
CO8. Function effectively as individual on the chosen seminar
topic.
CO9. Develop communication skills, both in oral and written
form, for preparing and presenting seminar report.
CO10. Engage in lifelong learning to improve knowledge and
competence in the chosen area of seminar.
263
IV B.Tech. - I semester
(16BT5HS01) MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: --
CO URSE DE SCRIPTION: Con cepts of Man agement ;
Environmental Scanning; Concepts Related to Organization;
Operations Management; Work Study; Statistical Quality Control;
Inventory Management; Marketing; Human Resource
Management; Project Management; Project Crashing;
Entrepreneurship; Contemporary Management Practices.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to:
CO1: Demonstrate the concepts of operations management,
human resources management, project management and
contemporary management practices in managerial
context.
CO2: Identify and analyse management problems in the
bu sin ess organ izations reach ing su bst ant iat ed
conclusions using principles of management.
CO3: Design appropriate organization structure for meeting
the needs of the organization with consideration of the
employees of the organization.
CO4: Competently employ broad based analytical tools for
decision makin g, system design , anal ysi s and
performance.
CO5: Provide solution to organizations for sustainable
development.
CO6: Apply knowledge of engineering and management
principles to manage the projects in multidisciplinary
environments.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT- I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATION (9 Periods)
Concepts of management and Administration, Nature and
Importance of management, Evolution of management thought,
Functions of management, Contributions of F.W. Taylor and

Henry Fayol to the management, Systems approach to
management, Managerial skills, Elements of corporate planning
process, Environmental scanning, SWOT Analysis, Social
responsibilities of management.
Basic concepts related to organization, Objectives and Principles,
Types of organizations- Line Organization, Line and Staff
Organization, Functional Organization, Matrix Organization,
Network organization.
UNIT- II: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (12 Periods)

Plant location- Factors and Principles; Plant Layout- Principles
and Types; Methods of production, Work study- Basic procedure
involved in method study and work measurement; Statistical
Quality Control- Factors affecting quality, Control charts for
variables and attributes, Acceptance sampling; Materials
management- objectives, Inventory- Types of inventory,
Classical EOQ model, ABC analysis; Purchase procedure, Stores
management, Marketing- Functions, Channels of distribution.
UNIT-III: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (HRM)

(6 Periods)
Nature and scope of HRM, Functions of HRM, Role of HR Manager
in an organization, Job evaluation, Merit rating, Maslow's
hierarchy of human needs, McGregor's theory X and theory Y,
Herzberg's two-factor theory of motivation.
UNIT-IV: PROJECT MANAGEMENT (PERT/CPM) AND

ENTREPRENEURSHIP (9 Periods)
Network analysis - Critical path method (CPM), Program
evaluation and review technique (PERT); Project cost analysis
- Project crashing.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Traits,
Entrepreneur vs Manager, Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic
Development, Women as an Entrepreneur.
UNIT-V: CONTEMPORARY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

(9 Periods)
Basic concepts of Material Requirements Planning, Enterprise
resource planning (ERP), Just In Time (JIT) system, Total Quality
Management (TQM), Value Chain Analysis, Business Process
Outsourcing (BPO), Globalization, Management Challenges,
Supply Chain Management (SCM), Role of Information Technology
265
in managerial decision making, Six Sigma Concept, Maintenance
Strategies- Preventive, Periodic and Breakdown Maintenance.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2010.
2. Martand T.Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production
Management, S. Chand, Second Edition, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management, TMH, Sixth
Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, TMH,
Second Edition, New Delhi.
266
(16BT71201) BIG DATA TECHNOLOGIES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Data Warehousing and Data

Mining".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Big Data, Hadoop;
Hadoop Distributed File Systems; Hadoop I/O; MapReduce;
Hive; Pig; HBase; Zookeeper; Sqoop and Case studies.

CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Big Data characteristics,
storage, processing, querying and reporting.
CO2. Analyze large dataset issues and solve using data
analytic techniques.
CO3. Design and Develop classification and clustering models
for dataset analysis.
CO4. Use research knowledge to manage large datasets.
CO5. Apply MapReduce, Hive, Pig, Sqoop, HBase, and
Zookeeper tools for data analytics.
CO6. Use data analytics tools to solve societal problems.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA AND HADOOP
(9 Periods)
Introduction to Big Data: Evolution and definition of Big Data,
Structure of Big Data, Characteristics, Advantages, Applications
and Tools.
Hadoop: Data storage and analysis, Comparison with other
systems, History of Hadoop, Apache Hadoop and the Hadoop
ecosystem, Hadoop releases.
267
UNIT-II: HADOOP DISTRIBUTED FILE SYSTEM AND HADOOP
I/O (9 Periods)
Hadoop Distributed File system: HDFS concepts, Command-
Line Interface, Hadoop file systems, Java interface, Data flow,
Hadoop archives.
Hadoop I/O: Data integrity, Compression, Serialization, File-based
data structures.
UNIT-III: MAPREDUCE, TYPES and FORMATS AND FEATURES
(9 Periods)
MapReduce: Analyzing the data with Hadoop, Scaling out,
Hadoop streaming, Hadoop pipes.
Types and Formats: MapReduce types, Input formats, Output
formats.
Features: Counters, Sorting, Joins, Side data distribution and
MapReduce library classes.
UNIT-IV: HIVE, PIG AND HBASE (9 Periods)
Hive: Comparison with traditional databases, HiveQL, Tables,
Querying data, and User-defined functions.
Pig: Comparison with databases, Pig latin, User-defined functions,
Data processing operators.
HBase: HBasics, Concepts, Clients, HBase vs. RDBMS, Praxis.
UNIT-V: ZOOKEEPER, SQOOP AND CASE STUDIES (9 Periods)
Zookeeper: Zookeeper service, Building applications with
Zookeeper, Zookeeper in production.
Sqoop: Database imports, Working with imported data, Importing
large objects, Performing an export.
Case Studies: Mahout, Healthcare, Facebook and Twitter.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tom White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O'REILLY
Publications, Third Edition, 2012.
2. Anil Maheswari, Big Data, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bart Baesens, Analytics in a Big Data World: The Essential
Guide to Data Science and its Applications, Wiley
Publications, 2014.
2. Paul Zikopoulos, IBM, Chris Eaton and Paul Zikopoulos,
Understanding Big Data: Analytics for Enterprise Class
Hadoop and streaming Data, The McGraw-Hill Companies,
2012.
3. Chuck Lam, Hadoop in action, Manning Publications, 2011.
269
(16BT71202) MOBILE APPLICATION
DEVELOPMENT
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Java Programming" and "Web

Technologies".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Mobile platforms; Mobile User Interface
and tools; Introduction to Android; Activities; Views; Menus;
Database Storage; SMS; e-mail; Displaying Maps; Building a
Location Tracker Web S ervices Usin g HTTP; Sockets
Programming; Communication between a Service and an Activity;
Introduction to iOS.
• Mobile platforms and Mobile User Interface
• Android Activities and Intents
• Messaging, Networking, Location based Services,
Android Services
• Basics of iOS
CO2. Analyze the context of complex problems and identify
user interface design requirements.
CO3. Design and develop solutions for real world problems
with android mobile applications.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills to create applications
for mobile devices.
CO5. Apply Android studio and iOS tools to develop mobile
applications.
CO6. Create mobile applications as per societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION AND MOBILE USER INTERFACE
DESIGN (8 Periods)
Mobile web presence, Mobile applications, Marketing, App as a
mobile web app; User interface design - Effective use of screen
real estate, Mobile application users, Mobile information design,

Mobile platforms, Tools of mobile interface design.
Android versions, Features and architecture, Required tools,
Android application launching.
UNIT - II: ACTIVITIES, INTENTS AND ANDROID USER
INTERFACE (9 Periods)
Activities, Linking activities using intents, Displaying notifications,
Components of a screen, Adapting to display orientation,
Managing changes to screen orientation, Utilizing the action
bar, Listening for UI notifications.
UNIT - III: ADVANCED USER INTERFACE AND DATA
PERSISTENCE (10 Periods)
Basic views, Picker views, List view, Image view, Menus with
views, Web view, Saving and loading user preferences, Persisting
data to files, Creating and using databases.
UNIT - IV: MESSAGING, LOCATION-BASED SERVICES, AND
NETWORKING (9 Periods)
SMS messaging, Sending e-mail, Displaying maps, Getting location
data, Monitoring a location, Consuming web services using HTTP.
UNIT - V: ANDROID SERVICES AND IOS (9 Periods)
Services, Communication between a service and an activity,
Binding activities to services, Threading.
iOS tools, iOS project, Debugging iOS apps, Objective-C basics,
Hello world app, Building the derby app in iOS.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. J. F. DiMarzio, Beginning Android Programming with Android
Studio, Wiley India, Fourth Edition, 2017.
2. Jeff McWherter and Scott Gowell, Professional Mobile
Application Development, Wiley India, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Neils Smyth, Android Studio Development Essentials,
Creative Space Independent publishing platform, Seventh
Edition, 2016.
2. Paul Deital and Harvey Deital, Android How to Program,
Detial associates publishers, 2013.

(16BT71203) INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
SYSTEMS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Data Structures" and "Database

Management Systems".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Architecture of Information Retrieval
Systems; Functional Capabilities; Data Structures; Mathematical
Algorithms; Indexing; Similarity and Clustering; Human Perception
and Presentation; Text Search Techniques and Evaluation
Measures.
• Information Retrieval System Architecture
• Functional capabilities
• Indexing and data presentation methods.
• Evaluation measures of Information Retrieval
Systems.
CO2. Analyze indexing methods and clustering algorithms to
group similar data items for efficient search.
CO3. Design and develop data structures used to store and
retrieve data items.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills in the usage of
mathematical algorithms for information retrieval.
CO5. Use text search algorithms and collaborative filtering
techniques for information retrieval and visualization
methods for information presentation.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION (9 Periods)
Primary information retrieval problems, Objectives of information
retrieval system, Functional overview, Understanding the search
functions, Relationship to DBMS, Digital libraries and data
warehouses, Data structures and mathematical algorithms.

UNIT II: INGEST AND INDEXING (9 Periods)
Ingest: Introduction, Item receipt, Duplicate detection, Item
normalization, Zoning and creation of processing tokens,
Stemming, Entity processing, Categorization, Citational
metadata.
Indexing: Manual indexing process, Automatic indexing of text
and multimedia.
UNIT III: SEARCH AND CLUSTERING (12 Periods)
Search: Similarity measures and ranking, Hidden markov models,
Ranking algorithms, Relevance feedback, Selective dissemination
of information search, Weighted searches for boolean systems,
Multimedia searching.
Clustering: Introduction to clustering, Thesaurus generation,
Item clustering, Hierarchy of clusters.
UNIT IV: INFORMATION PRESENTATION (7 Periods)
Introduction, Presentation of the hits, Display of the item,
Collaborative filtering, Multimedia presentation, Human perception
and presentation.
UNIT V: SEARCH ARCHITECTURE AND EVALUATION
(8 Periods)
Search Architecture: Index search optimization, Text search
optimization, GOOGLE Scalable multiprocessor architecture.
Evaluation: Information system evaluation, Measures used in
system evaluation.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Gerald Kowalski, Information Retrieval Architecture and
Algorithms, Springer, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich
Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval,
Cambridge University Press, 2012.
2. Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribiero-Neto, Modern
Information Retrieval the Concepts and Technology behind
Search, Addison Wesley, Second Edition, 2010.

(16BT71204) MOBILE COMPUTING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Mobile Computing, GSM;
Medium Access Control, Wireless LAN; Mobile Network and
Transport Layers; Data Dissemination; Mobile Ad-Hoc Networks
(MANETs), Wireless Application Protocol (WAP).
• GSM, GPRS, 3G, 4G, Wireless LAN, MANETs.
• Protocols in Data Link, Network, Transport and
Application layer.
CO2. Analyze the issues related to database design and data
retrieval in mobile applications.
CO3. Apply routing algorithms for finding shortest path in
MANETs.
CO4. Use protocols of Wireless Technologies for security
implementation in mobile computing.
CO5. Follow standards in the usage of mobile communications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: OVERVIEW OF MOBILE COMPUTING AND GSM
(9 Periods)
Introduction: Introduction to mobile computing, Novel
applications, Limitations, and Mobile computing architecture.
GSM: Mobile services, System architecture, Radio interface,
Protocols, Localization and calling, Handover, Security, and New
data services, Introduction to 3G and 4G Communications
Standards: WCDMA, LTE, WiMAX
UNIT-II: MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL AND WIRELESS LAN
(9 Periods)
Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC -
Hidden and exposed terminals, Near and far terminals, SDMA,
FDMA, TDMA, CDMA.

Wireless LAN: IEEE 802.11 - System architecture, Protocol
architecture, Physical layer, Medium access control layer, MAC
management; Bluetooth - User scenarios, Architecture, Radio
layer, Baseband layer, Link manager protocol, L2CAP, Security.
UNIT-III: MOBILE NETWORK AND TRANSPORT LAYERS
(9 Periods)
Mobile IP: Goals, Assumptions, Entities and terminology, IP
packet delivery, Tunneling and encapsulation, Optimizations;
IPv6; Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping
TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast retransmit/ fast recovery, Transmission/
time-out freezing, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented
TCP; TCP over 2.5G/3G wireless networks.
UNIT-IV: DATABASE ISSUES AND DATA DISSEMINATION
(9 Periods)
Database Issues: Hoarding techniques, Caching invalidation
mechanisms, Client server computing with adaptation, Power-
aware and context aware computing, Database transactional
models, Query processing and recovery.
Data Dissemination: Communications asymmetry, Classification
of data delivery mechanisms, Push-based mechanisms, Pull-
based mechanisms, Hybrid mechanisms, Selective tuning
(indexing) techniques.
UNIT-V: MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS (MANETs) AND WAP
(9 Periods)
Mobile Ad Hoc Networks: Properties of a MANET, Spectrum of
MANET, Applications, routing and routing algorithms, Security in
MANETs.
Wireless Application Protocol: Architecture, Wireless datagram
protocol, Wireless transport layer security, Wireless transaction
protocol, Wireless session protocol, Wireless application
environment.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rajkamal, Mobile Computing, OXFORD University Press,

2. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gordon A. Gow and Richard K. Smith, Mobile and Wireless
Communication, Mc Graw Hill, 2006.
2. Hansmann, Merk, Nicklous and Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, Springer, Second Edition, 2003.

(16BT71505) NETWORK PROGRAMMING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: OSI model, Unix standards; Normal
startup, terminate and signal handling server process termination;
lost datagram, summary of UDP example, Lack of flow control
with UDP; Function and IPV6 support, uname function ,IPv4
Client- IPv6 Server ;FIFO's, streams and messages, RPC.
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on concepts of sockets, inter
process communication and remote login.
CO2. Identify appropriate TCP Echo server functions and
Socket options used in Network based systems.
CO3. Analyze networking protocols such as TCP and UDP for
connection establishment between client and server.
CO4. Design appropriate solutions for network applications
based on UNIX.
CO5. Apply modern tools to create cooperating processes in
network based Systems.
CO6. Relate suitable ethical principles to design and develop
applications related to Network Traffic Monitoring.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND
SOCKETS (9 Periods)
OSI model, Unix standards, TCP and UDP and TCP connection
establishment and Format, Buffer sizes and limitation, standard
internet services, Protocol usage by common internet application,
Address structures, Value Result Arguments, Byte ordering and
manipulation function and related functions.
Elementary TCP sockets: Socket, connect, bind, listen, accept,
fork and exec function, concurrent servers, Close function.
UNIT-II: TCP CLIENT SERVER AND SOCKET OPTIONS
(9 Periods)
TCP Echo server functions, Normal startup, terminate and signal
handling, Server process termination, Crashing and Rebooting

of server host, Shutdown of server host.
Socket Options:I/O Models, select function, Batch input,
shutdown function, poll function, getsockopt and setsockopt
functions, Socket states, Generic socket option, IPV6 socket
options.
UNIT-III: ELEMENTARY UDP SOCKETS (8 Periods)
Introduction, UDP Echo server functions, UDP Echo client
functions, lost datagram, summary of UDP example, Lack of
flow control with UDP, Determining outgoing interface with UDP.
UNIT IV: DOMAIN NAME SERVER AND IPv4 AND IPv6
INTEROPERABILITY (9 Periods)
DNS, gethostbyName function, gethostbyAddr Function, Resolver
option, Function and IPv6 support, uname function and other
networking Information.
IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability: Introduction, IPv4 Client- IPv6
Server, IPv6 Client-IPv4 Server, IPv6 Address-Testing Macros,
Source Code Portability.
UNIT-V: INTERPROCESS COMMUNICATION AND REMOTE

LOGIN (11 Periods)
Introduction, Pipes, popen and pclose functions, FIFO's, streams
and messages, System V IPC: IPC_Perm Structure, IPC
Permissions, Creating and Opening IPC Channels, Message
queues (msgget, msgsnd, msgrcv, msgctl Functions), Shared
Memory (shmget, shmat, shmdt, shmctlFunctions).
Remote Login: rlogin Overview, RPC.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. W.Richard Stevens, UNIX Network Programming, Vol. I,
Sockets API, PHI, Third Edition, 2010.
2. W.Richard Stevens, UNIX Network Programming IPC, Vol.
II, Pearson Education, Second Edition , 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. T Chan, UNIX SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING USING C++, PHI,
2. Graham Glass, King Ables, UNIX for programmers and Users,
Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2003.

(16BT60501) SOFTWARE TESTING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Software Testing Basics: Goals,
Defects, Terminology, Methodology, STLC in SDLC, Verification
and Validation; Software Testing Techniques: White box testing,
Black Box Testing, Regression testing; Test Management: Test
Planning, Design and Specifications; Test Automation: Tool
selection and Guidelines.
• Software Testing Life Cycle.
• Testing Techniques.
• Test Management and Metrics.
• Regression Testing
• Test Automation
CO2. Analyze testing circumstances and their resultants in
software development.
CO3. Design and develop the appropriate test cases in
accordance to the software development model.
CO4. Use problem solving skills to control and monitor the
testing process.
CO5. Apply testing tools for testing the software quality.
CO6. Apply contextual knowledge to perform testing on
software related to societal applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE TESTING (9 Periods)
Evolution of Software Testing, Software Testing-Myths and
Facts, Goals of Software Testing, Psychology for Software
Testing, Software Testing Definitions, Model for Software
Testing, Effective Software Testing vs. Exhaustive Software
Testing. Effective Testing is Hard, Software Testing as a Process.
Terminology and Methodology: Software Testing Terminology,

Software Testing Life Cycle (STLC), Software Testing
Methodology.
UNIT-II: WHITE BOX TESTING (9 Periods)
Need of White-Box Testing, Logic Coverage Criteria, Basis Path
Testing, Graph Matrices, Loop Testing, Data Flow Testing,
Mutation Testing.
UNIT-III: BLACK BOX TESTING (8 Periods)
Boundary Value Analysis (BVA), Equivalence Class Testing, State
Table-Based Testing, Decision Table-Based Testing, Cause-Effect
Graphing Based Testing, Error Guessing.
UNIT-IV: SOFTWARE TEST MANAGEMENT AND METRICS
(10 Periods)
Test Management: Test Organization, Structure of Testing
Group, Test Planning, Detailed Test Design, Test Specifications.
Software Metrics: Definition of Software Metrics, Classification
of Software Metrics, Size Metrics.
UNIT-V: REGRESSION AND AUTOMATION (9 Periods)
Regression Testing: Progressive vs. Regressive Testing,
Regression Testing Produces Quality Software, Regression
Testability, Objectives of Regression Testing, Regression Testing
Types, Defining Regression Test Problem, Regression Testing
Techniques.
Automation and Testing Tools: Need for Automation,
Categorization of Testing Tools, Selection of Testing Tools, Costs
Incurred in Testing Tools, Guidelines for Automated Testing,
Overview of Some Commercial Testing Tools.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Naresh Chauhan, Software Testing: Principles and Practices,
Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Boris Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, Dream Tech
2. Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, Software Testing Tools, Dreamtech,
2004.

(16BT71205) CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK
SECURITY
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles and Practice of Cryptography
and Network Security; Classical Systems; Symmetric Block
Ciph ers; Pu bli c-key Crypt ograph y; H ash Fu n ct i ons;
Authentication; Key Management; Key Exchange; Signature
Schemes; E-mail; Web Security; Malicious Software; Intrusion
Detection; Phishing and Identity Theft.
• Cryptographic algorithms and their mathematical models
• Message Authentication
• Digital Signatures
• Malicious Software
• Intrusion Detection
• Phishing and Identity Theft
CO2. Analyze vulnerabilities and threats on information systems
based on various security parameters.
CO3. Apply security and privacy methods to protect and
prevent cyber crimes.
CO4. Solve information privacy issues using encryption and
digital signatures.
CO5. Use firewall and PGP to protect network and e-mail
respectively.
CO6. Follow standards in implementation of network security.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: CLASSICAL ENCRYPTION TECHNIQUES
(6 Periods)
Introduction: Services, Mechanisms, and Attacks concepts,
The OSI security Architecture, Model for network security.
Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric cipher model,

Substitution techniques- Ceaser cipher, Hill cipher, Poly and mono
alphabetic cipher, Transposition techniques.
UNIT-II: BLOCK CIPHERS AND PUBLIC-KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY
(8 Periods)
Block Ciphers: Block cipher principles, The data encryption
standard (DES), The Strength of DES, Block cipher design
principles, Block cipher modes of operation.
Public-Key Cryptography: Pri nciples of publi c-Key
cryptosystems, the RSA algorithm, Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
UNIT-III: MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION CODES, HASH
FUNCTIONS, AND DIGITAL SIGNATURES (10 Periods)
Message Authentication Codes: Message authentication
requirements, Message authentication functions, Message
authentication codes.
Hash Functions: Security of hash functions and MACs, Hash
algorithms-SHA, HMAC.
Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures and The Indian IT Act,
Digital signature standard (DSS), Authentication applications-
Kerberos.
UNIT-IV: ELECTRONIC MAIL SECURITY, IP SECURITY AND
WEB SECURITY (11 Periods)
Electronic Mail Security: Pretty good privacy (PGP).
IP Security: IP security overview, Architecture, Authentication
header, Encapsulating security payload, Combining security
associations.
Web Security: Web security Considerations, Secure sockets
layer (SSL), Transport layer security (TLS), Secure electronic
transaction.
UNIT-V: MALICIOUS SOFTWARE, INTRUSION DETECTION,
PHISHING AND IDENTITY THEFT (10 Periods)
Malicious Software: Spywares, Viruses and worms, DoS and
DDoS attacks.
Intrusion Detection: Key loggers, Intrusion detection, Password
management-Password protection, Password selection; Firewall

design principles, Trusted systems.
Phishing and Identity Theft: Proxy servers, Anonymizers,
Phishing and identity theft (ID Theft).
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security
Principles and Practice, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition,
2010.
2. Nina Gobole and Sunit Belapure, Cyber Security:
Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and
Legal Perspectives, Wiley India, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan and Debdeed Mukhopadhyay,
Cryptography and Network Security, McGraw Hill Education,

(16BT71206) .NET TECHNOLOGIES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to .NET Framework and
C# Programming;Object-oriented concepts with C#, Exception
handling; Interfaces, Generics, Delegates and Events in C#;
Database access with ADO.NET; Web application development
using ASP.NET Web forms and Web controls.
• Basics of .NET platform.
• Building C# applications, designing ASP.NET
websites, perform Data access, building ASP.NET
applications.
CO2. Analyze complex problems and identify .NET components
for client-server environment.
CO3. Design and develop Graphical User Interface and Web
applications using .NET technologies.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills for developing
interactive web applications.
CO5. Use C#, ADO.NET and ASP.NET technologies for website
design.
CO6. Create websites as per societal needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO C# AND .NET PLATFORM
(9 Periods)
The Philosophy of .NET: Benefits of .NET platform, Building
blocks of .NET platform, Overview of .NET assemblies, Common
type system, Common language specification, Common language
runtime, Platform-independent nature of .NET.
Building C# Applications: Building C# applications on windows
OS, Building .NET applications Beyond windows OS, Anatomy of
a simple c# program, System. Console class, System data types
284
and corresponding C# keywords, Working with string data, C#
iteration constructs; Decision constructs and Relational/equality
operators, Understanding C# arrays.
UNIT-II: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C# AND
EXCEPTION HANDLING (11 Periods)
Object Oriented Programming with C#: Introduction to C#
class type, Constructors, The role of the this keyword, The
static keyword, Pillars of OOP, C# access modifiers, C#
encapsulation services, Understanding automatic properties, The
basic mechanics of inheritance, The details of inheritance, C#'s
polymorphic support.
Understanding Structured Exception Handling: The role of
.NET exception handling, The simplest possible example, System-
level exceptions, Application level exceptions, Processing multiple
exceptions.
UNIT-III: INTERFACES, GENERICS, DELEGATES AND EVENTS
(7 Periods)
Interfaces: Understanding interface types, Defining custom
interfaces, Implementing an interface, Implementing interfaces
using visual studio.
Generics: Role of generic type parameters, Creating custom
generic methods, Creating custom generic structures and
classes.
Delegates: Understanding the .NET delegate type, Delegate
example, Generic delegate.
Events: C# events, Understanding operator overloading.
UNIT-IV: ADO.NET (9 Periods)
Definition of ADO.NET, ADO.NET data provider, ADO.NET
namespaces, Connected layer of ADO.NET, Data readers,
Database transactions, Disconnected layer of ADO.NET, Role of
the dataset, Working with DataColumns, DataRows, DataTable,
DataAdapters, Binding DataTable objects to windows forms GUIs.
UNIT-V: ASP.NET WEB FORMS, WEB CONTROLS AND STATE
MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES (9 Periods)
ASP.NET Web Forms: The role of HTTP, Web Applications and
285
Web Servers, Role of client side scripting, Posting back to the
web server, Overview of ASP.NET API, Building a single file
ASP.NET web page, Building an ASP.NET webpage using code
files, ASP.NET web sites vs. ASP.NET web applications, ASP.NET
web site directory structure, The life cycle of an ASP.NET web
page, Role of the web.config file.
ASP.NET Web Controls: Understanding the nature of web
controls, Major categories of ASP.NET web control, The Role of
validation controls, Application cache, The control and
WebControl Base Classes
ASP.NET State Management Techniques: Maintaining session
data, Understanding Cookies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Andrew Troelsen and Philip Japikse, Pro C# 5.0 and the
.NET 4.5 Framework, Apress, Sixth Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Christian Nagel, Jay Glynn and Morgan Skinner, Professional
C# 5.0 and .NET 4.5.1, WROX Publications, 2014.
2. Mathew Mac Donald, The Complete Reference ASP.NET,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

(16BT71207) E - COMMERCES
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Electronic Commerce Framework;
Consumer Oriented Electronic Commerce; Electronic Payment
Systems; Inter and Intra Organizational Commerce; Corporate
Digital Library; Advertising and Marketing on Internet; Consumer
Search and Resource Discovery; Multimedia and Digital Video.
• The basic concepts and technologies used in the
field of E-Commerce.
• E-Payment systems
• Inter and Intra Organizational E-Commerce
• Advertising and Marketing on Internet
• Key Multimedia Concepts
CO2. Analyze the Mercantile Process Models in different views.
CO3. Apply compression and decompression techniques and
codec required for Video Conferencing.
CO4. Solve security issues in E-Commerce using encryption
mechanisms.
CO5. Follow ethics in the usage of E-Commerce.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION AND NETWORK SECURITY
(9 Periods)
Introduction: Electronic commerce frame work, Electronic
commerce and media convergence, The anatomy of E-commerce
applications, E-Commerce consumer applications, E-Commerce
organization applications.
Network Security: Client-Server network security, Emerging
client-server security threats, Firewalls and network security,
Data and message security, Encrypted documents and electronic
mail - Security and the web.
287
UNIT-II: CONSUMER ORIENTED ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
AND ELECTRONIC PAYMENT SYSTEMS (10 Periods)
Consumer Oriented Electronic Commerce: Consumer oriented
applications, Mercantile process models from the consumer's
perspective, Mercantile process models from the merchant's
perspective.
Electronic Payment Systems: Types of electronic payment
systems, Digital token-based, Smart cards, Credit cards, Risks
in electronic payment systems.
UNIT-III: INTER ORGANIZATIONAL COMMERCE AND INTRA
ORGANIZATIONAL COMMERCE (9 Periods)
Inter Organizational Commerce: EDI, EDI implementation,
MIME and value added networks.
Intra Organizational Commerce: Work flow automation and
coordination, Customization and internal commerce, Supply chain
management.
UNIT-IV: CORPORATE DIGITAL LIBRARY and ADVERTISING
AND MARKETING ON THE INTERNET (9 Periods)
Corporate Digital Library: Making a business case for a
document library, Types of digital documents, Issues behind
document infrastructure, Corporate data warehouses.
Advertising and Marketing on the Internet: Advertising and
marketing - Information based marketing, Advertising on internet,
On-line marketing process, Market research.
UNIT-V: CONSUMER SEARCH and RESOURCE DISCOVERY
AND MULTIMEDIA AND DIGITAL VIDEO (8 Periods)
Consumer Search and Resource Discovery: Information
search and retrieval, Electronic commerce catalogs or directories,
Information filtering.
Multimedia and Digital Video: Key multimedia concepts, Digital
video and electronic commerce, Desktop video processing,
Desktop video conferencing.
Total Periods: 45
288
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ravi Kalakota and Andrew B. Whinston, Frontiers of
Electronic Commerce, Pearson Education, Seventh Edition,
2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hendry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon and Ellizabeth
Chang, E-Commerce Fundamentals and Applications, John
Wiley, Third Edition, 2007.
2. S.Jaiswal, E-Commerce, Galgotia, 2008
3. Efrain Turbon, Jae Lee, David King and H.Michael Chang, E-
Commerce, Pearson Education Asia, 2001.
4. Gary P. Schneider and James T. Perry, Electronic Commerce,
Thomson Learning, 2001.

(16BT71207) SERVICE ORIENTED
ARCHITECTURE
(Program Elective-3)
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Web Services; Principles of SOA;
Service Layers; Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP); Web
Services Description Language (WSDL).
• Principles, services and policies of service
orientation.
• Fundamentals of web services.
• XML, WSDL related to SOA.
CO2. Analyze complex business process critically in identifying
appropriate service model logic.
CO3. Design service oriented architecture suitable for different
environments.
CO4. Use XML, SOAP and service interface design tools for
building service oriented architecture.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: SOA AND EVOLUTION (10 Periods)
Introducing SOA: Fundamental SOA, Common characteristics
of contemporary SOA, Common pitfalls of adopting SOA.
The Evolution of SOA: An SOA timeline, The continuing evolution
of SOA, The roots of SOA.
Web Services and Primitive SOA: The web services framework,
Services, Service descriptions, Messaging.
UNIT - II: SOA AND WS-* EXTENSIONS (8 Periods)
WS-* and Contemporary SOA (Part I): Message Exchange

Patterns (MEP), Service activity, Coordination, Atomic
transactions, Business activities.
WS-* and Contemporary SOA (Part-II): Addressing, Reliable
messaging, Correlation, Policies, Metadata exchange.
UNIT - III: PRINCIPLES, SERVICE LAYERS AND PLANNING
(9 Periods)
Principles of Service-Orientation: Service-orientation and the
enterprise, Anatomy of SOA, Common principles of service
orientation, Inter relationship of service orientation principles,
Service orientation and Object orientation.
Service Layers: Service-orientation and contemporary SOA,
Service layer abstraction, Application service layer, Business
service layer, Orchestration service layer, Agnostic services,
Service layer configuration scenarios.
SOA Delivery Strategies: SOA delivery lifecycle phases, The
Top-down strategy, the bottom-up strategy, the agile strategy.
UNIT - IV: SERVICE ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND SERVICE
MODELING (8 Periods)
Service Oriented Analysis: Objectives and service oriented
analysis process, Benefits of a business centric SOA and Deriving
business services.
Service Modeling: Service modeling, Service modeling
guidelines, Classifying service model logic, Contrasting service
modeling approaches.
UNIT - V: SERVICE ORIENTED DESIGN AND SERVICE DESIGN
(10 Periods)
Service-Oriented Design: Objectives and Service oriented
design process, WSDL related XML schema language basics,
WSDL language basics, SOAP language basics, Service interface
design tools.
Service Design: Service design overview, Entity-centric
business service design, Application service design, Task-centric
business service design, Service design guidelines.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Thomas Erl, Service-Oriented Architecture - Concepts,
Technology, and Design, Pearson Education, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Eric Newcomer, Understanding SOA with Web Services,
2. Shankar Kambhampaty, Service Oriented Architecture for
Enterprise and Cloud Applications, Wiley-India, Second
Edition, 2010.

(16BT71209) MACHINE LEARNING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Probability and Statistics" and

"Data Warehousing and Data Mining".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Machine Learning;
Planning for Machine Learning; Bayesian Techniques; Decision
Trees; Bayesian Networks; Artificial Neural Networks; Association
Rules Learning; Support Vector Machines; Clustering; Machine
Learning as a Batch Process; Case Studies, Data Science
Fundamentals.
• Decision Trees and Bayesian Networks
• Artificial Neural Networks and Association Rules
• Support Vector Machines, Data Science
fundamentals.
CO2. Analyze complex datasets and identify suitable machine
learning algorithms.
CO3. Design decision making algorithms using supervised and
unsupervised approaches.
CO4. Solve complex data analytical problems using machine
learning and data science techniques.
CO5. Use Apache Spark and R tools for real-time and batch
processing applications.
CO6. Develop machine learning based solutions as per societal
needs.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION AND PLANNING FOR MACHINE
LEARNING (9 Periods)
Introduction to Machine Learning: History of machine learning,
Algorithm types for machine learning, Uses for machine learning,
Languages for machine learning, Software used for machine

learning, Data repositories.
Planning for Machine Learning: Machine learning cycle,
Defining the process, Building a data team, Data processing,
Data storage, Data privacy, Data quality and cleaning, Thinking
about input data and output data.
UNIT - II: DECISION TREES, BAYESIAN NETWORKS AND
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS (9 Periods)
Decision trees, Bayesian networks, Association rule mining
concepts and algorithms
Artificial Neural Networks: Usage and breaking down the
artificial neural network, Artificial neural networks with weka,
Implementing a neural network in java.
UNIT-III: SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES AND CLUSTERING
(9 Periods)
Support Vector Machines using Weka: Usage of support
vector machines, Basic classification principles, Support vector
machines approach classification.
Clustering using Weka: Usage of clustering, Clustering models,
k-means clustering.
UNIT-IV: MACHINE LEARNING AS A BATCH PROCESS AND
CASE STUDIES (9 Periods)
Machine Learning as a Batch Process: Considerations for
batch processing data, Practical examples of batch processes,
Using the hadoop framework, Mining the hashtags mining sales
data, Scheduling batch jobs.
Case Studies: Apache Spark and R.
UNIT-V: DATA SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS (9 Periods)
Deep learning, Semi-supervised learning, Active learning, Multi-
task learning, k-nearest neighbors, Recommender systems,
SimFple and multiple linear regression.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jason Bell, Machine Learning for Big Data, Wiley Big Data
Series, 2016.
2. Avrim Blum, John Hopcroft and Ravindran Kannan,
Foundations of Data Science, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill, 2013
2. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, MIT
3. Joel Grus, Data Science from scratch, O'Reilly Publication,
2015.

(16BT71508) INTERNET OF THINGS
30 70 100 3 1 - 3

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Internet of Things Components;
Communication models; Prototyping; Hardware; Design models;
Analytics for IoT.
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Protocols, functional blocks
and communication models of Internet of things.
CO2. Identify appropriate sensors and communication modes
used in IoT based systems.
CO3. Design appropriate solutions for IoT applications using
Raspberry Pi and Arduino kits.
CO4. Appropriately synthesize the models and applications for
usage in Home automation and cities.
CO5. Apply evolutionary techniques to perform analytics on
the data integrated from IoT based systems.
CO6. Use advances in IoT technology to design and develop
applications.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT- I: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS(8 Periods)
Definition, Characteristics, Things, Protocols, Logical Design,
Functional Blocks, Communication models, APIs, Enabling
Technologies, Levels and Deployment templates.
UNIT- II: DEVICES AND END POINTS (10 Periods)
IoT Devices-Examples-Raspbe rry PI interfaces, Arduino
interfaces, Programming Raspberry PI with Python, Other IOT
devices, Domain Specific IoTs.
296
UNIT-III: SENSORS and CONNECTIVITY (8 Periods)
Sensors-Types of Sensor Nodes; Internet Communications, IP
Addresses, MAC Address, TCP and UDP ports, Application Layer
Protocols.
UNIT-IV: DESIGN METHODOLOGY AND CASE STUDIES
(10 Periods)
Design Methodology: Purpose and Requirements specifications,
Process Specifications, Domain Model specifications, Information
Model specifications, Service specification, Level Specifications,
Functional View specifications, Operational View specifications,
Device and Component integration, Application development.
Case Studies:Home Automation, Cities.
UNIT-V: DATA ANALYTICS FOR IoT (9 Periods)
Analytics, Apache Hadoop, Hadoop MapReduce for Batch Data
Analysis, Apache Oozie, Chef and Case studies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things - A
Hands-on Approach, University Press, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, Designing the Internet
of Things, Wiley Publishing, 2013.
2. CharlesBell, Beginning Sensor Networks with Arduino and
Raspberry Pi, Apress, 2013.
3. Marco Schwartz, Internet of Things with the Arduino Yun,
Packt Publishing, 2014.
4. Matt Richardson, Shawn Wallace, Getting Started with
Raspberry Pi, Maker Media, Inc, 2012.
297
(16BT71210) HIGH PERFORMANCE
COMPUTING
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Computer Organization".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Cache-based Microprocessor
Architecture; Memory Hierarchies; Multithreaded Processors;
Common Sense Optimizations; The Role of Compilers; Data Access
Optimization; Shared-memory Computers; Parallel Scalability;
Introduction to OpenMP; Parallel Jacobi Algorithm; Introduction
to MPI; MPI Performance Tools; MPI Parallelization of Jacobi
Solver.
• Modern Processors and code Optimization.
• Parallel computing paradigms.
CO2. Analyze computation problems and identify the suitable
parallel processing approaches to achieve optimum
computation.
CO3. Design Parallel processing algorithms for achieving high
performance computing.
CO4. Solve shared memory problems using Parallel Programming.
CO5. Use OpenMP and MPI tools in Parallel Programming.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: MODERN PROCESSORS (8 Periods)
Stored-program computer architecture, General-purpose cache-
based microprocessor architecture, Memory hierarchies, Multicore
processors, Multi-threaded processors, Vector processors.
UNIT-II: BASIC OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES FOR SERIAL
CODE (10 Periods)
Scalar profiling, Common sense optimizations, Simple measures,
298
Large impact, The role of compilers, C++ optimizations, Data
access optimization-balance analysis and light speed estimates,
Storage order.
Case study: The Jacobi algorithm and Dense matrix transpose.
UNIT-III: PARALLEL COMPUTERS (9 Periods)
Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms, Shared-memory
computers, Distributed-memory computers, Hierarchical systems,
Networks. Basics of parallelization, Data Parallelism, Function
parallelism, Parallel scalability.
UNIT-IV: SHARED-MEMORY PARALLEL PROGRAMMING WITH
OpenMP (9 Periods)
Introduction to OpenMP - Parallel execution, Data scoping,
OpenMP work sharing for loops, Synchronization, Reductions,
Loop scheduling and tasking.
Case study: OpenMP-parallel Jacobi algorithm, Efficient OpenMP
programming-profiling OpenMP programs, Performance pitfalls.
Case study: Parallel sparse matrix-vector multiply.
UNIT- V:DISTRIBUTED-MEMORY PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
WITH MPI (9 Periods)
Message passing, Introduction to MPI, Examples - MPI
parallelization of Jacobi solver; Efficient MPI Programming - MPI
performance tools, communication parameters, Synchronization,
Serialization, Contention, Reducing communication overheads,
Understanding intranode point-to-point communication.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein, Introduction to High
Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers,
Chapman and Hall / CRC Computational Science Series,
2012.
REFERNCE BOOKS:
1. Charles Severance and Kevin Dowd, High Performance
Computing, O'Reilly Media, Second Edition , 1998.
2. Kai Hwang and Faye Alaye Briggs, Computer Architecture
and Parallel Processing, McGraw Hill, 1984.

(16BT70505) HUMAN COMPUTER
INTERACTION
30 70 100 3 1 - 3
PRE-REQUISITES: A course on "Computer Graphics".

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Graphical User Interface; Design
Process; Screen Designing; Windows; Components; Software
Tools; Interaction Devices.
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on principles, characteristics,
tools and devices of Human Computer Interaction.
CO2. Analyze the user requirements, technological and physical
characteristics of users for better interface design.
CO3. Design appropriate user interface for desktop and web
applications.
CO4. Conduct investigations on User requirements to provide
an effective user interface.
CO5. Utilize user interface mockup tools and input, output
and pointing devices for designing user interfaces.
CO6. Apply Contextual knowledge to develop interfaces for
differently abled people.
DETAILED SYLLABUS:
Importance of user Interface: Definition, Importance of good
design, Benefits of good design, A brief history of screen design.
Characteristics of Graphical and Web User Interfaces: The
graphical user interface - popularity of graphics, The concept
of direct manipulation, Graphical systems, Characteristics; Web
user Interface -Popularity, Characteristics; Principles of user
interface design.
300
UNIT-II: CONTROL DESIGN PROCESS (8 Periods)
Design Process: Human interaction with computers, Importance
of human characteristics, human considerations in design, Human
interaction speeds, and understanding business functions.
UNIT-III: SCREEN DESIGN (10 Periods)
Design goals: Screen meaning and purpose, Organizing screen
elements, Ordering of screen data and content, Screen
navigation and flow, Visually pleasing composition, Amount of
information, Focus and emphasis, Presenting information simply
and meaningfully, Information retrieval on web, Statistical
graphics, Technological considerations in interface design.
UNIT-IV: WINDOWS AND MULTIMEDIA (8 Periods)
Windows Menus and Navigation schemes: Selection of
window, selection of device based and screen based controls.
Components: Text and messages, Icons and images, Multimedia,
Color uses, Problems with colors, choosing colors.
UNIT-V: SOFTWARE TOOLS AND DEVICES (10 Periods)
Software tools: Specification methods, Interface building tools,
Interaction devices - Keyboards and keypads,Pointing
devices,Speech and auditory interfaces; Image and video
displays, drivers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wilbert O. Galitz, The Essential Guide to User Interface
Design, Wiley India Education, Second Edition, 2008.
2. Ben Schneiderman and Catherine Plaisant, Designing the
User Interface, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A Dix, Janet Finlay, G. D. Abowd and R. Beale, Human-
Computer Interaction, Pearson Publishers, Third Edition,
2008.
2. Jonathan Wolpaw and Elizabeth Winter Wolpaw, Brain-
Computer Interfaces: Principles and Practice, Oxford
Publishers, 2012.

(16BT71231) BIG DATA TECHNOLOGIES LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Courses on "Big Data Technologies" and "Java

Programming".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience in Big data
storage, processing, querying, reporting, predictive analytics,
classification, clustering, recommendation system using Data-
parallel programming model of Hadoop, MapReduce, HDFS, Hive,
Pig, HBase, Zookeeper and Sqoop Big Data Tools.
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on Big Data characteristics,
storage, processing, querying and reporting.
CO2. Analyze large dataset issues and solve using data analytic
techniques.
CO3. Design and Develop classification and clustering models
for dataset analysis.
CO4. Solve large data analysis problems using Big data
techniques.
CO5. Apply Big Data Tools: Sqoop, HBase, Hive, Pig,
MapReduce and Zookeeper for large data management
and knowledge extraction.
CO6. Build Hadoop environment suitable for societal
requirements.
1. Practice on Hadoop:
i. Hadoop installation and Cluster Configuration.
ii. Create Name node, Secondary Name node in Safe mode.
302
iii. Create Hadoop File system Shell and Read and write
Data.
2. Practice on MapReduce:
i. Create file to count the number of words and display the
same.
ii. Apply MapReduce for Video Streaming file.
3. Count number of Objects in a given video file using Pig
programming Tool.
4. Practice on Hive:
i. Table Creation and Deletion.
ii. Querying and reporting.
5. Import and Export data from RDBMS database using Sqoop
tool.
6. Practice on HBase:
i. Table Creation and Deletion.
ii. Querying and reporting.
7. Create Workflow, Deploy and Run using Oozie Tool.
8. Perform data storage and management using Zookeeper
tool.
9. Case study 1: Insurance Domain
i) Perform Classification Technique on Insurance Dataset
ii) Perform Clustering Technique on Insurance Dataset
10. Case study 2: Healthcare Domain
i) Perform Classification Technique on Healthcare Dataset
ii) Perform Clustering Technique on Healthcare Dataset
11. Case study 3: Retail Store data
i) Perform Recommendation Engine on Retail Store Dataset
ii. Perform Association rule mining on Retail Store Dataset.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Tom White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O'reilly and Yahoo
Press, Third Edition, 2012.
2. Frank J. Ohlhorst, Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into
Big Money, Wiley Publication, December, 2012.
3. Kevin Roebuck, Big Data: High-Impact Strategies - What
You Need to Know: Definitions, Adoptions, Impact, Benefits,
Maturity, Vendors, Tebbo Publisher, 2011.
4. Alex Holmes, Hadoop in Practice, Manning Publications
Publisher, 2012.
304
(16BT71232) MOBILE APPLICATION
DEVELOPMENT LAB
50 50 100 - - 3 2
PRE-REQUISITES: A Cou rse on "Mobi le A ppli cati on

Development".
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Hands-on experience on development
of Android Mobile applications with Submenus; Context menus;
Layouts; Buttons; Date Picker and database access with Android
SQLite.
• Mobile platforms and Mobile User Interface
• Android Activities and Intents
• Messaging, Networking, Location based Services,
Android Services
• Basics of iOS
CO2. Analyze the context of complex problems and identify
user interface design requirements.
CO3. Design and develop solutions for real world problems with
android mobile applications.
CO4. Demonstrate problem solving skills to create applications
for mobile devices.
CO5. Apply Android studio and iOS tools to develop mobile
applications.
CO6. Create mobile applications as per societal needs.
305
1. Test the android development environment by performing
the following operations.
a. Add the sample application to a project in Android studio.
b. Create an Android Virtual Device (AVD) for sample project.
c. Create a launch configuration for sample project.
d. Run a sample application in Android Emulator.
2. Develop a program which will implement Sub menu in android
application.
3. Develop a program to implement Context menu (Floating
List of Menu Items) in android application.
4. Develop a program to demonstrate the use of Relative
Layout Views with different attributes.
5. Develop a program to demonstrate the use of Linear Layout
Views with different attributes.
6. Develop a program to implement a Custom Button and handle
the displayed message on button press.
7. Develop a program to implement the Table layout in View
Group that displays child View elements in rows and columns.
8. Develop a program to implement the List View in android
application.
9. Develop a program to show how to use Date picker control
of ADK in android applications.
10. Develop a program to insert, delete, display, and update
the employee details using Android SQLite.
11. Design and develop a program to create sign-up and sign-
in pages and maintain the user details with SQLite
12. Mini project:-Develop the following applications using
Android.
a. Alarm b. Audio player
c. Audio Recorder d.Vedio Player
306
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Neils Smyth, Android Stduio Development Essentials,
Creative Space Independent Publishing Platform, Seventh
Edition, 2016.
307
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Neils Smyth, Android Stduio Development Essentials,
Creative Space Independent Publishing Platform, Seventh
Edition, 2016.
307
(16BT71233) COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT
- 100 100 - - - 2
PRE-REQUISITES: All the technical courses of the program

upto IV B. Tech. - I Semester.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Assessment of student learning
outcomes in the courses of the program.
COURSE OUTCOMES: Comprehensive Assessment enables
successful students to demonstrate:
CO1. Knowledge in the courses of the program.
CO2. Analytical ability in the courses of the program.
CO3. Design skills in the courses of the program.
CO4. Ability to investigate and solve complex engineering
problems in the courses of the program.
CO5. Ability to apply tools and techniques to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of
limitations in the courses of the program.
CO6. Ability to provide solutions as per societal needs with
consideration to health, safety, legal and cultural issues
in the courses of the program.
CO7. Understanding of the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in environmental context and need
for sustainable development in the courses of the
program.
CO8. Ability to apply ethics and norms of the engineering
practice in the courses of the program.
CO9. Ability to function effectively as an individual in the
courses of the program.
CO10. Ability to present views cogently and precisely in the
courses of the program.
CO11. Ability to engage in life-long leaning in the courses of
the program.
308
IV B.Tech. - II semester
(16BT81231) PROJECT WORK
100 100 200 - - - 12
PRE-REQUISITES: All technical courses of the program up to

IV B. Tech. - I Semester.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Identification of topic for the project
work; Literature survey; Collection of preliminary data;
Identification of implementation tools and methodologies;
Performing critical study and analysis of the topic identified;
Time and cost analysis; Implementation of the project work;
Preparation of thesis and presentation.
COURSE OUTCOMES: Completion of the project work enables
successful students to:
CO1. Demonstrate knowledge on the topic of project work.
CO2. Demonstrate analytical ability exercised in the project
work.
CO3. Apply design skills for the project implementation.
CO4. Investigate and solve chosen project problem with
optimum solution.
CO5. Use techniques and modern engineering tools for the
development of project work.
CO6. Provide solutions as per societal needs with consideration
to health, safety, legal and cultural issues in the project
work.
CO7. Understand environmental issues while executing the
project work
CO8. Understand professional and ethical responsibilities while
executing the project work.
CO9. Function effectively as an individual and a member in
the project team.
CO10. Present views cogently and precisely on the project work.
CO11. Demonstrate project management skills and estimate time
and cost required for carrying out the project work.
CO12. Engage lifelong learning to improve knowledge and
competence in the chosen area of the project work.
309
(AUTONOMOUS)
Sree Sainath Nagar, A.Rangampet, Near Tirupati - 517 102. A.P.
Salient Features of Prohibition of Ragging

in Educational Institutions Act 26 of 1997
 Ragging within or outside the College is prohibited.
 Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to
cause insult or annoyance or fear or apprehension or threat
or intimidation or outrage of modesty or injury to a student
Nature of Ragging Punishment

Teasing, Embarrassing and Imprisonment up to 6 months or
humiliating fine up to Rs. 1,000/- or Both
Assaulting or using criminal Imprisonment up to 1 year or

force or criminal intimidation fine up to Rs. 2,000/- or Both
Wrongfully restraining or Imprisonment up to 2 years or

confining or causing hurt fine up to Rs. 5,000/- or Both
Causing grievous hurt, Imprisonment up to 5 years or

Kidnapping or rape or fine up to Rs. 10,000/-
committing unnatural offence
Causing death or abetting Imprisonment up to 10 years or

suicide fine up to Rs. 50,000/-
Note:
1. A student convicted of any of the above offences, will be
expelled from the College.
2. A student imprisoned for more than six months for any of
the above offences will not be admitted in any other College.
3. A student against whom there is prima facie evidence of
ragging in any form will be suspended from the College
immediately.
4. The full text of Act 26 of 1997 and UGC Regulations on Curbing
the Menace of Ragging in Higher Educational Institutions,
2009 (Dated 17th June, 2009) are placed in the College
library for reference.

Sve.. Tirupathi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sve.. Tirupathi

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sve.. Tirupathi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

SREE VIDYANIKETHAN ENGINEERING COLLEGE

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

 To explore students’ potential through

 To promote technical mastery and nurture

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

To become a nationally recognized quality education center in

 The Department offers undergraduate program in Information

 Igniting passion among students for research and innovation

 Developing technical and life skills in diverse community of

 Inculcating values to practice engineering in adherence to code

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

1. Enrolled or completed higher education in the core or allied

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES

On successful completion of the program, the graduates of

1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, computer science and

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

“M astery of change is in fact the challenge of

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

B.Tech. Regular Four Year Degree Program

First Semester Mid-term Examinations: I Mid : 1 week

Semester Break 2 weeks

Second Semester Mid-term Examinations: I Mid :1 week

6. Structure of the Program: Each Program of study shall consist of:

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

HS – Humanities Humanities, Social 5% - 10%

Core Core courses related to 30% - 40%

Contact Periods: Depending on the complexity and volume of the

Pass Marks: A student shall be declared to have passed theory course,

19. Additional academic regulations:

GUIDELINES FOR DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR MALPRACTICES /

Nature of Malpractices/ Improper

1. Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination

2. Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination

3. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has

5. Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance in

6. Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college,

8. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm Expulsion from the examination

Note: Whenever the performance of a student is cancelled in any

I B.Tech. (II Semester)

II B.Tech. (II Semester)

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 20

16BT60503 Wireless Networks

10. 16BT6MOOC MOOC - - - - - - - -

Total: 18 6 6 30 24 280 620 900

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 22

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 23

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 24

1. 16BT81231 Project Work - - - - 12 100 100 200

Total: - - - - 12 100 100 200

Grand Total : 2350 4150 6500

SVEC16 - B.TECH - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 25

PREREQUISITES: English at Intermediate level

PRE REQUISITE: Intermediate/Senior Secondary Chemistry

CO1: Acquire basic knowledge in water technology,

PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate /Senior secondary

PRE-REQUISITES: Intermediate /S enior secondary